ML17334A494: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:PROGRAM PLAN REPORT for a DETAILED CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW for Indiana and Michigan Electric Company Donald C.Cook Units 1 and 2 to The United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Revision 1 Oecember 2, 1983 prepared by American Electric Power Service Corporation and Westinghouse
{{#Wiki_filter:Revision 1 Oecember 2, 1983 PROGRAM PLAN REPORT for a DETAILED CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW for Indiana and Michigan Electric Company Donald C.Cook Units 1 and 2 to The United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission prepared by American Electric Power Service Corporation and Westinghouse           Canyon
'lectric Corporation Canyon Research Group 840i04019h 83i229 , PDR ADQCK 050003i5 F---'PDR TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title~Pa e INTRODUCTION l-l.General 1-2.1-6.1-9.Background 1-3.Plant Description 1"4.Definition of Control Rooms 1-5.Control Room Status Scope of the Program Objectives of the Program DCRDR Program Activities Definition of Terms 1-2 1-2 1-2 1"3 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-7 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 2-1.Purpose 2-2.DCRDR Team Interfaces 2-3.Management Function 2-4.Project Review Team 2-5.Design Review Team 2-6.Assessment Team 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-4 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 3-1.Introduction 3-2.Reference Documentation 3-3.DCRDR-Generated Documentation 3-4.Document Control 3-1 3-1 3"1 3-2 3-3 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE I, PLANNING 4-1.Introduction 4-2.DCRDR Milestones 4-3.Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report 4-1 4-1 4-1 6755B:1/112583 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)Section Title~pa e DESCRIPTION OF PHASE II, REVIEW 5-1.Introduction 5-2.Review Phase Staffing 5-3.Methodology for Review Phase Tasks 5-4.Task 1--Operating Experience Review 5-5.Task 2-System Function and Task Analysis 5-6.Task 3-Control Room Inventory, 5-7.Task 4--Control Room Human Factors Survey 5-8.Workspace Survey 5-9.Anthropometric Survey 5-10.Emergency Equipment Survey 5-11.Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Survey 5-12.Illumination Survey 5-13.Ambient Noise Survey 5-14.Maintainability Survey 5-15.Communications Survey 5-16.Annunciator Systems Review 5-17.Control s Survey 5-18.Displays Survey 5-19.Labels and Location Aids 5-20.Computer System Review 5-21.Conventions Survey 5-22.Task 5--Verification of Control Room Function 5-23.Task 6--Validation of Control Room Functions 5-24.Products of the Review Phase 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-2 5-2 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-4 5-4 5-5 5-4 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 6755B:1/112583 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)Section Ti tl e~Pa e DESCRIPTION OF PHASE II I-A, ASSESSMENT 6-1.Introduction 6-2.Methodology 6-1 6-1 6-2 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-B, IMPLEMENTATION 7-1 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE IV, REPORTING 8-1 COORDINATION WITH NUREG 0737, SUPPLEMENT 1, ACTIVITIES 9-1 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10-1  
    'lectric             Research Corporation           Group 840i04019h 83i229
              , PDR ADQCK 050003i5 F     -   -     -'PDR
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                                 Title                       ~Pa e INTRODUCTION l-l. General 1-2. Background                                    1-2 1-3. Plant Description                       1-2 1"4. Definition of Control Rooms           1-2 1-5. Control Room Status                     1"3 1-6. Scope of the Program                           1-3 Objectives of the Program                       1-4 DCRDR Program Activities                     1-5 1-9. Definition of  Terms                          1-7 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING                             2-1 2-1. Purpose                                       2-1 2-2. DCRDR Team   Interfaces                       2-1 2-3. Management   Function                         2-1 2-4. Project Review   Team                         2-2 2-5. Design Review Team                             2-2 2-6. Assessment Team                               2-4 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL                   3-1 3-1. Introduction                                   3-1 3-2. Reference   Documentation                     3"1 3-3. DCRDR-Generated Documentation                 3-2 3-4. Document Control                             3-3 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE   I, PLANNING 4-1. Introduction                                   4-1 4-2. DCRDR Milestones                             4-1 4-3. Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report 4-1 6755B:1/112583
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS     (cont)
Section                                 Title                       ~pa e DESCRIPTION OF PHASE     II, REVIEW                   5-1 5-1. Introduction                                     5-1 5-2. Review Phase   Staffing                         5-1 5-3. Methodology for Review     Phase Tasks         5-2 5-4. Task   1
                                    -- Operating Experience Review 5-2 5-5. Task 2   System     Function and Task Analysis                                   5-3 5-6. Task 3   Control     Room Inventory,   5-3 5-7. Task 4   -- Control Room Human Factors Survey                                     5-3 5-8. Workspace Survey                 5-4 5-9. Anthropometric Survey             5-4 5-10. Emergency Equipment Survey       5-5 5-11. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Survey               5-4 5-12. Illumination Survey               5-5 5-13. Ambient Noise Survey             5-5 5-14. Maintainability Survey           5-5 5-15. Communications Survey             5-5 5-16. Annunciator Systems Review       5-6 5-17. Control s Survey                 5-6 5-18. Displays Survey                   5-6 5-19. Labels and Location Aids         5-6 5-20. Computer System Review           5-6 5-21. Conventions Survey               5-7 5-22. Task 5   -- Verification   of Control Room Function                             5-7 5-23. Task 6   -- Validation   of Control Room Functions                           5-7 5-24. Products of the Review Phase                     5-7 6755B:1/112583
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS   (cont)
Section                               Ti tl e                 ~Pa e DESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-A,   ASSESSMENT       6-1 6-1. Introduction                              6-1 6-2. Methodology                                6-2 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-B,   IMPLEMENTATION   7-1 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE IV, REPORTING             8-1 COORDINATION WITH NUREG   0737, SUPPLEMENT 1, ACTIVITIES                                       9-1 10         QUALITY ASSURANCE                               10-1


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
Appendix A LiST OF ABBREVIATIONS A-1 Appendix B RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL B-l Appendix C ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY TASK PLAN C-1 6755B:1/112583 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Fi<iure Ti tie~Pa e Relationship of NUREG 0660 Task Action Items 1-2 General Arrangement Drawing of Donald C.Cook Units 1 and 2 Control Rooms 1"3 Functional Layout Drawing of Donald C.Cook Unit 1 Control Room Panels 1-13 Functional Layout Drawing of Donald C.Cook Unit 2 Control Room Panels 1-15 1-5 List of Abbreviations and Functions for Control Panels 1-17 1-6 Four Major Phase Activities for the DCROR Program 1-19 2-1 OCRDR Program Organization Structure 2-5 2-2 DCRDR Program Review Team Interfaces During Planning 2-7 2-3 OCROR Program Review Team Interfaces During Review 2-9 OCROR Program Review Team Interfaces During Assessment 2-11 2"5 OCRDR Program Review Team Interfaces During Imple-mentation 2-13 2-6 DCRDR Program Review Team Interfaces During Reporting 2-15 4-1 Planning Phase Development Outline 4-3 4-2 OCRDR Program Schedule for Phases I and II 4-5 6755B:1/112583 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (cont)~Fi ure Ti tl e~pa e 6-1 Assessment Methodology Chart 6-3 6-2 Human Engineering Discrepancy Evaluation Flow Chart 6-5 6-3 HEO Category Guidelines 6-7 8"1 Sample of Program Summary Report Format (2 Sheets)8-3 9-1 Schedule of Performance 9-3 6755B: 1/112583 viii SECTION I INTRODUCTION 1-1.GENERAL This Program Plan Report describes the plan to perform a detailed control room design review (OCROR)of the Donald C.Cook Units 1 and 2 nuclear power generation stations operated by the Indiana and Michigan Electric Comoany (IEMECo).The purpose of the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program is to study and evaluate, from a human engineering point of view, the total control room work space, environment, instrumentation, controls, and other equipment for both system demands and operator capabilities and to identify, assess, and recommend control room design modifications/enhancements to correct identified inadequacies in the existing design.The approach of the DCROR Program will be to perform a total review on the Unit 1 control room.Then a review of the Unit 2 control room will be done to determine the differences between units.The Unit 2 control room review will be based on the results of the Unit 1 review, with all differences being addressed separately.
 
Therefore, this review technique will ensure that all asoec s of he Units 1 and 2 control.ooms will be evaluated for huaan rac:ors.This program is part of an integrated plan to address the TMI-related actions referenced in TMI-2 Action Plan, NUREG-0660.
Appendix A   LiST OF ABBREVIATIONS                         A-1 Appendix B   RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL                       B-l Appendix C   ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY TASK PLAN                   C-1 6755B:1/112583
The plan will include a consideration of the relationship or the DCROR Program with NUREG 0737, Supplement 1 (figure 1-1), including the following:
 
I~Designing control room modifications which correc conditions adverse to safety (reducing significant contributions to risk)and considering the addition of the instrumentation necessary to implement Regulatory Guide 1.97 6755B:I/062883  
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Fi<iure                               Ti tie                               ~Pa e Relationship of   NUREG 0660 Task     Action Items 1-2           General Arrangement Drawing of Donald C. Cook Units 1 and 2 Control Rooms 1"3           Functional Layout Drawing of Donald       C. Cook Unit 1 Control Room Panels                                   1-13 Functional Layout Drawing of Donald       C. Cook Unit 2 Control Room Panels                                   1-15 1-5           List of Abbreviations   and Functions     for Control Panels 1-17 1-6           Four Major Phase   Activities for     the DCROR   Program     1-19 2-1           OCRDR Program Organization   Structure                     2-5 2-2           DCRDR Program Review Team   Interfaces During Planning     2-7 2-3           OCROR Program Review Team   Interfaces During Review       2-9 OCROR Program Review Team   Interfaces During Assessment   2-11 2"5           OCRDR Program Review Team   Interfaces During Imple-mentation                                                   2-13 2-6           DCRDR Program Review Team   Interfaces During Reporting     2-15 4-1           Planning Phase Development Outline                           4-3 4-2           OCRDR Program Schedule for   Phases   I and II           4-5 6755B:1/112583
~Verifying the safety parameter display system (SPOS), data display, and function~Using selected plant-specific, symptom-based emergency operating procedures for verifying and validating control room functions~Communication interface with the Technical Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility, and the Operating Support Center IKMECo has commi tted the necessary r esources, including Ynowleageable management and technical personnel from the plant staff, American Electric Power Service Corporation (AEPSC).technical consultants from Westinghouse Electric Corporation, and human actors specialists From Canyon Research Group to effec the program cefined herein.1-2.BACKGROUNO 1-3 Plant Oes-, i-t on The Indiana ana Michigan Electric Company is currently ooerating a two-unit nuclear power plant located along the eastern shore of Lake Michigan in Lake Township, Berrien County, Michigan, approximateiy
 
'miles south-sou hwest or Benton Harbor.This Facili y has been designated the Donald C.Cook Ur.i: s 1 and 2 wnich began commercial operation in August of 1975 and July or 1979,'esoectively.
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS   (cont)
=ach unit contains s Westinghouse-supplied four-loop nuclear steam suoply system (Unit 1-3250M<t, 1030 KdeNet and Unit 2-3411'Kft, 1100 i&feNet).'one turbine generators for Units 1 and 2 were rurnisned oy General"=;ectric anc Brown Boveri, respectively.
~Fi ure                                 Ti tl e                       ~pa e 6-1             Assessment   Methodology Chart                         6-3 6-2             Human Engineering Discrepancy Evaluation Flow Chart   6-5 6-3             HEO Category Guidelines                               6-7 8"1             Sample of Program Summary   Report Format (2 Sheets) 8-3 9-1             Schedule of Performance                               9-3 6755B: 1/112583                           viii
The architect~'engineer For both uni:s is AEPSC.1-4.Oefinition of Control Rooms The Oonald C.Cook Units 1 and 2 control rooms are essentially identical.
 
The control room for each unit is defined, For the purposes of the OCRDR Program, 6755B: I/062883 1-2 as the panels and other equipment in the main control board area including the SPDS displays and the hot shutdown panels.A general arrangement drawing is illustrated in figure 1-2;functional layout drawings of the control room panels are shown in figures 1-3 and 1-4, and a comprehensive tabulation of this material is shown in figure 1-5.1"5.Control Room Status The main control boards are operational and complete except for those areas of activity which are now being performed to address the requirements set forth by NUREG 0737, Supplement 1.1-6.SCOPE OF THE PROGRAM The Detailed Control Room Design Review Program covers the human engineering review of the vertical operational and associated hot shutdown panels identified in paragraph 1-4, and the control room workspace and environment.
SECTION   I INTRODUCTION 1-1. GENERAL This Program Plan Report describes the plan to perform a detailed control room design review (OCROR) of the Donald C. Cook Units         1 and 2 nuclear power generation stations operated by the Indiana and Michigan Electric Comoany
( IEMECo) .
The purpose     of the Detailed Control   Room   Design Review Program is to study and evaluate, from a human engineering point of view, the total control room work space, environment, instrumentation, controls, and other equipment for both system demands       and operator capabilities and to identify, assess, and recommend control room design modifications/enhancements           to correct identified inadequacies in the existing design.
The approach     of the DCROR Program will be to perform a total review on the Unit control room. Then a review of the Unit 2 control room will be done to 1
determine the differences between units. The Unit 2 control room review will be based on the results of the Unit       1   review, with all differences being addressed separately.       Therefore, this review technique will ensure that all asoec s of he Units       1 and 2 control .ooms will be evaluated for huaan rac:ors.
This program is part of an integrated plan to address the TMI-related actions referenced in TMI-2 Action Plan, NUREG-0660. The plan will include a consideration of the relationship or the DCROR Program with NUREG 0737, Supplement     1
( figure 1-1), including the following:
I
      ~     Designing control room modifications which correc conditions adverse to safety (reducing significant contributions to risk) and considering the addition of the instrumentation necessary to implement Regulatory Guide 1.97 6755B:I/062883
 
    ~   Verifying the safety parameter display       system (SPOS), data display, and function
    ~   Using selected       plant-specific, symptom-based emergency operating procedures for verifying and validating control room functions
    ~   Communication     interface with the Technical Support Center,   Emergency Operations     Facility, and the Operating Support Center IKMECo has   commi   tted the necessary r esources, including Ynowleageable management and technical personnel from the plant staff, American Electric Power Service Corporation (AEPSC). technical consultants from Westinghouse Electric Corporation, and human actors specialists From Canyon Research Group to effec the program cefined herein.
1-2. BACKGROUNO 1-3   Plant   Oes-,   i-t on The Indiana ana Michigan Electric               Company is currently ooerating a two-unit nuclear power plant located along the eastern shore of Lake Michigan in Lake Township, Berrien County, Michigan, approximateiy ' miles south-sou hwest or Benton Harbor.
This Facili y has been designated the Donald C. Cook Ur.i: s         1 and 2 wnich began commercial operation in August of 1975 and July or 1979,'esoectively.             =ach unit contains s Westinghouse-supplied four-loop nuclear steam suoply system (Unit 1 3250M<t, 1030 KdeNet and Unit 2 3411 'Kft, 1100 i&feNet). 'one turbine generators for Units 1 and 2 were rurnisned oy General "=;ectric anc Brown Boveri, respectively. The architect~'engineer For both uni:s is AEPSC.
1-4. Oefinition of Control       Rooms The Oonald C. Cook       Units 1 and 2 control rooms are essentially identical. The control   room for each unit is defined, For the purposes of the OCRDR Program, 6755B: I/062883                                 1-2
 
as the panels and other equipment in the main control board area including the SPDS displays and the hot shutdown panels.         A general arrangement drawing is illustrated in figure 1-2; functional layout drawings of the control room panels are shown in figures 1-3 and 1-4, and a comprehensive tabulation of this material is shown in figure 1-5.
1"5. Control Room Status The main   control boards are operational     and complete except   for those areas of activity   which are now   being performed to address the requirements set forth by NUREG 0737, Supplement 1.
1-6. SCOPE OF THE PROGRAM The Detailed Control Room Design Review Program covers the human engineering review of the vertical operational and associated hot shutdown panels identified in paragraph 1-4, and the control room workspace and environment.
The equipment to be reviewed includes all displays, controls, peripheral consoles, communication equipment, ancillary devices, and other main control board components with which the control room operators interface.
The equipment to be reviewed includes all displays, controls, peripheral consoles, communication equipment, ancillary devices, and other main control board components with which the control room operators interface.
During the review process, the government regulations and guidelines listed below and other related industry standards and guidelines will be used for information or background:
During the review process, the government regulations and guidelines listed below and other related industry standards and guidelines will be used for information or background:
~NUREG 0659 (staff supplement to 1580)~NUREG 0660 (action plan as a result of TMI-2 accident)~NUREG 0694 (TMI-related requirement for new operating licensees)
    ~   NUREG 0659 (staff   supplement to 1580)
~NUREG 0696 (functional criteria for emergency response facilities)"~NUREG 0700 (control room human engineering guidelines)
    ~   NUREG 0660 (action plan   as a result of   TMI-2 accident)
~NUREG 0737 (clarification of TMI action plan requirements) 6755B:I/062883 1-3  
    ~   NUREG 0694 (TMI-related requirement for     new operating licensees)
~NUREG 0737, Supplement I (requirements for emergency response capability) e NUREG 0801 (draft evaluation criteria for control room design review)~NUREG 0814 (methodology for evaluation of emergency response facilities)
    ~   NUREG 0696 (functional criteria for     emergency response facilities)"
~NUREG 0835 (human factors acceptance criteria for SPDS)~NUREG 0899 (guidelines for the preparation of emergency operating procedures)
    ~   NUREG 0700 (control   room human engineering guidelines)
~Regulatory Guide 1.47 (bypassed and inoperable status indication)
    ~   NUREG 0737 (clarification of   TMI action plan requirements) 6755B:I/062883                               1-3
~Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2 (postaccident monitoring instrumentation) 1-7.OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAM The Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be conducted to achieve the following objectives:
 
~Determine whether the existing control room design provides the system status information, control capabilities, feedback, and analytical aids necessary for control room operators to perform their functions effectively
    ~   NUREG 0737, Supplement   I (requirements for emergency response capability) e   NUREG 0801 (draft evaluation criteria for control       room design review)
~Identify characteristics of the existing control room instrumentation, controls, other equipment, and physical arrangements which may significantly impair/impede control room operator performance
    ~   NUREG 0814 (methodology   for evaluation of   emergency   response facilities)
~Analyze and evaluate the problems which could occur during emergency conditions, and identify means of correcting those discrepancies which could lead to substantial operational or safety concerns 6755B:I/062883 1-4  
    ~   NUREG 0835 (human factors acceptance criteria for     SPDS)
~Verify and validate the proposed means of correction to provide an effective plan of action which applies human factors principles to improve the control'oom design and enhance operator efficiency and effectiveness
    ~   NUREG 0899 (guidelines for the preparation of emergency operating procedures)
~Integrate the OCRDR Program with other area of human factors identified in the NRC Task Action Plan~Provide effective coordination of control room enhancements and/or modifications with identifications of NUREG 0696 and Regulatory Guide 1.97 considerations, plant operating/emergency procedures development, and the implementation of training as necessary to ensure that control room operators can function adequately with any control room design changes~Ensure that the results of this total effort meet the intent of NUREG 0737, Item I.D.l, and NUREG 0700.In addition, perform the OCROR Program cognizant of these documents as clarified in NUREG 0737, Supplement 1, Item 5.2.a 1-8.OCROR PROGRAM ACTIVITIES The design review process will address four major phases of activity (figure 1-6): o PHASE I PLANNiNG (secti on, 4).The Program Plan Report for the D.C.Cook Units 1 and 2 DCROR and the preliminary Control Room Human Engineering Criteria (CRHEC)Report will provide the basis for the design review.~PHASE II--REVIEW (section.5).During the Review'hase, data will be collected, reduced, and analyzed to observe and document whether the existing control room design provides operators with the capabilities necessary to perform their function and tasks under normal and 67558:1/062883 1-5 emergency operating conditions.
    ~   Regulatory Guide 1.47 (bypassed and inoperable status indication)
Results of Phase II activity will generate task summary reports and a listing of departures from the Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report.~PHASE III-A-ASSESSMENT (section 6).Ouring this phase, an assessment will be made of the significance and impact of the departures from the CRHEC reports identified in Phase II.For those'departures assessed as signifi-cant, recommended design changes/enhancements will be developed.
    ~   Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision     2 (postaccident monitoring instrumentation) 1-7. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAM The Detailed Control Room Design Review Program     will be conducted to achieve the following objectives:
o PHASE III-B--IMPLEMENTATION (section 7).After the assessment has II been completed and all corrective actions identified, a schedule will be developed to ensure the integration of the proposed control room changes with other post-TMI programs, refueling outages, and other company modifications.
    ~   Determine whether the   existing control room design provides the system status information, control capabilities, feedback, and analytical aids necessary for control room operators to perform their functions effectively
~PHASE IV REPORTING (section 8).A Program Summary Report will be prepared which will document the overall review process, describe and identify all of the human engineering discrepancies'and findings, and summarize all OCROR activities, methodologies, and proposed control room improvements and schedules.
    ~   Identify characteristics of the existing control room instrumentation, controls, other equipment, and physical arrangements which may significantly impair/impede control room operator performance
Each phase will be performed by a team of specialists from I&MECo, AEPSC, Westinghouse, and Canyon Research Group.Oisciplines represented on the team will include instrumentation and control engineering, nuclear safety and li-censing, electrical engineering, human factors, plant operations, quality assurance, project engineering, and training to maximize the efficiency of the effort and to complete the total review identified in this Program Plan Report.6755B:I/062883 1-6 I"9.DEFINITION OF TERMS A list of abbreviations and acronyms is contained in appendix A to this report.Also, to alleviate ambiguity of terms, the following definitions are provided: Control Room Enhancement.
    ~   Analyze and evaluate the problems which could occur during emergency conditions, and identify means of correcting those discrepancies which could lead to substantial operational or safety concerns 6755B:I/062883                             1-4
A change to a piece'of equipment, such as a control panel, which can be performed without interfering with the operation of that equipment.
 
Such changes might include the application of labels or demarcation lines.Control Room Modification.
    ~   Verify and validate the proposed means of correction to provide an effective plan of action which applies human factors principles to improve the control'oom design and enhance operator efficiency and effectiveness
A change to a piece of equipment, such as a control panel, which is likely to interfere with the operation of that equipment on which the change is being performed.
    ~   Integrate the OCRDR Program with other area of           human factors identified in the NRC Task Action Plan
Such changes include the removal or relocation of an existing control panel component or the addition of a panel component.
    ~   Provide effective coordination of control room enhancements and/or modifications with identifications of NUREG 0696 and Regulatory Guide 1.97 considerations, plant operating/emergency procedures development, and the implementation of training as necessary to ensure that control room operators can function adequately with any control room design changes
Emer enc Operatin Procedures.
    ~   Ensure   that the results of this total effort meet the intent of NUREG 0737, Item I.D.l, and NUREG 0700.           In addition, perform the OCROR Program cognizant of these documents as clarified in NUREG 0737, Supplement 1, Item 5.2.a 1-8. OCROR PROGRAM   ACTIVITIES The design   review process   will address   four major phases of activity (figure 1-6):
Plant procedures which guide, the operator(s) during a transient or emergency condition.
o   PHASE   I         PLANNiNG ( secti on, 4) . The Program Plan Report for the D. C. Cook Units 1 and     2 DCROR and the preliminary Control Room Human Engineering Criteria (CRHEC) Report will provide the basis for the design review.
Emer enc Response Guidel ines.Symptom-based guidelines from which emergency operating procedures are developed.
    ~   PHASE   II --     REVIEW (section .5). During the Review'hase, data will be collected, reduced, and analyzed to observe and document whether the existing control room design provides operators with the capabilities necessary to perform their function and tasks under normal and 67558:1/062883                               1-5
Human Enaineerin
 
.The science of optimizing the performance of human beings and the design of equipment for more efficient use by human beings'uman Enoineerin Discre anc.A departure from the established human factors criteria for the control room design which could impair/impede operator performance.
emergency operating       conditions. Results of Phase II activity will generate task summary reports         and a listing of departures from the Control Room       Human Engineering     Criteria Report.
Photomosaic.
    ~   PHASE III-A ASSESSMENT (section 6). Ouring this phase,             an assessment will be made of the significance         and impact of the departures from the       CRHEC reports identified in Phase II. For those 'departures   assessed as signifi-cant, recommended   design changes/enhancements     will be developed.
A scaled photographic reproduction of the main control room panels.Safet Parameter Dis la S stem.Display system which provides continuous indication of plant parameters to assist control ro'om personnel in evaluating the safety status of the plant.6755B: I/062883 1-7 Validation.
o PHASE III-B --   IMPLEMENTATION     (section 7). After the assessment has II been completed and all corrective actions identified, a schedule will be developed to ensure the integration of the proposed control room changes with other post-TMI programs, refueling outages, and other company modifications.
The process of determining whether the physical design supports the procedures for operation in an adequate manner to support effective integrated performance of the functions of the control room operating crew.Verification.
    ~ PHASE IV         REPORTING   (section 8). A Program Summary Report   will be prepared which will document the overall review process, describe and identify all of the human engineering discrepancies'and findings, and summarize all OCROR activities, methodologies, and proposed control room improvements and schedules.
The process of determining whether instrumentation, controls, and other equipment meet the specific requirements of the tasks performed by operators.
Each phase will be performed by   a team of specialists from I&MECo, AEPSC, Westinghouse, and Canyon Research Group. Oisciplines represented on the team will include instrumentation and control engineering, nuclear safety and             li-censing, electrical engineering, human factors, plant operations, quality assurance, project engineering, and training to maximize the efficiency of the effort and to complete the total review identified in this Program Plan Report.
6755B:1/062883 P LANT'C I F IC EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES (EOPs)NUREG 0899 SYMPTOM-BASED OPERATING AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES NUREG 0799 NUREG 0660 I.C.1, I.C.8,&I.C.9 CHANGES IN R EQU I R E MENTS FOR TRAINING AND STAFFING NUREG 0660 I.A.1&IA.2 TMI ACTION PLAN NUREG 0660 NUREG 0737 DETAILED CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW PRELIMINARY CONTROL ROOM HUMAN ENGINEERING CRITERIA REPORT PROGRAM PLAN REPORT NUREG 0700 PRC APERTURE CARD DCRDRPROGRAM
6755B:I/062883                               1-6
 
I "9. DEFINITION OF   TERMS A list of abbreviations and acronyms is contained in appendix A to this report. Also, to alleviate ambiguity of terms, the following definitions are provided:
Control   Room Enhancement. A change   to a piece'of equipment, such as a control panel, which can be performed without interfering with the operation of that equipment. Such changes might include the application of labels or demarcation lines.
Control   Room Modification. A change to a piece of equipment, such as a control panel, which is likely to interfere with the operation of that equipment on which the change is being performed.         Such changes include the removal or relocation of an existing control panel component or the addition of a panel component.
Emer enc   Operatin     Procedures. Plant procedures which guide, the operator(s) during     a transient or   emergency condition.
Emer enc   Response   Guidel ines. Symptom-based   guidelines from which emergency   operating procedures are developed.
Human   Enaineerin . The science of optimizing the performance of human beings and the design of equipment for more efficient use by human beings'uman Enoineerin   Discre anc   . A departure from the established human factors criteria for the control room design which could impair/impede operator performance.
Photomosaic. A scaled photographic reproduction of the main control room panels.
Safet Parameter Dis la S stem. Display system which provides continuous indication of plant parameters to assist control ro'om personnel in evaluating the safety status of the plant.
6755B: I/062883                                 1-7
 
Validation. The process of determining whether the physical design supports the procedures for operation in an adequate manner to support effective integrated performance of the functions of the control room operating crew.
Verification. The process of determining whether instrumentation, controls, and other equipment meet the specific requirements of the tasks performed by operators.
6755B:1/062883
 
P LANT'CI F IC                         SYMPTOM-BASED OPERATING AND        CHANGES IN EMERGENCY OPERATING                   EMERGENCY PROCEDURES              R EQU I R E MENTS FOR PROCEDURES (EOPs)                                                         TRAINING AND STAFFING NUREG 0799 NUREG 0899                        NUREG 0660 I.C.1, I.C.8, & I.C.9 NUREG 0660 I.A.1 & IA.2 PRC TMI DETAILED CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW                                                          PROGRAM                      APERTURE PLAN REPORT ACTION PLAN PRELIMINARYCONTROL ROOM                                                                                            CARD NUREG 0660 NUREG 0737                     HUMAN ENGINEERING                                                           NUREG 0700 CRITERIA REPORT DCRDRPROGRAM


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT'OST-ACCIDENT MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION REG.GUIDE 1.97'Also Available 6z Aperture Card SAFETY PARAMETER DISPLAY SYSTEM NUB EG 0660, III, A.12 NUREG 0835 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY NUREG 0696 NUREG 0814 Figure l-l.Relationship of NUREG 0660 Task Action Items 1-9 s401040196-o) 0 P N UNIT 1 CONTROL ROOM UNIT 2 CONTROL ROOM UNIT 2 HOT SHUTDOWN AREA UNIT 1 HOT SHUTDOWN AREA Figure 1-2.General Arrangement Drawing of Donald C.Cook Units 1 and 2 Control Rooms BA RC OTU SG PRZ FP RCP CP RHR OPERATOR'S CONSOLE PSSO CRT A S IS SPY PSS CRT B RMS BISI CRT CRT CRT CCW ESW NESW COMPUTER OPERATOR'S CONSOLE TYPEWRITER SA N IS IV VS SV EF RMS CABINET FFC MFX APO MS Fl CW Figure 1-3.Functional Layout Orawing of Oonald C.Cook Unit 1 Control Room Panels 6755B: 1/062883 1-13 PANEL FFC MFX APDMS FID CABINET CW SV EF VS IV N IS SA NESW TYPEWRITER
+COMPUTER OPERATOR'S CONSOLE ESW CCW BISI BISI R MS CRT CRT PSSD CRT B SPY SIS CP PSSD CRT A OPERATOR'S CONSOLE RHR RCP FP PRZ SG DTU RC FLX BA Figure 1-4.Functional Layout Drawing of Donald C.Cook Unit 2 Control Room Panels 67558:1/062883 1-15 FLX RC OTU SG FP CP SA BA PRZ RCP RHR SIS SPY CCW ESW Flux Panel Rod Control Panel Oe)ta T and Unit Panel Steam Generator Panel Feed Pump Panel Condensate Polishing Panel Condensate Panel Turbine Panel Station Auxiliary Panel Generator Panel Boric Acid Panel Pressurizer Panel Reactor Coolant Pump Panel Residual Heat Removal Panel Safety'injection System Panel Contaiqment Spray Panel Component Cooling Water Panel Essential Service Water Panel NESW-Nonessential Service Water Panel IV VS EF SV NIS FI RMS FFC MFX APMS FID RMS CW Isolation Valves Panel Vents.latlon Panel Emergency Fire Panel Plant Service Panel Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinets Fixed In-Core Panel Radiation Monitoring System Panel Failed Fuel Communications Panel Movable In-core Cabinet Axial Power Distribution Monitoring System Cabinet Fixed In-core Cabinet Radiation Monitoring System Cabinet Circulating Water Panel Figure I"5.List of Abbreviations and Function for Control Panels 6755B:I/062883 1-17 ug Q I z 0 Z UJ a 2 cgC g5z Ug CL CL+Ca Ca CC Ca>OOOO CC Ca 0 Z.CL ug 0 0.Co a: 2 0 I I 2 ug 0 CL Ch z 0 I O O CC 2 ag ag'D 2 2 Ez cn 0 0 I OO IU O IL Z~g I-0 Ug I 2 ul cn lu 0 OQ Z Jug ug z E~a~C Cn ug ul o o lu Ul Cn Dl ug gIL~~cn 0 ca 2 2 0 I D 0 I Cn 2 0 8 t'T I IL I<I ca a.(-5 O)Qm]I>Ug I ch>)L(J o+0 Oo Ug 0 Zca>Zca OzO zO ZILca Og 0 0 ca I-Zl-gl-o I Olu 0 g 2 oguo Z~X..-~cu cn ug~IU lu~g cn Z Z<)I-I-Oolu 0 CCZUJCL~ugca~o<ca<zox wc@In via UJ 2 0 I D 0 Cn I D 2 0 0 zo O 2 gz I 2 0 I I 2 I 0 I 0 cn<2 IL 0 0 hl-CL E O CZ D C)2 0 I O 2 E 0 O O ca I O 2 z CJ 0 2 2 0 2 0 CC D 2 I Z Iu O Iu 324g z82 g 0 2 CC oo 0 g g O I-iogvz CC g Ilg g 0 I Ug lulu I~>2 ca v 0 Ug N Ogcn 2 ca-Q WQI 5 I CC cn 2 0-2 IUOIU E~C 0 CJ Ca I QZQ 0cC4 ca aug 0.0.ca Q Pg Oz Ca O OZ CC CC g'2 O a.Ug Y)ca lu 0 OQ 2 lu O Ql Z IU 0, co QO zl-2 2 Ug~U ug IL ca 3 0 0 ca I ZCL IL 2 Ca I OOCU Ca I VIUQ 2+2 CL ug ca ca~a<2~O.ZUJ<Ogza CC Ul)CUE~lugao ca 0 0.Z V Y ca I X IU 0Z ca Z Q gO ca I 0 0>CC u.CJ Ca Kx<CL Ul iI ca)~CO I Q~0~2 lu z~ca a:COO I-z ca 2+~Z CC 0 0.5 ca I-UJ Q lu cf O0 I->IL a:~CC 0 z o Iu I-0 Q cgt co ca Q 0 g I>2 ca cn IL 0 UI CJ UJ I gZYV Iu 0 0 Iu 0 ga Z Z IL Ug O 2 0 I IU O 0 I~IL IU CL 0 2 CC 2 2 Ul 2 CC IO Q ug Do zz u.0.I~R 0 o O u.2 CC I I-Ug Oo CL UJ~I Ul (y O 2 oo IL-Ca cn Z Ca Pu QO-co V z Ug IL CC N 0 CU>cn Ug a 2 ca z X~Q Cn ol<~u 0 0 Ug ca p<0 0.ILozcn 0CC I ZOQZ<u.2 IU~IU ug Iuz o zoz Ug ILZQZ o8~~I ul~Q ca Z Cn 0 2 ozo zol=$z ca gEa: CC Py 4 0 0 ca ca 0 I I 22 0 Ug V Q UJ IU I<0 I P 2E Ca Ca CC Ca o0 2 0 ca 0 2 a.OKRa I Z CC lgJ Og 0 0.I ca g 0 0 0 lu O~CQ 2 ca IL 2 I 0 D 2 cn CC 0.Co 2 CC I-zo 0.Ug Q Cn Z 0 I 0 IU IL IU IU IZ: zz QO o~~ug IU 1CL I I zI I I 2 0 I~Cz I-o 2-lu I 0.0.F go O PRC APERTURE CARO I 0 o IL 2 D Z OQ 2 0 0 a.~,0 g~gaable OIL Aperture Card$-0$-0 n ccl co I 1-19 840 1040 19 6 W~2 0 4 t~(f~U, SECTION 2 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 2-1.PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to identify the OCROR Program teams and their areas of responsibility.
Figure 2-1 details the organizational structure of personnel involved in the OCROR Program.(}ualifications of key personnel are provided in appendix B.All personnel on the Donald C.Cook OCRDR Program teams will meet or exceed the qualifications provided in NUREG 0801 and related guidance.2-2.DCRDR TEAM INTERFACE To effectively perform the DCROR Program and still be able to be successfully audited, an interface between the various review teams is required.The"OCRDR Program Lead Engineer" will be the primary contact and liasion for the management organization, design review, project review, and assessment teams.Figures 2-2 through 2-6 show these various interfaces.
2-3.MANAGEMENT FUNCTION The management function for the OCRDR Program will be provided under previously established AEPSC procedural requirements and responsibilities defined in AEPSC General Procedure 25,"Engineering Design Changes," and General Procedure 32,"Preparation of Submittals to the U.S.Nuclear Regulatory Commission." The function of management is to:~Approve the'Program Plan Report~Review and approve recommendatons for control room design changes I 6755B:I/062883 2-1
~Provide the resources necessary for implementation of the DCROR~Approve the Program Summary Report~Provide the mechanism for the preparation and submittal of documents to the U.S.Nuclear Regulatory Commission., 2-4.PROJECT REVIEW TEAM The Project Review Team will coordinate the DCROR Program.Typical team functions are to:~Approve Task Plans prior to performance of associated Review Task A~Ensure that the DCRDR Program is performed in accordance with the AEPSC guality Assurance Program~Provide overall support to the DCROR process~Monitor the DCROR progress o Ensure that the design review objectives and tasks, in relation to other NUREG 0660 efforts, are properly coordinated
~Establish and initiate a control room improvement program Key personnel for the Project Review Team are identified in figure 2-1.2-5.DESIGN REVIEW TEAM The Design Review Team comprises the qualified multidiscipline personnel to perform the various review functions.
The areas of expertise include:~NSSS and balance-of-plant systems~Instrumentation and control 6755B: 1/062883 r 2-2
~Conrol board design~Human factors~Plant operations (licensed operators)
~Training~Licensing/nuclear safety The function of the Design Review Team is to carry out the entire design review program in accordance with the guidelines detailed in this Program Plan Report.Design Review Team responsibilities include the following:
~Develop the Program Plan Report~Develop the Licensee Event Report Review Report~Develop the Control Room Inventory~Develop forms/checklists
~Develop Task Plans o Develop Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report o Perform Review Tasks~Develop Task Summary Reports~Assist Assessment Team as technical support~, Develop Implementation Plans~Develop the Program Summary Report 6755B:I/062883 2-3 Key personnel for the Design Review Team are identified in figure 2-1.2-6.ASSESSMENT TEAM The Assessment Team will:~Evaluate the significance of the observed departures from the CRHEC Report identified in the Phase II review~Identify the applicable departures as human engineering discrepancies (HED)~Assign a category and priority to the HEDs for scheduling of corrective action~Review/approve control room recommendations for HED corrective action prior to origination of a request for change (AEPSC procedure 25).Key personnel for the Assessment Team are identified in figure 2-1.6755B: I/062883 2-4 P10J1 CZ REVIZ&#xc3;TEAM*DCBDR Program Mninistrator:
A.S.Grim s*DCRDR Program Lead Engineer: R.F.Shoemaker*DCRDR Program Plant Coordinator:
T.R.Stephens*DCRDR Program Project Engineer: F.Van Pelt, Jr.*DCRDR Program Manager (Westinghouse):
J.D.Young*~SC Human Factors Consultant:
Dr.T.Sheridan DESIGN REVI1%TEAM*DCRDR Program Administrator:
A.S.Grieves*DCBDR Program Lead Engineer/AEPSC I&C Engineer: R.F.Shor*AEPSC Nuclear Safety&Licensing Engineer: K.J.Toth*I&MEG3 Reactor Operators*DCRDR Program Plant Coordinator:
T.R.Stephens*AEPSC Quality Assurance Engineer: J.B.Brittan~*DCRDR Program Project Engineer: F.Van Pelt, Jr.*AEPSC Electrical Engineer: L.P.~co*DCRDR Program Manager (Westinghouse):
J.D.Young*DCRDR Human Factors Consultant (Canyon Research):
Dr.G.A.Elliff*I&MECO&Westinghouse Training Personnel*Westinghouse Training Personnel:
R.J.Wartenberg ASSESSMENT TEAM*DCRDR Program Adnunistrator:
A.S.Grimes*DCRDR Program Lead Engineer: R.F.Shor*AEPSC I&C Section Manager: J.C.Jeffrey*AEPSC Nuclear Safety and Licensing Section Manager: J.G.Feinstein*D.C.Cook Plant Managem nt: B.A.Svensson*AEPSC Human Factors Consultant:
Dr.T.Sheridan*I&MECO Senior Reactor Operator(s)
*ArPSC Manager of Quality Assurance:
R.F.Kroeger*AEPSC Electrical Generation Section Manager: R.C.Carruth Figure 2-1.DCRDR Program Organization Structure 6755B:1/062883 2-5


DESIGN REVIEW TEAM~PREPARE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT PROJECT REVIEW TEAMI~APPROVE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT PROGRAM PLAN REPORT ACCEPTABLE SUPERVISORY R EV I EW/COMMENTS YES AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO.32"PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS TO NRC" MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION
REPORT'OST-ACCIDENT
~SUBMIT PROGRAM PLAN REPORT TO NRC PROGRAM PLAN REPORT NRC 6755B:I/070583 Figure 2-2.Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase I, Planning 2-7 DESIGN REVIEW TEAM~DEVELOP TASK PLAN~DEVELOP CONTROL ROOM INVENTORY~PERFORM REVIEW~DEVELOP LER REVIEW REPORT~~DEVELOP TASK  
                                                                                                                                              'Also Available 6z Aperture Card MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION REG. GUIDE 1.97 EMERGENCY RESPONSE SAFETY PARAMETER                    FACILITY DISPLAY SYSTEM NUREG 0696 NUB EG 0660, III, A.12                    NUREG 0814 NUREG 0835 Figure l-l. Relationship of NUREG 0660 Task Action Items 1-9 s401040196              -o)
 
0 P
N
 
UNIT 1 CONTROL ROOM                                UNIT 2 CONTROL ROOM UNIT 2                    UNIT 1 HOT                      HOT SHUTDOWN                  SHUTDOWN AREA                      AREA Figure 1-2. General Arrangement Drawing  of Donald  C. Cook Units  1 and 2 Control Rooms
 
RC    OTU BA                          SG PRZ                                        FP RCP                                                  CP RHR                                              PSSO OPERATOR'S CONSOLE        CRT A S  IS RMS    BISI CRT    CRT SPY              PSS CRT B                        CRT CCW TYPEWRITER ESW                    COMPUTER OPERATOR'S CONSOLE NESW                                                            SA N IS IV VS SV EF RMS                                CW CABINET  FFC    MFX  APO MS    Fl Figure 1-3. Functional Layout Orawing of Oonald      C. Cook Unit 1 Control Room Panels 6755B: 1/062883                            1-13
 
FFC  MFX  APDMS    FID            CW PANEL                          CABINET EF SV VS IV N IS SA                                                              NESW COMPUTER OPERATOR'S CONSOLE                          ESW TYPEWRITER +
CCW PSSD                SPY BISI CRT B BISI  R MS CRT    CRT                                  SIS OPERATOR'S CONSOLE                      RHR PSSD CRT A RCP CP PRZ FP BA SG DTU      RC    FLX Figure 1-4. Functional Layout Drawing of Donald        C. Cook Unit 2 Control Room Panels 67558:1/062883                              1-15
 
FLX        Flux Panel RC        Rod Control Panel OTU        Oe)ta T and Unit Panel SG        Steam Generator Panel FP        Feed Pump Panel CP        Condensate  Polishing Panel Condensate  Panel Turbine Panel SA        Station Auxiliary Panel Generator Panel BA        Boric Acid Panel PRZ        Pressurizer Panel RCP        Reactor Coolant Pump Panel RHR        Residual Heat Removal Panel SIS        Safety'injection  System Panel SPY        Contaiqment Spray Panel CCW        Component Cooling Water Panel ESW        Essential Service Water Panel NESW  -  Nonessential Service Water Panel IV        Isolation Valves Panel VS        Vents.latlon Panel EF        Emergency Fire Panel SV        Plant Service Panel NIS        Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinets FI        Fixed In-Core Panel RMS      Radiation Monitoring System Panel FFC      Failed Fuel Communications Panel MFX        Movable In-core Cabinet APMS      Axial Power Distribution Monitoring System Cabinet FID      Fixed In-core Cabinet RMS      Radiation Monitoring System Cabinet CW        Circulating Water  Panel Figure I"5. List of Abbreviations    and Function for Control Panels 6755B:I/062883                            1-17
 
2 ug    Q                                                                                                                                  0 I    z                                                                                                                                  I 0a Z                                                                  +  Ca Ca CC Ca
                                                                                                                >OOOO 2 UJ cgC CC Ca 0 Z. CL I
2 g5z Ug CL CL                                                              ug 0 0. Co a:                                                  0 ug CL 2                                                                        2 0                                                                        0 2
I        I t      'T                                  o+
I 2
ul              D
                                                                                        <                  0          Oo            D                                  0                                        E cn  lu I IL    I Zca>
Ug Zca 0                                              I          I OQ                                                                                        0                            I          0 Ch z0    ag                              2      Z      Jug 0                                                    OzO        zO                  zo                            2          <
0                                              ZILca I-Zl- 0 Og                                                          cn I
ag Ez    E ug  z    Cn                                            0 0 ca                    Cn                                          2 IL 0 0                            O O                                    cn 0 0I    ~ a I
ca a.  (
                                                                                          -5                gl-o0 gI Olu2              I D
O 2                                  hl-                          CZ
                                                                                                          .. ~ cu cn Z~                                                                                            D O    'D                                            ~ C Cn ul                    I                              oguo ug X                        gzI CC 2  2                              OO IU O IL ug o                      O) I Qm]                lu ~
I-I-      cn Z Z ~
g Oolu      <0  )
IU I
o Z~ Dllu Ul ug    Cn                    I
                                                                                >  Ug    ch >            CCZUJCL        ~ugca                                              0          CL C) gIL~~            2 0
                                                                                                )
                                                                                                        ~o<ca<zox                      2 0
I- 0 cn 0 g
Ug ca  2 8              L(J                        UJ wc@In      via
                                                                          ~CO iI                                                                                          I PRC 0
ca Q~
                                                                                )I 0~
Ca Ca CC Ca APERTURE QZQ                                                                                                                        o00 22 0a.
0cC4 ca  aug
: 0. 0. ca ca OKRa zI                    CARO I
2                                                                                                                                                                        I 0
I O          I                                                                                              o Z
Iu    O                                                                      2                                                                  I 2                Iu                                                                            0    O u.
2I                                                  Z                                                          -
324g                                                                    lu z ~ ca 2    CC z
CC lgJ Og n0 E
0O      z82 g02                                          3                          a:COO          CC    I- Ug Oo                        X~                                                      0I CC Q
Oz  Pg                                Y            I- z ca 2      2    CL UJ Q
ol Cn zz      2 0            o ccl O
0 0 ca                    +~ Z CC 0            ~I                  <~u              CC 40 Py 0    0. QO I            IL ca
: 0. 5 ca I-      2                                          0ca ca0 0 0ca Ug                                        I-Czo ca I                                  Ul                                              I                    ~
2 I
O      oo                  Ca OZ  O                    I ZCL IL 2 Ca I X            UJ  Q lu O0 I->
cf  Ul 2
O (y2                        p        I  I    0g ca 0 0 o~~      2-0  0 g g O I-          CC CC                OOCU Ca                        IL a: ~    CC  CC IO oo                                    22 0        lu  O                lu  I D
VIUQ 2
CC D
2 iogvz g Ilg g 0 g'2 2 + 2 CL I            IU ca 0Z ZQ 0 z o Iu I-  0 co ca Q 0 cgt Q
Do zz ug IL Ca    cn
                                                                                                                              < 0 0.
ILozcn 0CC VQ UJ Ug IU ug IU        0.
F Z
co CC I Ug lulu I        O a.                  a<2~
ug ca ca ~
gO              g 2I ca              Z Ca Pu QO                  ZOQZ I  I
                                                                                                                                                <0      ~ CQ 2 ca          1CL    0.
goO                                      I 0 Ug ca v zCJ    ~>2                                      O.ZUJ<              0                          u. 0.                      <    u. 2    IU                                              OQ
                              )lu Y0 Ug ca              OgzaUl ca I 0u. >
CJ CC
                                                                                  > 0 UI cn IL CJ  UJ      I co Ug N
Vz IL CC 0 Ug                  ~ IU o  ug I
2E  P    IL 2 I 0 I
20 zozIuz Ca N 2 Ogcn OQ                  )CUE~
CC Kx<              I  gZYV        ~R    >
CU 0 a.
0 2      WQIca 5 Q                                lugao ca      CL Ul            Iu  0 0 Iu        0  a cn2 ca            ILZQZ                          2 CC  cn 2 0 I                          0 0. Z V                        0 gaIL Z  Z Ug O Ug D
0.
2 IUOIU      E                                                                                                      o8~~                      cn  CC 2      ~ C 0  CJ Ca I 0
2                                                                                                                                  I ul  ~
Q  ca                        Co 2                                                            2                                        Z  Cn 2
0  2 lu O                                                            0                                    ozo zol=
Ql Z  IU                                                        IU I
O                                                                zoI-CC
: 0. Ug 0, co                                                                                                                            Q Cn QO zl-                                                          0  I                                                                Z0
                                                                                                                              $ z ca I
2 Ug 2U                                                                                                                                0 IU                                            OIL
                        ~ ug IL ca
                                                                                      ~  IL IU gEa:                        IU IL IU                        ~,0 g~gaable CL                                                                  IZ:
Aperture Card 1-19 840 1040 19 6          W~2
 
0 4
    ~(f
    ~ U, t
 
SECTION 2 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 2-1. PURPOSE The purpose  of this section is to identify the OCROR Program teams and their areas of responsibility. Figure 2-1 details the organizational structure of personnel involved in the OCROR Program. (}ualifications of key personnel are provided in appendix B. All personnel on the Donald C. Cook OCRDR Program teams will meet or exceed the qualifications provided in NUREG 0801 and related guidance.
2-2. DCRDR TEAM INTERFACE To  effectively perform the    DCROR  Program and  still be able to be successfully audited,  an  interface  between the various review teams      is required. The "OCRDR Program Lead Engineer" will be the primary contact and liasion for the management organization, design review, project review, and assessment teams.
Figures 2-2 through 2-6 show these various interfaces.
2-3. MANAGEMENT FUNCTION The management    function for the OCRDR Program will be provided under previously established AEPSC procedural requirements and responsibilities defined in AEPSC General Procedure 25, "Engineering Design Changes," and General Procedure 32, "Preparation of Submittals to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission."
The  function of  management  is to:
    ~  Approve the'Program Plan Report
    ~  Review and approve recommendatons      for control room design changes I
6755B:I/062883                              2-1
 
    ~    Provide the resources      necessary  for implementation of the  DCROR
    ~    Approve the Program Summary Report
    ~    Provide the mechanism for the preparation and submittal of documents to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.,
2-4. PROJECT    REVIEW TEAM The  Project Review      Team  will coordinate    the  DCROR  Program. Typical team functions are to:
    ~    Approve Task Plans      prior to  performance of associated  Review Task A
    ~    Ensure  that the  DCRDR  Program  is performed in accordance with the AEPSC  guality  Assurance Program
    ~    Provide overall support to the        DCROR  process
    ~    Monitor the    DCROR  progress o    Ensure  that the design review objectives and tasks, in relation to other NUREG 0660 efforts, are properly coordinated
    ~    Establish    and  initiate  a  control  room improvement program Key personnel    for the Project    Review Team are    identified in figure 2-1.
2-5. DESIGN REVIEW TEAM The Design Review Team comprises          the qualified multidiscipline personnel    to perform the various review functions. The areas of expertise include:
    ~    NSSS  and  balance-of-plant systems
    ~    Instrumentation    and  control 6755B: 1/062883                                  2-2 r
 
    ~  Conrol board design
    ~  Human  factors
    ~  Plant operations (licensed operators)
    ~  Training
    ~  Licensing/nuclear safety The  function of the Design Review Team is to carry out the entire design review program in accordance with the guidelines detailed in this Program Plan Report. Design Review Team responsibilities include the following:
    ~  Develop the Program Plan Report
    ~  Develop the Licensee Event Report Review Report
    ~  Develop the Control    Room Inventory
    ~  Develop forms/checklists
    ~  Develop Task Plans o  Develop Control  Room Human  Engineering Criteria Report o  Perform Review Tasks
    ~  Develop Task Summary Reports
    ~  Assist Assessment  Team as  technical support
    ~,  Develop Implementation Plans
    ~  Develop the Program Summary Report 6755B:I/062883                            2-3
 
Key personnel    for the  Design Review Team are    identified in figure 2-1.
2-6. ASSESSMENT TEAM The Assessment    Team  will:
    ~    Evaluate the significance of the observed departures        from the CRHEC Report identified in the Phase II review
    ~    Identify the applicable departures      as human  engineering discrepancies (HED)
    ~    Assign  a  category and  priority to  the  HEDs for scheduling of corrective action
    ~    Review/approve control room recommendations        for HED  corrective action prior to origination of    a  request for change    (AEPSC  procedure 25).
Key personnel    for the  Assessment  Team are  identified in figure 2-1.
6755B: I/062883                              2-4
 
P10J1 CZ REVIZ&#xc3; TEAM
* DCBDR Program  Mninistrator:  A. S. Grim s
* DCRDR Program Lead Engineer:  R. F. Shoemaker
* DCRDR Program  Plant Coordinator: T. R. Stephens
* DCRDR Program Project Engineer: F. Van Pelt, Jr.
* DCRDR Program Manager (Westinghouse): J. D. Young
                  * ~SC Human Factors Consultant: Dr. T. Sheridan DESIGN REVI1% TEAM
* DCRDR Program Administrator: A. S. Grieves
* DCBDR Program Lead Engineer/AEPSC I & C Engineer: R. F. Shor
* AEPSC Nuclear Safety & Licensing Engineer: K. J. Toth
* I&MEG3 Reactor Operators
* DCRDR Program Plant Coordinator: T. R. Stephens
* AEPSC Quality Assurance Engineer: J. B. Brittan
                ~
* DCRDR Program Project Engineer: F. Van Pelt, Jr.
* AEPSC Electrical Engineer: L. P.  ~co
* DCRDR Program Manager (Westinghouse): J. D. Young
* DCRDR Human Factors Consultant (Canyon Research): Dr. G. A. Elliff
* I&MECO & Westinghouse Training Personnel
* Westinghouse Training Personnel: R. J. Wartenberg ASSESSMENT TEAM
* DCRDR Program Adnunistrator: A. S. Grimes
* DCRDR Program Lead Engineer: R. F. Shor
* AEPSC I&C Section Manager: J. C. Jeffrey
* AEPSC Nuclear Safety and Licensing Section Manager: J. G. Feinstein
* D. C. Cook Plant Managem nt: B. A. Svensson
* AEPSC Human Factors Consultant: Dr. T. Sheridan
* I&MECO Senior Reactor Operator(s)
* ArPSC Manager of Quality Assurance: R. F. Kroeger
* AEPSC Electrical Generation Section Manager: R. C. Carruth Figure  2  1. DCRDR Program Organization Structure 6755B:1/062883                          2-5
 
DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
                    ~ PREPARE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT PROJECT REVIEW TEAMI
                  ~ APPROVE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT               SUPERVISORY R EV I EW/COMMENTS PROGRAM PLAN REPORT ACCEPTABLE YES AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 32 "PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALSTO NRC" MANAGEMENTORGANIZATION
                ~ SUBMIT PROGRAM PLAN REPORT TO NRC PROGRAM PLAN REPORT NRC Figure 2-2. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase I, Planning 2-7 6755B:I/070583
 
DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
                                ~ DEVELOP TASK PLAN
                                ~ DEVELOP CONTROL ROOM INVENTORY
                                ~ PERFORM REVIEW
                                ~ DEVELOP LER REVIEW REPORT   ~
                                ~ DEVELOP TASK  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT~DEVELOP FORMS/CHECKLISTS
REPORT
~DEVELOP CRHEC REPORT SUPERVISORY R EV I EW/COMMENT PROJECT REVIEW TEAM~REVIEW/APPROVE/COMMENT
                                ~ DEVELOP FORMS/CHECKLISTS
-TASK  
                                ~ DEVELOP CRHEC REPORT SUPERVISORY R EV I EW/COMMENT PROJECT REVIEW TEAM
                                    ~   REVIEW/APPROVE/COMMENT TASK  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT-FORMS/CHECKLISTS NO TASK  
REPORT FORMS/CHECKLISTS NO       TASK  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT ACCEPTANCE YES INPUT TO PROGRAM  
REPORT ACCEPTANCE YES INPUT TO PROGRAM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT SEE FIGURE 24 0 6755B: I/070583 e Figure 2-3.Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase II, Review 2-9 ASSESSMENT TEAM~DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE OF HEDS~R EV I EW/APP ROVE CONTROL ROOM ENHANCEMENTS/
REPORT SEE FIGURE 24 0
RETROFITS DESIGN REVIEW TEAM~ASSIST IN HED EVALUATION
e Figure 2-3. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase II, Review 2-9 6755B: I/070583
~DEVELOP FINAL CRHEC DOCUMENT SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT PROJECT REVIEW TEAM~REVIEW/COMMENT/APPROVE
 
-FINAL CRHEC DOCUMENT-ASSESSMENT REPORT SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT NO ASSESSMENT REPORT ACCEPTANCE YES INPUT TO PROGRAM  
ASSESSMENT TEAM                             DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
                        ~ DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE                   ~  ASSIST IN HED OF HEDS                                     EVALUATION
                        ~ R EV I EW/APP ROVE CONTROL               ~  DEVELOP FINAL ROOM ENHANCEMENTS/                           CRHEC DOCUMENT RETROFITS SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT SUPERVISORY PROJECT REVIEW TEAM                           REVIEW/COMMENT
                      ~ REVIEW/COMMENT/APPROVE FINAL CRHEC DOCUMENT ASSESSMENT REPORT NO ASSESSMENT REPORT ACCEPTANCE YES INPUT TO PROGRAM


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT SEE FIGURE 2.6 0 Figure 2-4.Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase III-A, Assessment 6755B:I/070583 2-11 SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT NO CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENT ACCEPTABLE YES ASSESSMENT TEAM~DEVELOP CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION REPORT~DEVELOP IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE DESIGN REVIEW TEAM~ASSIST IN DEVELOPMENT OF CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION REPORT~ASSESS CONTROL ROOM IMP ROV E MENTS FOR DEPARTURES FROM THE CRHEC DOCUMENT PROJECT REVIEW TEAM~REVIEW/COMMENT APPROVE CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION REPORT AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO.25"ENGINEERING DESIGN CHANGE" MANAGEMENT FUNCTION~REVIEW/APPROVE CONTROL ROOM ENHANCEMENTS/
REPORT SEE FIGURE 2.6         0 Figure 2-4.     Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase III-A, Assessment 2-11 6755B:I/070583
MODIFICATIONS SEE FIGURE 24 C Figure 2-5.Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase III-B, Implementation 6755B:I/070583 2-13 DESIGN REVIEW TEAM~DEVELOP PROGRAM  
 
ASSESSMENT TEAM                    DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
                        ~ DEVELOP CONTROL ROOM             ~ ASSIST IN DEVELOPMENT OF IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT              CONTROL ROOM
                        ~ DEVELOP IMPLEMENTATION             IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT SCHEDULE                        ~ ASSESS CONTROL ROOM IMP ROV E MENTS FOR SUPERVISORY                                                DEPARTURES FROM THE REVIEW/COMMENT                                            CRHEC DOCUMENT CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION NO      DOCUMENT ACCEPTABLE YES PROJECT REVIEW TEAM
                          ~ REVIEW/COMMENT APPROVE CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION REPORT AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 25 "ENGINEERING DESIGN CHANGE" MANAGEMENTFUNCTION
                          ~ REVIEW/APPROVE CONTROL ROOM ENHANCEMENTS/
MODIFICATIONS SEE FIGURE 24     C Figure 2-5. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase III-B, Implementation 2-13 6755B:I/070583
 
DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
          ~ DEVELOP PROGRAM


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT P ROJ ECT R EV I EW TEAM~REVIEW/COMMENT/
REPORT SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT P ROJ ECT R EV I EW TEAM
APPROVE PROGRAM  
        ~   REVIEW/COMMENT/
APPROVE PROGRAM


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT PROGRAM  
REPORT ASSESSMENT REPORTS PROGRAM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT ACCEPTABLE YES NO ASSESSMENT REPORTS FROM FIGURE 24 B TASK  
FROM FIGURE 24 B REPORT ACCEPTABLE TASK  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORTS FROM FIGURE 2.3 A PROGRAM  
REPORTS YES        NO                      FROM FIGURE 2.3   A PROGRAM


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT MANAGEMENT FUNCTION~APPROVE PROGRAM  
REPORT CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT MANAGEMENT FUNCTION
        ~ APPROVE PROGRAM FROM FIGURE 2-5    C


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT~SUBMIT PROGRAM  
REPORT
        ~ SUBMIT PROGRAM


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT TO NRC CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION REPORT FROM FIGURE 2-5 C AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO.32"PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS TO NRC" PROGRAM  
REPORT TO NRC AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 32 "PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS TO NRC" PROGRAM  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT NRC Figure 2-6.Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase IV, Reporting 6755B:I/070583 2-15 SECTION 3 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 3-1.INTRODUCTION A complete and up-to-date library of reference information is necessary to manage and perform the various phases of the DCRDR Program.This library will provide support during the design review as well as a data base for future control room modifications.
REPORT NRC Figure 2-6. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase IV, Reporting 2-15 6755B:I/070583
3"2.REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION The following documentation will be used during the review phase:~.Control room drawings (panel layouts, floor plan, and the like)~Control board equipment specifications
 
~Control panel photographs (photomosaic)
SECTION 3 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 3-1. INTRODUCTION A complete and up-to-date       library of reference information is   necessary to manage   and perform the various phases of the DCRDR Program.       This library will provide support during the design review as well as a data base for future control   room   modifications.
~Control room preliminary assessments
3"2. REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION The following documentation     will be used during the review phase:
~Description of coding conventions
    ~
~Original and Updated FSAR for D.C.Cook Units 1 and 2~Instrumentation and control diagrams~Operator training material~Systems function task analysis 6755B: 1/062883 3-1  
Control room drawings (panel layouts, floor plan, and the       like)
~Lists of acronyms and abbreviations
    ~     Control board equipment specifications
~Piping and instrumentation drawings~Plant computer software description and sample printout~Procedures (emergency, normal, and the like)~System descriptions
    ~     Control panel photographs (photomosaic)
~Regulatory guides and NUREGs (paragraph 1-6)~Control room inventory list~AEPSC quality assurance procedure~Licensee event reports Any additional reference material identified by the design review team during the review phase (Phase II)will be obtained and added to the library.Because O.C.Cook Units 1 and 2 are operating, access to the control rooms will be limited.Therefore, photomosaics will be used ta perform most of the tasks outlined in section 5.3-3.OCROR-GENERATEO DOCUMENTATION The documentation generated by the design review process will be subject to those controls identified in paragraph 3-4.The following documentation will be produced by the OCROR process: o Program Plan Report (this document)~Control room operating personnel surveys 6755B:I/062883 3-2  
    ~     Control room preliminary assessments
~Control room inventory~Control room human factor surveys~Task plans, checklists, data collection forms, sketches, photographs, and photomosaics used in the review and.assessment/recommendation phases~Control room human engineering criteria report~Licensee event report (LER)review~Program Summary Report 3-4.DOCUMENT CONTROL A controlled-access file will be established for all hard copy DCRDR Program output documents.
    ~     Description of coding conventions
In addition, these documents will be entered into a computer-based data system.Access to these files will be controlled by the DCRDR program manager.67558:1/062883 3-3 P.Il l SECTION 4 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE I, PLANNING 4-I.INTRODUCTION The planning phase consists of developing a well-defined work program which outlines specific recommendations for personnel, reference material, and documentation needed to perform the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program (figure 4-1).IEMECo intends to commence with the DCRDR Program as documented in this Program Plan Report prior to formal acceptance by the NRC.Any deficiencies noted in this Program Plan Report should be brought to the attention of a I&MECo in a timely manner.Final acceptance of this document will end the Planning Phase.4-2.DCRDR MILESTONES A schedule for Phases I and II of this Program Plan was developed and is included as figure 4-2.As stated in the I8MECo response to G.L.82-33 (AEP:NRC:0773) on April 15, 1983, an intermediate milestone response will be sumitted to the NRC with the current status of the DCRDR Program on September 1, 1984.At that time, Phases I and II will be essentially completed, and an estimate for the Phase III-A Assessment will be developed shortly thereafter.
    ~     Original   and Updated FSAR   for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2
The NRC will be provided with more detailed information regarding Phase III-A Assessment schedule (in another intermediate milestone response)when this estimate has been made and the evaluation of it is completed.
    ~     Instrumentation   and control diagrams
4-3.CONTROL ROOM HUMAN ENGINERING CRITERIA REPORT w At the beginning of the review phase, a preliminary Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report will be developed.
    ~     Operator training material
This preliminary criteria report will contain, as a baseline, detailed Task Plans which will be executed to complete specific Phase II Review Tasks within the DCRDR Program.The Task 6755B: I/062883 4-1 Plans have been proven effective on over 20 human factors control room reviews.The Task Plans will provide a detailed audit trail to the generic guidelines provided in NUREG 0700, yet have been restructured to facilitate the data collection, documentation, and auditing requirements inherent in a NUREG 0700 oriented DCRDR Program.Based on observations and assessments of the DCRDR Program, the generic guidelines of NUREG 0700 found in the preliminary CRHEC Report will be revised to reflect plant-specific design conventions and plant-specific human factors criteria.A section of the final CRHEC Report will be dedicated to departures from NUREG 0700 with the applicable justification provided therein.The final CRHEC Report is intended to ensure that any future control board modifications reflect previously evaluated human factors practices and do not detract from operability of the control board.6755B: 1/062883 4-2 REVIEW OVERALL DCRDR PROGRAM OBJECTIVES EVALUATE OBJECTIVES
    ~     Systems   function task analysis 6755B: 1/062883                               3-1
&DESIGN GUIDELINES TO BE USED IDENTIFY RESOURCES REQUIRED OUTLINE ALL REVIEW TASKS TO BE PERFORMED AS PART OF THE DCRDR PROGRAM DEVELOP THE DCRDR PROGRAM SCHEDULE ISSUE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT~ASSESS ACTI V ITI ES COMPLETED BY AEPSC AND l&MECo~EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES
 
,~DESIGN CRITERIA INCLUDING PLANT SPECIFIC ITEMS~NUREG 0660 0700 0801~DEFINE PROGRAMS THAT HAVE AN IMPACT ON CONTROL ROOM DESIGN (NUREG 0696, REGULATORY GUIDE 1.97)~DEFINE RELATIONSHIP WITH OTHER EMERGENCY R ESPONSE ACTIVITY~PRELIMINARY CRHEC REPORT~FINAL SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORT~SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
    ~   Lists of   acronyms and abbreviations
~PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DRAWINGS~FLOOR PLANS~PANEL LAYOUTS~ABBREVIATIONS AND CODING'SOFTWARE DESCRIPTIONS
    ~   Piping and instrumentation drawings
~PROCEDURES
    ~   Plant computer software description and sample printout
~OPERATOR TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE
    ~   Procedures   (emergency, normal, and the   like)
~TASK 1-OPERATING EXPFRIENCE REVIEW~TASK 2'-SYSTEM FUNCTIONS REVIEW AND TASK ANALYSIS~TASK 3-CONTROL ROOM INVENTORY~TASK 4-CONTROL ROOM HUMAN FACTOR SURVEY~TASK 5-VERIFICATION OF TASK PERFORMANCE
    ~   System descriptions
~TASK 6-VALIDATION OF CONTROL ROOM FUNCTIONS~AEPSC AND l&MECo INPUTS TO SCHEDULE~REVIEW PROCESS~METHODOLOGY
    ~   Regulatory guides and     NUREGs (paragraph 1-6)
~TEAM QUALIFICATIONS
    ~   Control room inventory     list
~DESIGN GUIDELINES
    ~   AEPSC quality assurance procedure
~SCHEDULE~INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPANTS
    ~   Licensee event reports Any additional reference material identified       by the design review team during the review phase (Phase     II) will be obtained and added to the library.
~DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL PRC.;APERTURE CARO Figure 4-1.Planning Phase Development Outline I 4-3 8401040 i 96~Q  
Because O. C. Cook   Units 1 and 2 are operating, access to the control rooms will be limited. Therefore, photomosaics will be used ta perform most of the tasks outlined in section 5.
]~>C Q 7 1983 1984 MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JUNE 27 PLANNING PHASE I~PLANNING PPR To NRC PPR To NRC JAN 1 PHASE II-REVIEW TASK 1 LER REVIEW CROPS LER REVIEW SEPT 1 OCT 1 NOV 1 CROPS JAN 2 CROPS MAY 22 JUNE 1 TASK 2 SFRTA TASK 3 CRI TASK 4 CRHFS TASK 5 VERIFICATION TASK 6 VALIDATION PHASE III DETAILED ESTIMATION CRI SEPT 1 OCT I MAR 22 JAN 29 MAR 25 iUNIT No.2)OUTAGE CRHFS NOTE 1 JUNE 30 JULY 14 AUG 15 VER IF.SEPT 1 OCT 6 OCT 20 VALID.NOV 1 NOV 22 COMPLIES WITH SUPPLEMENT 1 NUREG0737 PARAGRAPH 52.A"LICENSEES SHALL SUBMIT PROGRAM PLAN WITHIN TWO MONTHS FROM START OF DCRDR."~AEPSC AND INDIANA AND MICHIGAN ACTIVITY~~DCRDR REVIEW TEAM ACTIVITY NOTE 1 CRHFS ACTIVITIES MAY OCCUR IN PARALLEL WITH CROPS.CRHFS  
3-3. OCROR-GENERATEO DOCUMENTATION The documentation generated by the design review process will be subject to those controls identified in paragraph 3-4. The following documentation will be produced by the OCROR process:
o   Program Plan Report     (this document)
    ~   Control room operating personnel       surveys 6755B:I/062883                               3-2
 
    ~   Control room inventory
    ~   Control room   human factor surveys
    ~   Task plans, checklists, data collection forms, sketches, photographs, and photomosaics   used in the review and. assessment/recommendation phases
    ~   Control room   human engineering criteria report
    ~   Licensee event report (LER) review
    ~   Program Summary Report 3-4. DOCUMENT CONTROL A controlled-access file will be established for all hard copy DCRDR Program output documents. In addition, these documents will be entered into a computer-based data system. Access to these files will be controlled by the DCRDR program manager.
67558:1/062883                             3-3
 
P
  .Il l
 
SECTION 4 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE     I, PLANNING 4-I. INTRODUCTION The planning phase consists of developing a well-defined work program which outlines specific recommendations for personnel, reference material, and documentation needed to perform the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program   (figure 4-1).
IEMECo   intends to commence with the DCRDR Program as documented in this Program Plan Report prior to formal acceptance by the NRC. Any deficiencies noted in this Program Plan Report should be brought to the attention of a I&MECo in a timely manner.       Final acceptance of this document will end the Planning Phase.
4-2. DCRDR MILESTONES A schedule   for Phases I and II of this   Program Plan was developed and     is included as figure 4-2.     As stated in the I8MECo response to G.L. 82-33 (AEP:NRC:0773) on April     15, 1983, an intermediate milestone response will be sumitted to the NRC with the current status of the DCRDR Program on September 1, 1984. At that time, Phases I and II will be essentially completed, and an estimate for the Phase III-A Assessment will be developed shortly thereafter.
The NRC will be provided with more detailed information regarding Phase III-A Assessment schedule (in another intermediate milestone response) when this estimate has been made and the evaluation of         it is completed.
4-3. CONTROL ROOM HUMAN ENGINERING     CRITERIA REPORT w
At the beginning of the review phase, a preliminary Control Room           Human Engineering Criteria Report will be developed.         This preliminary   criteria report will contain,   as a baseline, detailed Task Plans which       will be executed to complete specific   Phase   II Review Tasks within the DCRDR   Program. The Task 6755B: I/062883                             4-1
 
Plans have been proven effective on over 20 human factors control room reviews. The Task Plans will provide a detailed audit trail to the generic guidelines provided in   NUREG 0700, yet have been restructured to facilitate the data collection, documentation, and auditing requirements inherent in a NUREG 0700 oriented DCRDR Program.
Based on observations and assessments of the DCRDR Program, the generic guidelines of NUREG 0700 found in the preliminary CRHEC Report will be revised to reflect plant-specific design conventions and plant-specific human factors criteria. A section of the final CRHEC Report will be dedicated to departures from NUREG 0700 with the applicable justification provided therein. The final CRHEC Report is intended to ensure that any future control board modifications reflect previously evaluated human factors practices and do not detract from operability of the control board.
6755B: 1/062883                         4-2
 
REVIEW OVERALL       EVALUATE                                    OUTLINE ALL REVIEW                                      ISSUE DCRDR                 OBJECTIVES &
IDENTIFY                                 DEVELOP THE TASKS TO BE                                             PROGRAM RESOURCES                                DCRDR PROGRAM PROGRAM              DESIGN GUIDELINES                            PERFORMED AS PART OF                                   PLAN REQUIRED                                  SCHEDULE OBJECTIVES            TO BE USED                                  THE DCRDR PROGRAM                                       REPORT
~ ASSESS ACTIVITIES  ~  EMERGENCY            ~  FINAL SAFETY    ~  TASK 1 - OPERATING    ~ AEPSC AND l&MECo         ~   REVIEW PROCESS COMPLETED BY            OPERATING               ANALYSIS REPORT     EXPFRIENCE REVIEW        INPUTS TO AEPSC AND l&MECo        PROCEDURES                                                         SCHEDULE                ~ METHODOLOGY
                                              ~ SYSTEM            ~ TASK 2 '- SYSTEM
                      ~  DESIGN CRITERIA        DESCRIPTIONS        FUNCTIONS REVIEW                                 ~  TEAM QUALIFICATIONS INCLUDING PLANT                            AND TASK ANALYSIS SPECIFIC ITEMS      ~ PIPING AND                                                            ~  DESIGN GUIDELINES INSTRUMENTATION  ~ TASK 3 CONTROL
                      ~  NUREG 0660            DRAWINGS            ROOM INVENTORY                                   ~  SCHEDULE 0700 0801        ~  FLOOR PLANS      ~ TASK 4- CONTROL                                 ~  INTERFACE ROOM HUMAN FACTOR                                   REQUIREMENTS
                      ~  DEFINE PROGRAMS    ~  PANEL LAYOUTS        SURVEY                                             OF PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE AN IMPACT ON CONTROL ROOM    ~  ABBREVIATIONS    ~ TASK 5 - VERIFICATION                           ~  DOCUMENTATION AND DESIGN (NUREG          AND CODING'          OF TASK PERFORMANCE                                 DOCUMENT CONTROL 0696, REGULATORY GUIDE 1.97)            SOFTWARE          ~ TASK 6 - VALIDATION DESCRIPTIONS        OF CONTROL ROOM
                      ~   DEFINE RELATIONSHIP                        FUNCTIONS WITH OTHER EMERGENCY
                                              ~ PROCEDURES                                                                        PRC R ESPONSE  ACTIVITY ~ OPERATOR TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE
                                                                                                                          .;APERTURE
                      ~  PRELIMINARYCRHEC REPORT CARO Figure 4-1. Planning Phase Development Outline I
4-3 8401040         i 96 ~Q
 
]~ > C Q
7
 
1983                                                       1984 MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT       OCT   NOV   DEC JAN   FEB MAR APR   MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT           OCT NOV   DEC JUNE 27 PLANNING PHASE I ~ PLANNING PPR To NRC             PPR To NRC                         JAN 1 SEPT  1 OCT 1 MAY 22 PHASE II - REVIEW         LER REVIEW                                JAN 2 NOV 1 TASK 1 LER REVIEW                                                           CROPS             JUNE  1 CROPS                                           CROPS TASK 2 SFRTA                 CRI                                                                        JUNE 30 TASK 3 CRI                                                                   MAR 22 JULY 14 CRHFS SEPT 1 OCT I                                                           AUG 15 TASK 4 CRHFS NOTE 1                         SEPT 1 VER IF.             OCT 6 TASK 5 VERIFICATION OCT 20 VALID.           NOV 1 TASK 6 VALIDATION                                                                                                                  NOV 22 PHASE III DETAILED JAN 29    MAR 25 ESTIMATION iUNITNo. 2 COMPLIES WITH SUPPLEMENT 1 NUREG0737 OUTAGE )
                                                                                              ~      AEPSC AND INDIANAAND MICHIGAN ACTIVITY PARAGRAPH 52.A "LICENSEES SHALL SUBMIT PROGRAM PLAN WITHIN TWO MONTHS FROM START OF DCRDR."
                                                                                        ~~
NOTE  1 DCRDR REVIEW TEAM ACTIVITY CRHFS ACTIVITIESMAY OCCUR IN PARALLELWITH CROPS. CRHFS


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT DUE JUNE 30, 1984.Figure 4-2.DCRDR Program Schedule for Phases I and II SECTION 5 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE II, REVIEW 5-1.INTRODUCTION During the Review Phase of the D.C.Cook DCRDR Program, data will be collected and human factors issues will be reviewed.Thus, the objective of the Review Phase is the collection of data identifying attributes of the D.C.Cook Units 1 and 2 control rooms which depart from criteria specified in the D.C.Cook Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report (paragraph 4-3).The Review Phase will generate: o Task Summary Reports for each major review phase task specifying methods used and findings~Component sheets specifying the findings of each task related to each component in the control room~Checklist observation forms documenting departures from the human engineering criteria established before and during the review phase 5-2.REVIEW PHASE STAFFING The Review Phase will be conducted by the Design Review Team.Representatives of I&MECo, AEPSC, Westinghouse, and Canyon Research Group will be included on the team.Appropriate disciplines from these organizations will be included on each task team.Design Review Team members include:~System designers and analysts~Human factors consultants
REPORT DUE JUNE 30, 1984.
~Control board designers 6755B: 1/062883 5-1  
Figure 4-2.         DCRDR   Program Schedule       for   Phases   I and       II
~Instrumentation and control engineers~Plant operators~Licensing engineers~Data management technicians
 
~Electrical engineers~guality assurance engineers 5-3.METHODOLOGY FOR REVIEW PHASE TASKS The methodology for the Review Phase tasks will consist of executing Task Plans and completing human engineering surveys as reflected in the D.C.Cook Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report.5-4.Task 1--0 eratin Ex erience Review The operating experience review consists of two related activities.
SECTION 5 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE   II, REVIEW 5-1. INTRODUCTION During the Review Phase of the D. C. Cook DCRDR Program, data will be collected and human factors issues will be reviewed. Thus, the objective of the Review Phase is the collection of data identifying attributes of the D. C.
The first is a review of plant performance records for D.C.Cook Units 1 and 2 (and a review of LERs for other similar plants)to identify areas in which human error has caused problems in the past that may be related to control panel design.The second activity is the Control Room Operating Personnel Survey (CROPS).The Design Review Team will interview a representative sample consisting of at least 50 percent of the licensed control room operators at D.C.Cook Units 1 and 2.The objective of the CROPS is to identify specific attributes of the D.C.Cook Units 1 and 2.control board design which, in the operators'pinions, have caused or could potentially cause operator error.The CROPS will be conducted by admini'stration of questionnaires and by conducting individual and group interviews.
Cook Units 1 and 2 control rooms which depart from criteria specified in the D. C. Cook Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report (paragraph 4-3).
6755B: 1/062883 5-2 5-5.Task 2-S stem Function and Task Anal sis The System Function and Task Analysis will establish instrumentation requirements and performance criteria for select normal and emergency conditions.
The Review Phase   will generate:
This task will be performed by using plant-specific procedures generated from the Westinghouse Owners'roup Emergency Response Guidelines.
o   Task Summary Reports   for each major review phase task specifying methods used and   findings
These plant-specific procedures will be submitted to the Design Review Team.This data will provide input to the Design Review Team for the verification and validation of control room functions (Tasks 5 and 6).5-6.Task 3-Control Room Inventor The control room inventory will be developed on a computer data base and will include all data required by NUREG 0700 for each component.
    ~   Component sheets specifying the findings of each task related to each component in the control room
AEPSC wi 11 develop and maintain the D.C.Cook Control Room Inventory data base.Formats and completeness of the data item list have been reviewed by all review team members and comments have been incorporated to ensure that the inventory data base to support relevant D.C.Cook DCRDR Program tasks can be accepted.5-7'.Task 4-Control Room Human Factors Surve The bulk of the detailed data regarding specific departures from the Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report will be gathered in the Control Room Surveys Task.The Control Room Surveys Task will be conducted by completing 14 human engineering surveys as follows:~Workspace e Anthropometrics
    ~   Checklist observation forms documenting departures from the human engineering criteria established before and during the review phase 5-2. REVIEW PHASE STAFFING The Review Phase   will be conducted   by the Design Review Team. Representatives of I&MECo, AEPSC, Westinghouse, and Canyon Research Group will be included on the team. Appropriate disciplines from these organizations will be included on each task team. Design Review Team members include:
~Emergency equipment~Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning
    ~   System designers   and analysts
~Illumination 6755B:I/062883 5-3  
    ~   Human factors consultants
~Ambi ent noi se o Maintainabi 1 i ty~Communications
    ~   Control board designers 6755B: 1/062883                             5-1
~Annunciator
 
~Controls~Displays~Labels and location aids~Computer system review~Conventions Detailed Task Plans, checklists, special data collection forms, NUREG 0700 criteria references applicable to D.C.Cook, and methodology descriptions for each survey will be included in the CRHEC Report.The Annunciator Survey Task Plan is included in this Program Plan Report in appendix C as an example.5-8.Works ace Surve--This survey concentrates on the general layout and arrangement of control room equipment.
    ~   Instrumentation   and   control engineers
The workspace survey will also address the adequacy of control room noninstrumentation items such as desks and chairs.5-9.Anthro ometric Surve--The anthropometric survey will assess and document the vision and reach envelopes for all D.C.Cook control room equipment.
    ~   Plant operators
This data will be evaluated for general control and display location adequacy based upon the CRHEC Report anthropometric criteria for the 5th percentile female and 95th percentile male.In addition, the anthropo-metric data will be used to support the verification and validation tasks.6755B: I/062883 5-4 5-10.Emer enc E ui ment Surve-Emergency equipment will be evaluated for usability by the control room operators.
    ~   Licensing engineers
Included will be an assessment of emergency equipment storage locations; operator accessability; tactile, visual, and auditory adequacy of breathing apparatus and protective clothing;and other critical features of the control room emergency equipment.
    ~   Data management   technicians
5-11.Heatin Venti latin and Air Conditionin Surve"" The ail flow, temperature regulation, and humidity control within the control room will be evaluated in terms of the CRHEC Report.The primary concern is to identify parameters which may be out of tolerance or unstable to the point of adv'ersely
    ~   Electrical engineers
, affecting the recommended comfort zones for the control room.5-12.Illumination Surve-Ambient illumination will be measured using appropriate instruments for lighting levels at various workstations and control board areas.Presence of glare, if any, on instrumentation will be documented.
    ~   guality assurance   engineers 5-3. METHODOLOGY FOR REVIEW PHASE TASKS The methodology   for the   Review Phase   tasks will consist of executing Task Plans and completing human engineering surveys as reflected in the D. C. Cook Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report.
Illumination will be evaluated for compliance with recommended and required light levels for identified tasks.5-13.Ambient Noise Surve--Ambient noise will be measur'ed using appropriate sound measurement equipment.
5-4. Task 1 -- 0 eratin   Ex erience Review The operating experience review consists of two related activities. The first is a review of plant performance records for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 (and a review of LERs for other similar plants) to identify areas in which human error has caused problems in the past that may be related to control panel design. The second activity is the Control Room Operating Personnel Survey (CROPS). The Design Review Team will interview a representative sample consisting of at least 50 percent of the licensed control room operators at D.
A primary concern will be the peak and average decibel(A) levels and the preferred octave band decibel levels for the ambient noise conditions.
C. Cook Units 1 and 2.     The objective of the CROPS is to identify specific attributes of the D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2. control board design which, in the operators'pinions, have caused or could potentially cause operator error.
The data will be reviewed for potential sound problems which may interfere with operator communication requirements or which may mask auditory signals.5-14.Maintainabilit Surve--The maintainability survey will assess human factors suitability of all equipment in the control room.Primary concerns are that the operators can maintain indicator lights, determining if annuncia" tor system bulbs are replaceable, replenishing expendables such as recorder paper and ink, and determining that spare parts and expendables are available and accessable.
The CROPS will be conducted by admini'stration of questionnaires and by conducting individual and group interviews.
V 5-15.Communications Surve--The control room communication systems will be reviewed and evaluated to determine if they are adequate to support emergency and normal operations.
6755B: 1/062883                             5-2
Systems such as the paging system, intercom 6755B:1/062883 5-5 system,-telephone system, sound-powered and portable radio communications equipment, and free/air, unaided voice communications will be included in this review.Auditory signals will also be evaluated for applications, meaning, coding techniques, signal transmission/propagation, and signal characteristics.
 
5-16.Annunciator S stems Review--The annunciator system, as a special case of legend light displays and auditory signals, will be evaluated in terms of its general human engineering suitability and also as a critical and central control room system used in the identification of transient and emergency conditions.
5-5. Task 2     S stem Function and Task Anal   sis The System   Function and Task Analysis will establish instrumentation requirements and performance criteria for select normal and emergency conditions. This task will be performed by using plant-specific procedures generated from the Westinghouse Owners'roup Emergency Response Guidelines.
Data collected will be analyzed for discrepant characteristics which may potentially increase the probability of human error.Also, relevant data will be used to support the verification and validation tasks.engineering suitability without reference to specific task supportive roles.The primary criteria will be that contained in the CRHEC Report based on section 6.4 of NUREG 0700.f general human engineering suitability independently of the specific tasks in which the displays are used.The primary criteria will be that contained in the CRHEC Report based on Section 6.5 of NUREG 0700.5-19.Labels and Location Aids-The control panels and instrumentation will be surveyed for general readability and consistency of terms, abbrevia-tions, and acronyms.Data from this task and the conventions survey will furnish the base line information used to establish a standard dictionary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms used throughout the control room.5-20.Com uter S stem Review--The P-250 process computer system used in the control room will be assessed for its functional integration into the operational requirements of the control room.It will also be evaluated for general human factors suitability and for its supportive role in control room operation.
These plant-specific procedures will be submitted to the Design Review Team.
The critiera.from the CRHEC Report, based on NUREG 0700, Section 6.7 (process computers), forms the basis for this=task plan.6755B:I/062883 5-6 5-21.Conventions Surve-The purpose of the conventions survey is threefold.
This data will provide input to the Design Review Team for the verification and   validation of control     room functions (Tasks   5 and 6).
Those conventions used at D.C.Cook, whether general stereotypes, industry conventions, or plant-specific conventions, will be identified.
5-6. Task 3 Control     Room Inventor The   control   room   inventory will be developed on a computer data base and will include all data required by NUREG 0700 for each component. AEPSC wi 11 develop and maintain the D. C. Cook Control Room Inventory data base.         Formats and completeness of the data item list have been reviewed by all review team members and comments have been incorporated to ensure that the inventory data base to support relevant D. C. Cook DCRDR Program tasks can be accepted.
Second, the identified conventions will be evaluated for good human factors characteristics, as defined in the criteria from the CRHEC Report based on section 6 of NUREG 0700.Finally, any inconsistencies in the applications of identified conventions will be documented and their impact assessed.Data from this task and the labeling and location aids task will be used to develop r and document a standard dictionary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms for the D.C.Cook plants.5-22.Task 5-Verification of Control Room Function As one of the two terminal tasks in the review phase, the presence and suitability of control room instrumentation will be verified.The primary concern will be determining that all required information and control capabilities are in the control room.As a corollary, the presence of nonessential information and control instrumentation will be assessed to ensure that it does not detract from adequate operator performance.
5-7'. Task 4   Control     Room Human Factors Surve The   bulk of the detailed data regarding specific departures from the Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report will be gathered in the Control Room Surveys Task. The Control Room Surveys Task will be conducted by completing 14 human engineering surveys as follows:
Data from the Control Room Inventory and the systems function and task analysis are extensively used in these activities.
      ~   Workspace e   Anthropometrics
5-23.Task 6--Validation of Control.Room Functions Through a process of walkthroughs and talkthroughs selected emergency and normal operations will be validated for the availability of required skills and knowledge of the trained operators.
      ~   Emergency equipment
5-24.PRODUCTS OF THE REVIEW PHASE The primary output of the Review Phase is a set of checklist observation (CLO)forms.Each departure from established human factors criteria observed during the Review Phase will be documented
      ~   Heating, ventilating, and     air conditioning
~Each CLO form will state the problem, affected components, criteria violated, probable error, and other relevant data required for analysis of the problem.67558:I/062883 5-7 The CLOs wi 1 1 provide the primary input to the Assessment Phase, where each will be categorized according to safety and/or operational impact.In addi-tion, at the completion of the Review Phase, component sheet files wi 11 be complete, and Task Summary Reports for each task will have been prepared.6755B:1/062883 5-8 SECTION 6 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-A, ASSESSMENT 6-1.INTRODUCTION The review process described in section 5 will result in the identification of departures from human engineering criteria defined in the CRHEC Report.Analysis and interpretation of these departures will be required to establish their potential safety implications.
      ~   Illumination 6755B:I/062883                                 5-3
Means of correcting or minimizing the effects of the departures will be identified and documented.
 
A plan of action will be applied to improvements affecting operator performance under emergency and selected normal operating conditions.
    ~   Ambi ent noi se o   Maintainabi i ty 1
The Phase III activities of assessment and implementation are covered in this section and section 7, following.
    ~   Communications
The Assessment Phase of the DCRDR Program wi 11 achieve the following objectives:
    ~   Annunciator
~Analyze and evaluate the observed departures from human engineering criteria identified during the review phase~Recommend the means of correcting those departures which could affect safety or plant/operator performance-
    ~   Controls
~Define a plan of action which applies the human factor principles to improve control room design and to enhance operator effectiveness and efficiency
    ~   Displays
~Apply the assessment process to other projects related to the control room which are concerned with, or may be affected by, the human factors review (Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2, safety parameters display system, procedures, training)6755B: I/062883 6-1 6-2.METHODOLOGY The assessment process involves the review and evaluation of all CRHEC Report departures identified by the Design Review Team during Phase II to determine which departures can affect the operator's performance such that the potential for operator eror is increased.
    ~   Labels and location aids
This process also involves determining the extent of corrections and justifying any recommendations which do not completely correct the discrepancies.
    ~   Computer system review
All departures from the CRHEC Report identified during the Review Phase will be processed according to the assessment methodology presented in figure 6-1.These departures will be documented on checklist observation forms and will be provided to the Assessment Team for analysis and assessment.
    ~   Conventions Detailed Task Plans, checklists, special data collection forms, NUREG 0700 criteria references applicable to D. C. Cook, and methodology descriptions for each survey will be included in the CRHEC Report. The Annunciator Survey Task Plan is included in this Program Plan Report in appendix C as an example.
Also, some of the operating personnel will be canvassed using the photomosaic to resolve any factors which could contribute to performance problems.The Assessment Team will review the CLOs to determine the need for reassess-ment by the Design Review Team or their acceptance as HEDs.The disposition of each CLO will be justified and/or documented by the Assessment Team.The Assessment Team will evaluate and categorize each HED according to the metho-dology presented in figure 6-2.This approach accomplishes the assessment objectives of NUREGs 0700 and 0801.All category I, II, and III HEDs will be analyzed for correction as per figure 6-3.Category IV HEDs, considered optional for correction, will be assessed for their cumulative and interactive effects on all other HEDs.Those cate-gory IV HEDs shown to possess the above effects will be recategorized to the appropriate category II level.'I The initial step in this process is to identify those HEDs which can be cor-rected by enhancements, training of operators, and/or procedural revisions.
5-8. Works ace Surve   -- This survey concentrates on the general layout and arrangement of control room equipment. The workspace survey will also address the adequacy of control room noninstrumentation items such as desks and chairs.
The remaining HEDs will be analyzed to identify and provide design improvement alternatives.
5-9. Anthro ometric Surve -- The anthropometric survey will assess and document the vision and reach envelopes for all D. C. Cook control room equipment. This data will be evaluated for general control and display location adequacy based upon the CRHEC Report anthropometric criteria for the 5th percentile female and 95th percentile male. In addition, the anthropo-metric data will be used to support the verification and validation tasks.
A cost/benefit analysis will be performed to determine which corrections are the most feasible and acceptable from a human engineering point of view.As a part of the review, IEMECo/AEPSC will perform a cost/benefit assessment for implementation of the recommendations.
6755B: I/062883                           5-4
6755B: 1/062883 6-2 The control room review process will be reapplied as appropriate to ensure the following:
~That the creation of new HEDs is identified
~That other corrections are not invalidated
~Compliance with human engineering guidelines developed during Phase II The HEDs and final recommendations for correction provided by the assessment team will be submitted to the Project Review Team for review and disposition.
Rejected CLOs and/or recommendations will be returned to the Assessment Team for additional assessment.
6755B:I/062883 6-3 INTERFACE/
REASSESS D ES I G N R EV I EW TEAM~PERFORMS THE REVIEW~PREPARES CHECKLIST OBSERVATION FORMS-LIST OF DEPARTURES FROM PRELIMINARY CONTROL ROOM HUMAN EN G IN E E R IN G C R ITE R IA R E PORT CLO ASSESSMENT TEAM~REVIEW CLOS~DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE/
IMPACT AS HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDS)~INTERFACE WITH DESIGN REVIEW TEAM~CATEGORIZE HEDS (REFER TO FIGURE 6-3)~FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS
~DEVELOP IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE HEDS (W/FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS)
PROJECT REVIEW TEAM R EASSESS/D I SAP P ROV E~REVIEW/COMMENT HEDS WITH F I MAL R E COMME NDAT I ON S~INTERFACE WITH ASSESSMENT TEAM~AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO.25"ENGINEERING DESIGN CHANGES" Figure 6-1.Assessment Methodology Chart 6755B: 1/062883 6-5 DESIGN REVIEW TEAM CHECKLIST OBSERVATIONS FORMS (REASSESSMENT)
ASSESSMENT TEAM HUMAN ENGINEERING DISC R EPANC I ES EVALUATE FOR SAFETY CONSEQUENCE YES NO YES HIGH PROBABILITY OF OPERATIONAL ERROR/SIGNIFICANT DEVIATION ASSESS FOR SIGN I F I CANT OPERATIONAL IMPACTS NO NO YES CATEGORY 2 REFER TO FIGURE 6-3 CATEGORY 3 REFER TO FIGURE 6-3 NO S IGNI F I CANT COST VERSUS OPERATOR BENEFIT CATEGORY 1 REFER TO FIGURE 6-3 IDENTIFY COR R ECT IONS AND COSTS TO F IX YES SELECT RECOMMENDED BACKFIT QQ c 0 o z5 P e It ASSESS FOR NEW DEPARTURES FROM PRELIMINARY CRHEC REPORT DOCUMENT AND PREPARE FOR IMPLEMENTATION CATEGORY 4 DOCUMENT REFER TO FIGURE 6-3 Figuzq 6-2.Human Engineering Discrepancy Evaluation Flow Chart 1I 4-t'e+P)'.1 REVIEW PROCESS OBSERVATIONS HED ASSESSMENTS ASSESSMENT CRITERIA CATEGORY IV ASSESSMENT FACTOR SAFETY (")CONSEQUENCES:
DOCUMENTED ERRORS INCREASED POTENTIAL FOR ERROR LOW PROBABILITY OF ERROR NOT ASSOCIATED WITH P ROBABI L ITY OF ERROR IMPLEMENTATION (RATING)EARLIEST OPPORTUNITY (MANDATOR Y)EARLIEST OPPORTUNITY (HIGH PRIORITY)CONVENIENT OUTAGE (ACCEPTED)
MAY OR MAY NOT BE REQUIRED (NOT MANDATORY)
HEDS (I,II,III)
(")EXAMPLE: RESULTS IN UNSAFE OPERATION, VIOLATION OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CAT IV RECOMMENDED CORRECTIONS NO DOCUMENT YES ANALYSIS FOR CORRECTION Figure 6-3.HED Category Guidelines 6755B: 1/062883 6-9


SECTION 7 OESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-B, IMPLEMENTATION Approved solutions of HEDs by the Project Review Team will be scheduled for implementation.
5-10. Emer enc    E ui ment Surve Emergency equipment will be evaluated for usability by the control room operators. Included will be an assessment of emergency equipment storage locations; operator accessability; tactile, visual, and auditory adequacy of breathing apparatus and protective clothing; and other critical features of the control room emergency equipment.
The category guidelines established in section 6 will be used as a basis for the corrective action schedule.Additional considerations in the development of the implementation schedule will be:~Safety consequences of operator errors that could be caused by the discrepancy
5-11. Heatin      Venti latin    and Air Conditionin Surve "" The ail flow, temperature regulation, and humidity control within the control room will be evaluated in terms of the CRHEC Report. The primary concern is to identify parameters which may be out of tolerance or unstable to the point of adv'ersely
~Integration with other post-TMI programs~Plant operation constraints o Operator training/retraining requirements
, affecting the recommended comfort zones for the control room.
~Outage schedules o Equipment procurement schedules The following designations, identifed in NUREG 0801, will be adopted for scheduling purposes: the NRC.Make changes at the first refueling after submittal of the report or the first outage after receipt of equipment (expedited).
5-12. Illumination  Surve  Ambient      illumination will be measured using appropriate instruments for lighting levels at various workstations and control board areas. Presence of glare, if any, on instrumentation will be documented. Illumination will be evaluated for compliance with recommended and required light levels for identified tasks.
~Near term.Correct problems on a schedule approved by the NRC.Make changes at the second refueling outage after submittal of the report.~Lon term o tional.Corrections of insignificant discrepancies may be implemented at any time.6755B: 1/062883 7-1
5-13. Ambient Noise Surve      --  Ambient noise  will be measur'ed using appropriate sound measurement equipment. A primary concern will be the peak and average decibel(A) levels and the preferred octave band decibel levels for the ambient noise conditions. The data will be reviewed for potential sound problems which may interfere with operator communication requirements or which may mask auditory signals.
5-14. Maintainabilit    Surve    -- The maintainability survey will    assess human factors suitability of all equipment in the control room. Primary concerns are that the operators can maintain indicator lights, determining if annuncia" tor system bulbs are replaceable, replenishing expendables such as recorder paper and ink, and determining that spare parts and expendables are available and accessable.
V 5-15. Communications Surve -- The control room communication systems will be reviewed and evaluated to determine        if they are adequate to support emergency and normal operations.       Systems such as the paging system, intercom 6755B:1/062883                               5-5


SECTION 8.OESCRIPTION OF PHASE IV, REPORTING A Program Summary Report will be prepared in accordance with NUREGs 0700 and 0801 upon completion of the OCROR Program.This report will document the overall review process, describe and identify all of the human engineering discrepancies and findings, and summarize all DCROR activities, methodologies, and proposed control room improvements.
system,-telephone  system,  sound-powered  and portable radio communications equipment, and free/air, unaided voice communications will be included in this review. Auditory signals will also be evaluated for applications, meaning, coding techniques, signal transmission/propagation, and signal characteristics.
This report will also provide an implementation schedule for planned corrective action.The schedule for planned corrective action shall be based on realistic and achievable dates.The use of intermediate milestones in place of end dates may be used if additional relevant information is not available at the time the Program Summary Report is.submitted to the NRC.Intermediate milestone dates will be determined based upon the date by which necessary additional information will be known, thus permitting an informed determination of end dates.The Program Summary Report will update the Program Planning Report.The Program Summary Report will be prepared using the recommended format shown in figure 8-1.In addition to this final report, supporting documentation will be available for completeness in the event of an NRC audit.6755B:I/062883 8-1 II CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW  
5-16. Annunciator  S  stems Review  -- The  annunciator system, as a special case of legend light displays and auditory signals, will be evaluated in terms of its general human engineering suitability and also as a critical and central control room system used in the identification of transient and emergency conditions.      Data collected will be analyzed for discrepant characteristics which may potentially increase the probability of human error. Also, relevant data will be used to support the verification and validation tasks.
engineering suitability without reference to specific task supportive roles.
The primary criteria will be that contained in the CRHEC Report based on section 6.4 of NUREG 0700.
f general human engineering suitability independently of the specific tasks in which the displays are used. The primary criteria will be that contained in the CRHEC Report based on Section 6.5 of NUREG 0700.
5-19. Labels and Location Aids The control panels and instrumentation will be surveyed for general readability and consistency of terms, abbrevia-tions, and acronyms. Data from this task and the conventions survey will furnish the base line information used to establish a standard dictionary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms used throughout the control room.
5-20. Com uter S stem Review -- The P-250 process computer system used in the control room will be assessed for its functional integration into the operational requirements of the control room. It will also be evaluated for general human factors suitability and for its supportive role in control room operation. The critiera. from the CRHEC Report, based on NUREG 0700, Section 6.7 (process computers), forms the basis for this =task plan.
6755B:I/062883                              5-6
 
5-21. Conventions Surve    The purpose of the conventions survey is threefold. Those conventions used at D. C. Cook, whether general stereotypes, industry conventions, or plant-specific conventions, will      be  identified.
Second,  the  identified conventions will be evaluated for good human factors characteristics, as defined in the criteria from the CRHEC Report based on section 6 of NUREG 0700. Finally, any inconsistencies in the applications of identified conventions will be documented and their impact assessed. Data from this task and the labeling and location aids task will  r be used to develop and document a standard dictionary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms for the  D. C. Cook  plants.
5-22. Task  5 Verification    of Control  Room  Function As one  of the two terminal tasks in the review phase, the presence and suitability of control room instrumentation will be verified. The primary concern will be determining that all required information and control capabilities are in the control room. As a corollary, the presence of nonessential information and control instrumentation will be assessed to ensure that it does not detract from adequate operator performance.        Data from the Control Room Inventory and the systems function and task analysis are extensively used in these activities.
5-23. Task  6 -- Validation of  Control .Room  Functions Through  a  process of walkthroughs and talkthroughs selected emergency and normal operations will be validated for the availability of required skills and knowledge of the trained operators.
5-24. PRODUCTS OF THE REVIEW PHASE The  primary output of the Review Phase is a set of checklist observation (CLO) forms. Each departure from established human factors criteria observed during the Review Phase will be documented  ~  Each CLO form will state the problem, affected components, criteria violated, probable error, and other relevant data required for analysis of the problem.
67558:I/062883                            5-7
 
The CLOs wi 1 1 provide the primary input to the Assessment Phase, where each will be categorized according to safety and/or operational impact. In addi-tion, at the completion of the Review Phase, component sheet files wi 11 be complete, and Task Summary Reports for each task will have been prepared.
6755B:1/062883                          5-8
 
SECTION 6 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE    III-A, ASSESSMENT 6-1. INTRODUCTION The review process    described in section 5 will result in the identification of departures from human engineering criteria defined in the CRHEC Report.
Analysis and interpretation of these departures will be required to establish their potential safety implications. Means of correcting or minimizing the effects of the departures will be identified and documented. A plan of action will be applied to improvements affecting operator performance under emergency and selected normal operating conditions.
The Phase    III activities  of assessment and implementation are covered in this section and section 7, following. The Assessment Phase of the DCRDR Program wi 11 achieve the following objectives:
    ~    Analyze and evaluate the observed departures      from human engineering criteria identified during the review phase
    ~    Recommend  the means of correcting those departures which could    affect safety or plant/operator performance-
    ~    Define  a plan of action which applies the human factor principles to improve control room design and to enhance operator effectiveness and efficiency
    ~    Apply the assessment process to other projects related to the control room which are concerned with, or may be affected by, the human factors review (Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2, safety parameters display system, procedures, training) 6755B: I/062883                            6-1
 
6-2. METHODOLOGY The assessment    process  involves the review  and  evaluation of all CRHEC Report departures identified by the Design Review Team during Phase II to determine which departures can affect the operator's performance such that the potential for operator eror is increased. This process also involves determining the extent of corrections and justifying any recommendations which do not completely correct the discrepancies.
All departures    from the  CRHEC  Report identified during the  Review Phase  will be processed  according to the assessment methodology presented in figure 6-1.
These departures will be documented on checklist observation forms and will be provided to the Assessment Team for analysis and assessment.          Also, some of the operating personnel will be canvassed using the photomosaic to resolve any factors which could contribute to performance problems.
The Assessment    Team  will  review the CLOs to determine the need for reassess-ment by the Design Review Team or their acceptance as HEDs. The disposition of each CLO will be justified and/or documented by the Assessment Team. The Assessment Team will evaluate and categorize each HED according to the metho-dology presented in figure 6-2. This approach accomplishes the assessment objectives of    NUREGs  0700 and 0801.
All category I,    II, and  III HEDs will be  analyzed  for correction as per figure 6-3. Category IV HEDs, considered optional for correction, will be assessed for their cumulative and interactive effects on all other HEDs. Those cate-gory IV HEDs shown to possess the above effects will be recategorized to the appropriate category II level.
      'I The  initial  step in  this process is to identify those HEDs which can be cor-rected by enhancements, training of operators, and/or procedural revisions.
The remaining HEDs will be analyzed to identify and provide design improvement alternatives. A cost/benefit analysis will be performed to determine which corrections are the most feasible and acceptable from a human engineering point of view. As a part of the review, IEMECo/AEPSC will perform a cost/
benefit assessment for implementation of the recommendations.
6-2 6755B: 1/062883
 
The  control  room review process    will be reapplied    as appropriate to ensure the following:
    ~  That the creation of new      HEDs  is identified
    ~  That other corrections are not invalidated
    ~  Compliance with human engineering guidelines developed during Phase          II The HEDs and    final  recommendations  for correction provided by the assessment team  will be  submitted to the Project Review Team for review and disposition.
Rejected  CLOs  and/or recommendations    will be returned to the Assessment  Team for additional    assessment.
6755B:I/062883                                  6-3
 
D ES I G N R EV I EW TEAM
                    ~ PERFORMS THE REVIEW
                    ~ PREPARES CHECKLIST OBSERVATION FORMS LIST OF DEPARTURES FROM PRELIMINARY CONTROL ROOM HUMAN EN G IN E E R IN G C R ITE R IA R E PORT INTERFACE/
REASSESS CLO ASSESSMENT TEAM
                    ~ REVIEW CLOS
                    ~ DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE/
IMPACT AS HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDS)
                    ~  INTERFACE WITH DESIGN REVIEW TEAM
                    ~  CATEGORIZE HEDS (REFER TO FIGURE 6-3)
                    ~  FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS
                    ~  DEVELOP IMPLEMENTATIONSCHEDULE              R EASSESS/
D I SAP P ROV E HEDS (W/FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS)
PROJECT REVIEW TEAM
                      ~ REVIEW/COMMENT HEDS WITH I
F MAL R E COMME NDAT ON S  I
                      ~ INTERFACE WITH ASSESSMENT TEAM
                      ~ AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 25 "ENGINEERING DESIGN CHANGES" Figure 6-1.      Assessment      Methodology Chart 6755B: 1/062883                              6-5
 
DESIGN REVIEW TEAM CHECKLIST                          (REASSESSMENT)
OBSERVATIONS FORMS ASSESSMENT TEAM HUMAN ENGINEERING DISC R EPANC I ES EVALUATE FOR SAFETY CONSEQUENCE YES                          NO HIGH PROBABILITY                            ASSESS FOR NO YES OF OPERATIONAL                              SIGN I F CANT I
ERROR/SIGNIFICANT                          OPERATIONAL DEVIATION                                  IMPACTS NO                                              YES CATEGORY 2                              CATEGORY 3 NO    S IGNI F I CANT REFER TO                                REFER TO                COST VERSUS FIGURE 6-3                              FIGURE 6-3              OPERATOR BENEFIT CATEGORY    1            IDENTIFY COR R ECT IONS REFER TO                AND COSTS TO F IX FIGURE 6-3                                                                          YES SELECT RECOMMENDED BACKFIT QQ c  0 CATEGORY 4 DOCUMENT ASSESS FOR NEW                                                  REFER TO DOCUMENT                          FIGURE 6-3 o  z5e                    DEPARTURES FROM PRELIMINARY AND PREPARE FOR IMPLEMENTATION P
CRHEC REPORT It Figuzq 6-2. Human  Engineering Discrepancy Evaluation Flow Chart
 
1I 4-t'
          ) '.
e +  P 1
 
REVIEW PROCESS OBSERVATIONS HED ASSESSMENTS ASSESSMENT CRITERIA CATEGORY      ASSESSMENT        IMPLEMENTATION FACTOR            (RATING)
SAFETY (")
EARLIEST CONSEQUENCES:                      HEDS (I,II,III)
OPPORTUNITY DOCUMENTED (MANDATORY)
ERRORS INCREASED          EARLIEST POTENTIAL          OPPORTUNITY FOR ERROR          (HIGH PRIORITY)
LOW                CONVENIENT PROBABILITY        OUTAGE OF ERROR          (ACCEPTED)
NOT ASSOCIATED    MAY OR MAY NOT WITH              BE REQUIRED IV        P ROBABI L ITY    (NOT OF ERROR          MANDATORY)
CAT IV YES  ANALYSIS RECOMMENDED FOR CORRECTIONS
(") EXAMPLE: RESULTS IN                                        CORRECTION UNSAFE OPERATION, NO VIOLATIONOF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENT Figure 6-3. HED  Category Guidelines 6755B: 1/062883                                6-9
 
SECTION 7 OESCRIPTION OF PHASE    III-B,  IMPLEMENTATION Approved  solutions of    HEDs by the  Project Review Team will be scheduled for implementation. The category guidelines established in section 6 will be used as a basis for the corrective action schedule.          Additional considerations in the development of the implementation schedule will be:
    ~    Safety consequences    of operator errors that could      be caused  by the discrepancy
    ~    Integration with other post-TMI programs
    ~    Plant operation constraints o    Operator training/retraining requirements
    ~    Outage  schedules o    Equipment procurement    schedules The following designations,    identifed in    NUREG  0801, will be adopted  for scheduling purposes:
the  NRC. Make changes  at the  first  refueling after submittal of the report or the    first outage after receipt of equipment (expedited).
    ~    Near  term. Correct problems    on a  schedule approved by the NRC. Make changes  at the second refueling outage after submittal of the report.
    ~    Lon  term o tional . Corrections of          insignificant discrepancies  may be implemented at any time.
6755B: 1/062883                              7-1
 
SECTION 8   .
OESCRIPTION OF PHASE   IV, REPORTING A Program Summary Report will be prepared   in accordance with NUREGs 0700 and 0801 upon completion of the OCROR Program.     This report will document the overall review process, describe and identify all of the human engineering discrepancies and findings, and summarize all DCROR activities, methodologies, and proposed control room improvements. This report will also provide an implementation schedule for planned corrective action. The schedule for planned corrective action shall be based on realistic and achievable dates.
The use of intermediate milestones in place of end dates may be used     if additional relevant information is not available at the time the Program Summary Report is. submitted to the NRC. Intermediate milestone dates will be determined based upon the date by which necessary additional information will be known, thus permitting an informed determination of end dates.       The Program Summary Report will update the Program Planning Report.
The Program Summary Report will be prepared   using the recommended format shown in figure 8-1. In addition to this final report, supporting documentation will be available for completeness in the event of an NRC audit.
6755B:I/062883                           8-1
 
II CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT 1.0 METHODOLOGY 1.1 Detailed Control Room Design Review Program Plan Objectives 1.1.1 Detailed Control Room Design Review methodology 1.1.2 Detailed Control Room Design Review program management 1.1.3 Proposed schedule of the four phases of activity (chart)1.1.4 Integration of other emergency response activities of NUREG 0737, Supplement 1 1.1.5 Quality assurance program 1.2 Management and Staffing 1.2.1 Qualification of Detailed Contxol Room Design Review personnel 1.2.2 Organizational structure of DCRDR Review Teams 1.3 Documentation and Document Control.1.4 Review Phase 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 1.4.5 1.4.6 Operating experience review System functions review and task analysis Control room inventory Control room human factors survey Verification of task performance Validation of control room functions 2.0 REVIEW CONCERNS 2.1 Control Room Human Factor Survey Concerns 2.1.1 Workspace Survey 2.1.2 Anthropometrics Survey 2.1.3 Emergency Equipment Survey 2.1.4 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Condition Survey 2.1.5 Illumination Survey 2.1.6 Ambient Noise Survey-Figure 8-1.Sample of Program Summary Report Format (Sheet 1)67558:1/062883 8-3  
REPORT 1.0 METHODOLOGY
: 1. 1 Detailed Control Room Design Review Program Plan Objectives
: 1. 1. 1   Detailed Control Room Design Review methodology
: 1. 1.2   Detailed Control Room Design Review program management
: 1. 1.3     Proposed schedule of the four phases of activity (chart)
: 1. 1.4     Integration of other emergency response activities of NUREG 0737, Supplement   1
: 1. 1.5   Quality assurance program 1.2 Management and Staffing 1.2. 1   Qualification of Detailed Contxol       Room Design Review personnel 1.2.2     Organizational structure of     DCRDR Review Teams 1.3 Documentation and Document Control.
1.4 Review Phase 1.4.1     Operating experience review 1.4.2     System functions review and task analysis 1.4.3     Control room inventory 1.4.4     Control room human factors survey 1.4.5     Verification of task performance 1.4.6     Validation of control     room functions 2.0 REVIEW CONCERNS
: 2. 1 Control Room Human   Factor Survey Concerns
: 2. 1. 1   Workspace Survey
: 2. 1.2   Anthropometrics Survey
: 2. 1.3   Emergency Equipment Survey
: 2. 1.4   Heating, Ventilation, and Air Condition Survey 2.1.5     Illumination Survey
: 2. 1.6   Ambient Noise Survey-Figure 8-1. Sample   of Program Summary Report Format (Sheet 1) 67558:1/062883                               8-3


CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW  
CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT (cont)2.1.7 2.1.8 2.1.9 2.1.10 2.1.11 2.1.12 Maintainability Survey Communication Survey Annunciator Systems Review Controls Survey Displays Survey Labels and Location Aids 2.1.13 Computer System Review 2.1.14 Conventions Survey 2.2 Panel/Work Station Concerns 2.3 System Concerns 2.4 Other Review Concerns 3.0 ASSESSMENT RECOMMENDATION AND IMPLEMENTATION PHASE 3.1 HED Assessment 3.2 Proposed Implementation 3.3 Scheduled Implementation
REPORT (cont) 2.1.7       Maintainability Survey 2.1.8       Communication Survey 2.1.9       Annunciator Systems Review 2.1.10     Controls Survey 2.1.11     Displays Survey 2.1.12     Labels and Location Aids
: 2. 1. 13   Computer System Review 2.1.14     Conventions Survey 2.2   Panel/Work Station Concerns 2.3   System Concerns 2.4   Other Review Concerns 3.0 ASSESSMENT     RECOMMENDATION   AND IMPLEMENTATION PHASE
: 3. 1 HED   Assessment 3.2   Proposed   Implementation 3.3   Scheduled Implementation


==4.0 CONCLUSION==
==4.0 CONCLUSION==


Figure 8-1.Sample of Program Summary Report Format (Sheet 2)6755B:1/062883 8-5 SECTION 9 COORDINATION WITH NUREG 0737, SUPPLEMENT 1, ACTIYITIES The activities to be coordinated with the DCRDR in accordance with NUREG 0737, Supplement 1, include the following requirements for Emergency Response Capabilities:
Figure 8-1. Sample of Program Summary Report Format (Sheet 2) 6755B:1/062883                             8-5
Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS)Upgrade of Emergency Operating Prodecures (EOPs)Application to Emergency Response Facilities
 
-Regulatory Guide 1.97 Emergency Response Facilities (ERFs)IEMECo will address these activities as referenced in I&MECo's response to NRC Generic Letter 82-33 for D.C.Cook Units 1 and 2;letter PAEP-NRC-0773, dated April 15, 1983.A schedule of performance and integration of these other post TMI activities with the DCRDR is shown in Figure 9-1.6755B: 1/062883 C)(Tl ER (X7 D.C.COOK PLANT-DCRDR COORDINATION SCHEDULE 1983 198'985 JF MAM JJASONDJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASOND SPDS HARDWARE SOFTWARE INSTALLED$7ATv5 AVAILABLE RFm'~FOR TRAINING OPERATIONAL WITH OPERATOR TRAINING COMPLETE DCRDR PPR TO NRC INTERMEDIATE STATUS REPORT REVIEW PHASE COMPLETE FINAL
SECTION 9 COORDINATION WITH NUREG   0737, SUPPLEMENT 1, ACTIYITIES The activities to   be coordinated with the DCRDR in accordance with NUREG 0737, Supplement 1, include the following requirements for Emergency Response Capabilities:
Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS)
Upgrade of Emergency Operating Prodecures (EOPs)
Application to Emergency Response Facilities - Regulatory Guide 1.97 Emergency Response Facilities (ERFs)
IEMECo will address these activities as referenced in I&MECo's response to NRC Generic Letter 82-33 for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2; letter PAEP-NRC-0773, dated April 15, 1983. A schedule of performance and integration of these other post TMI activities with the DCRDR is shown in Figure 9-1.
6755B: 1/062883
 
C)
(Tl             D.C. COOK PLANT - DCRDR COORDINATION SCHEDULE 198'985 ER (X7 1983 JF MAM JJASONDJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASOND
                                                                            $ 7ATv5 HARDWARE                      AVAILABLE     RFm'~       OPERATIONAL SOFTWARE                      FOR TRAINING               WITH OPERATOR INSTALLED                                                TRAINING SPDS                                                                        COMPLETE INTERMEDIATE      REVIEW                  FINAL PPR TO         STATUS                                    


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT TO NRC REG.GUIDE 1.97 EOP EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENTS SPECIFIED ,STATUS PFFAk'7 INTERMEDIATE STATUS REPORT PRGCEAlRE (jEN.PACk: QQG/hl 0pzmv oq ncRC rg~wlN8 COMPLETE REVIEW REV.2 IMPLEMENTED KEY TARGET COMMITMENT Figure 9-1.Schedule of Performance SECTjON 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE The OCROR Program will be performed in accordance with AEPSC Quality Assurance Program for the Oonald C.Cook Nuclear'lant, specifically AEPSC General Procedure 2.1 and other applicable general procedures as referenced herein and the applicable portions of Westinghouse WCAP-8370 pertaining to document control and auditability.
 
6755B: 1/062883 10-1 SECTION 11  
NRC                                PHASE REPORT            COMPLETE                REPORT DCRDR                                                                              TO NRC EQUIPMENT                        INTERMEDIATE            COMPLETE REPLACEMENTS                      STATUS                  REVIEW SPECIFIED                        REPORT                  REV. 2 REG. GUIDE 1.97 PRGCEAlRE (jEN. PACk:   QQG/hl
                                    ,STATUS                    0pzmv oq           IMPLEMENTED PFFAk'7      ncRC         rg~wlN8 EOP KEY TARGET   COMMITMENT Figure 9-1. Schedule of Performance
 
SECTjON 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE The OCROR Program will be performed in accordance with AEPSC Quality Assurance Program   for the Oonald C. Cook Nuclear'lant, specifically AEPSC General Procedure   2. 1 and other applicable general procedures as referenced herein and the applicable portions of Westinghouse WCAP-8370 pertaining to document control and auditability.
6755B: 1/062883                           10-1
 
SECTION 11


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
This Program Plan Report defines the overall process by which the O.C.Cook Units 1 and 2 Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be performed.
It is an effective and thorough design review which will ensure that the results of this effort meet the intent of all applicable government regulations and guidelines.
Indiana and Michigan Electric Company has committed the resources needed to perform the design review as detailed in this document.Therefore, the acceptability of the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be based on the approval'f this Program Plan Report.The Indiana and Michigan Electric Company Corporation reserves the right, however, to make changes and will notify the NRC prior to the execution of any planned departures.
Final acceptance of this document will end the Planning Phase of this program.6755B: 1/062883 APPENDIX A LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations apply only to this Program Plan Report and do not necessarily apply to efforts associated with plant standard abbreviations.
A/E AEPSC BOP CLO CR CRI CROPS CRT DCRDR DRT EOP EPRI ERG FSAR HE HED HF I8(C IKMECo INPO LE LER MCB MWe MWt NRC NSSS OSD PC PM PPR Architect/Engineer American Electric Power Service Corporation Balance of Plant Checklist Observation (form)Control Room Control Room Inventory Control Room Operating Personnel Survey Cathode Ray Tube Detailed Control Room Design Review Design Review Team Emergency Operating Procedures Electric Power Research Institute Emergency Response Guidelines Final Safety Analysis Report Human Engineering Human Engineering Discrepancy Human Factors-Instrumentation and Control Indiana and Michigan Electric Power Company (licensee)
Institute of Nuclear Power Operators Lead Engineer Licensee Event Report Main Control Board Megawatt (electric)
Megawatt (thermal)Nuclear Regulatory Commission Nuclear Steam Supply System Operational Sequences Diagrams Plant Coordinator Program Manager Preliminary Planning Report 6755B: 1/062883 PRT-Project Review Team PSR-Program Summary Report PWR-Pressurized Water Reactor SFTA-Systems Function and Task Analysis SPDS-Safety Parameter Display System TMI-Three Mile Island WOG-Westinghouse Owner's Group CRHEC-Control Room Human Engineering Criteria TP-Task Plan CRG-Canyon Research Group CRHFS-Control Room Human Factors Survey 6755B: I/062883 A-2 APPENDIX B RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL 6755B:1/112983 B-l


Robert F.Kr oe er Manager of Quality Assurance Twenty three years experience in electrical engineering, nuclear fuel, and quality assurance involving major power generating and distribution in the U.S.EDUCATION:
This Program Plan Report defines the overall process by which the O. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be performed.
B.S.Electrical Engineering Purdue University
It is an effective and thorough design review which will ensure that the results of this effort meet the intent of all applicable government regulations  and guidelines.
-1960 Additional Education:-Indiana University
Indiana and Michigan Electric Company has committed the resources needed to perform the design review as detailed in this document. Therefore, the acceptability of the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be based on the approval'f this Program Plan Report.      The Indiana and Michigan Electric Company Corporation reserves the right, however, to make changes and will notify the NRC prior to the execution of any planned departures.
-Business Management 1960-62-General Electric Co.Power Systems Engineering Course 1967-1968-AEP Management Program-University of Michigan-1980 EXPERIENCE 1978'to Present American Electric Power Service Cor oration.Mana er of ualit Assurance-Responsibilities include: formulating and recommending policies and practices with respect to the QA and QC programs for Cook Plant;establishing effective QA and QC programs for the Cook Plant;insuring effective implementation of the established QA and QC programs;providing guidance and assistance to AEPSC and Cook Plant management on QA and QC requirements and then implementation; monitoring of compliance with established QA programs through audits, surveillance and reviews;and reporting to Senior management and QA programs effectiveness.
Final acceptance  of this document will  end the Planning Phase of this program.
Direct the day-to-day operation of the AEPSC QA Department including recommending the hiring, salary adjustments, promotions, transfers, disciplining, and termination of personnel.
6755B: 1/062883
Continue as Secretary of the CCB.Elected a member of the AEPSC Nuclear Safety Design Review Committee (Offsite review committee for Cook Plant).1976 to 1978 Staff En ineer, Nuclear En ineerin Division-Responsibilities included paiticipation in nuclear fuel design reviews, vendor evaluation, and inprocess surveillance and audits of nuclear fuel fabrication.
 
Continued as Secretary of the CCB.1973 to 1976 Staff En ineer, Project Management Division-Responsibilities included development of transmission and distribution project management systems and techniques, methods of manpower allocations, and methods for cost control.Was assigned the responsibility as Secretary of the AEPSC Change Control Board (CCB)for the Donald C.Cook Nuclear Plant.'Was assigned to a 2 person task action group to develop corporate project management and control procedures for an anticipated, new high temperature gas cooled nuclear reactor project.Received additional special assignments on Cook Plant in the areas of control of modification, and tracking of commitments.
APPENDIX A LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS The  following abbreviations apply only to this Program Plan Report and do not necessarily apply to efforts associated with plant standard abbreviations.
6755B: 1/112983 B-3 Robert F.Kroe er (Page 2)1971 to 1973 1970 to 1971 Administrative Assistant to the AEPSC Vice Chairman, En ineerin and Construction
A/E        Architect/Engineer AEPSC      American  Electric  Power Service Corporation BOP        Balance of Plant CLO        Checklist Observation (form)
-Responsibilities were numerous and widely diversified involving all facets of electric utility engineering, design, construction and operation.
CR        Control  Room CRI        Control  Room Inventory CROPS      Control  Room Operating Personnel  Survey CRT        Cathode Ray Tube DCRDR      Detailed Control  Room Design Review DRT        Design Review Team EOP        Emergency Operating Procedures EPRI      Electric  Power Research  Institute ERG        Emergency Response  Guidelines FSAR      Final Safety Analysis Report HE        Human Engineering HED        Human Engineering Discrepancy HF        Human Factors I8(C    Instrumentation and Control IKMECo    Indiana and Michigan Electric Power    Company (licensee)
Assigned responsibilities for coordination of numerous special projects,.
INPO      Institute of Nuclear Power Operators LE        Lead Engineer LER        Licensee Event Report MCB      Main Control Board MWe      Megawatt (electric)
studies and problem solving task forces.Prepared responses to outside correspondence for all levels of senior management.
MWt      Megawatt (thermal)
NRC      Nuclear Regulatory Commission NSSS      Nuclear Steam Supply System OSD      Operational Sequences Diagrams PC        Plant Coordinator PM        Program Manager PPR        Preliminary Planning Report 6755B: 1/062883
 
PRT    - Project Review Team PSR    - Program Summary Report PWR    - Pressurized Water Reactor SFTA    - Systems Function and Task Analysis SPDS    - Safety Parameter Display System TMI      Three Mile Island WOG      Westinghouse  Owner's Group CRHEC  - Control Room Human Engineering Criteria TP      - Task Plan CRG    - Canyon Research Group CRHFS  - Control Room Human Factors Survey 6755B: I/062883                          A-2
 
APPENDIX B RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL 6755B:1/112983            B-l
 
Robert F. Kr oe er Manager of Quality Assurance Twenty three years experience     in electrical engineering, nuclear fuel, and quality assurance involving major     power generating and distribution in the U.S.
EDUCATION:     B. S. Electrical Engineering Purdue University - 1960 Additional Education:
                -Indiana University - Business     Management 1960-62
                -General   Electric Co. Power   Systems Engineering Course 1967-1968
                -AEP Management Program - University of Michigan - 1980 EXPERIENCE   American   Electric Power Service Cor oration.
Mana er of ualit Assurance - Responsibilities include:
1978'to    formulating and recommending policies and practices with respect Present    to the QA and QC programs for Cook Plant; establishing effective QA and QC programs for the Cook Plant; insuring effective implementation of the established QA and QC programs; providing guidance and assistance to AEPSC and Cook Plant management on QA and QC requirements and then implementation; monitoring of compliance with established QA programs through audits, surveillance and reviews; and reporting to Senior management and QA programs effectiveness.     Direct the day-to-day operation of the AEPSC QA Department including recommending the hiring, salary adjustments, promotions, transfers, disciplining, and termination of personnel. Continue as Secretary of the CCB.
Elected a member of the AEPSC Nuclear Safety Design Review Committee (Offsite review committee for Cook Plant).
1976   to   Staff En ineer, Nuclear En ineerin     Division - Responsibilities 1978        included paiticipation in nuclear fuel design reviews, vendor evaluation, and inprocess surveillance and audits of nuclear fuel fabrication. Continued as Secretary of the CCB.
1973   to   Staff En ineer, Project Management Division - Responsibilities 1976        included development of transmission and distribution project management systems and techniques, methods of manpower allocations, and methods for cost control. Was assigned the responsibility as Secretary of the AEPSC Change Control Board (CCB) for the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant. 'Was assigned to a 2 person task action group to develop corporate project management and control procedures for an anticipated, new high temperature gas cooled nuclear reactor project.     Received additional special assignments on Cook Plant in the areas of control of modification, and tracking of commitments.
6755B: 1/112983                           B-3
 
Robert F. Kroe er (Page 2) 1971 to   Administrative Assistant to the AEPSC Vice Chairman, En ineerin 1973      and Construction Responsibilities were numerous and widely diversified involving all facets of electric utility engineering, design, construction and operation. Assigned responsibilities for coordination of numerous special projects,.
studies and problem solving task forces. Prepared responses to outside correspondence for all levels of senior management.
Developed and implemented an AEPSC engineering manpower monitoring programs to continually monitor changes in engineering manpower and technical level of engineering.
Developed and implemented an AEPSC engineering manpower monitoring programs to continually monitor changes in engineering manpower and technical level of engineering.
Senior En ineer-Electrical En ineerin Division S ecial Assi nment to Nuclear Task Force-D.C.Cook Nuclear Plant Electrical Engineering Division gA procedures, site electrical construction gA procedures, electrical equipment specifications, original corporate wide seismic qualification specification, and electrical equipment supplier qualification programs.Conducted preaward audits of and inprocess surveillance on suppliers of safety related electrical equipment.
1970  to  Senior En ineer - Electrical En ineerin Division S ecial 1971      Assi nment to Nuclear Task Force - D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant Electrical Engineering Division gA procedures, site electrical construction gA procedures, electrical equipment specifications, original corporate wide seismic qualification specification, and electrical equipment supplier qualification programs. Conducted preaward audits of and inprocess surveillance on suppliers of safety related electrical equipment. Conducted numerous site audits of electrical construction activities.
Conducted numerous site audits of electrical construction activities.
1965 to   En ineer   various rades   - Electrical En ineerin Division 1970      Distribution Section   NY Office - Primary responsibility was for long range planning of the distribution systems for two of the AEP system operating companies, including improvement plans, load forecasts, system optimization, cost analyses, coordination of plans with transmission planning groups and presentation of plans to corporate management for approval. Other responsibilities included: administration (further development of and implementation of the AEP system wide distribution transformers load monitory program (program to predict on a statistical basis the monthly and annual peak loads on over 400,000 distribution transformers); development and implementation of an AEP system side distribution system trouble, damage and interruption reporting program to provide statistical data on circuit and equipment "reliability" for planning and equipment evaluation purposes; participated in a task force to develop distribution system planning guidelines; conducted numerous special studies on distribution system equipment, construction standards and planning calculation techniques.
1965 to 1970 En ineer various rades-Electrical En ineerin Division-Distribution Section NY Office-Primary responsibility was for long range planning of the distribution systems for two of the AEP system operating companies, including improvement plans, load forecasts, system optimization, cost analyses, coordination of plans with transmission planning groups and presentation of plans to corporate management for approval.Other responsibilities included: administration (further development of and implementation of the AEP system wide distribution transformers load monitory program (program to predict on a statistical basis the monthly and annual peak loads on over 400,000 distribution transformers);
67558: 1/112983                           8-4
development and implementation of an AEP system side distribution system trouble, damage and interruption reporting program to provide statistical data on circuit and equipment"reliability" for planning and equipment evaluation purposes;participated in a task force to develop distribution system planning guidelines; conducted numerous special studies on distribution system equipment, construction standards and planning calculation techniques.
 
67558: 1/112983 8-4 1963 to 1965 Robert F.Kroe er (Page 3)Associate En ineer-Canton Ohio En ineerin Oivision-Primary responsibiljties were basically the same as those shown for 1965 to 1970.Th'is position was established as part of an effort to develop an AEPSC engineering group in Canton, Ohio.After two years, the decision was made to transfer the distribution planning function,to the AEPSC New York office.1960 to 1963 Indiana 5 Michi an Electric Comoan Assistant Engineer-S stem En ineerin Office, Oistribution Section-Primary responsibilities were for short range distribution system planning, development of detailed work plans for implementation of distribution system improvements, and special customer related studies.Additional responsibilities included: evaluation of sheet light equipment, equipment utilization studies and installation standards; continuous evaluation of distribution conductor connects and associated tooling and hardware.67558:1/112983 8-5 RESUME: Robert C.Carruth TITLE: Head Electrical Generation Section American Electric Power Service Corporation EDUCATION:
Robert F. Kroe er (Page 3) 1963  to  Associate En ineer - Canton Ohio En ineerin Oivision - Primary 1965      responsibiljties   were basically the same as those shown for 1965 to 1970. Th'is position was established as part of an effort to develop an AEPSC engineering group in Canton, Ohio. After two years, the decision was made to transfer the distribution planning function,to the AEPSC New York office.
Bachelor of Engineering 1965 Stevens Institute of Technology Master of Engineering
1960 to   Indiana 5 Michi an Electric Comoan Assistant Engineer - S stem 1963      En ineerin   Office, Oistribution Section - Primary responsibilities were for short range distribution system planning, development of detailed work plans for implementation of distribution system improvements, and special customer related studies.
-Electric Power Systems Engineering 1967 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute PRESENT: Manager Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division American Electric Power Service Corporation 1979-1981 Assistant Manager of Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division AEPSC: Execute a broad range of technical and administrative responsibilities in supervision of, an organization of 40 engineers and supporting technical personnel involved in all aspects of Power Plant Electrical Design Engineering, including power equipment specification and application, auxiliary power system design, application of protective relaying and protective interlocking circuits, design of relay and solid state logic control systems, application of fault diagnostic equipment, performance of equipment and,system failure analysis and the monitoring and upgrading of installed and operating electrical equipment and systems.Specific technical and administrative responsibilities include: Conducting Job Performance Reviews.Administrative of the training and orientation program for new technical personnel.
Additional responsibilities included: evaluation of sheet light equipment, equipment utilization studies and installation standards; continuous evaluation of distribution conductor connects and associated tooling and hardware.
Manpower planning and manpower allocation.
67558:1/112983                           8-5
Providing independent technical reviews.Participating in Nuclear Standards Development.
 
Participating in Nuclear Safety Design Review Sub-Committee activities.
RESUME:     Robert C. Carruth TITLE:       Head Electrical Generation Section American   Electric Power Service Corporation EDUCATION:   Bachelor of Engineering 1965 Stevens Institute of Technology Master of Engineering - Electric Power Systems Engineering 1967 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute PRESENT:     Manager Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division American Electric Power Service Corporation 1979-1981   Assistant   Manager of Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division AEPSC:
Conducting special studies in Nuclear and Fossil Plant Design, construction and operation related area.Research or conduct evaluation of systems or equipment misoperations, reportable occurrences, equipment failures, etc.Participate in Nuclear Plant Site Audits.6755B:1/112983 B-7 R.C.Carruth Page 2 Previous Nuclear Ex erience 1972-1979 Senior Engineer, and Project Electrical Engineer for D.C.Cook Nuclear Plant;two 1100 MW Westinghouse PWR's.Responsible for technical and administrative supervision of an organization of six to ten engineers and engineering support personnel involved in construction, qualification, licensing, pre-operational testing, startup and post operational engineering and design support.Specific technical and administrati've responsibilities included: Performing or supervising hhe detail design of Class IE as well as balance of plant electrical systems, circuits and components.
Execute a broad range of technical and administrative responsibilities in supervision of,an organization of 40 engineers and supporting technical personnel involved in all aspects of Power Plant Electrical Design Engineering, including power equipment specification and application, auxiliary power system design, application of protective relaying and protective interlocking circuits, design of relay and solid state logic control systems, application of fault diagnostic equipment, performance of equipment and,system failure analysis and the monitoring and upgrading of installed and operating electrical equipment and systems. Specific technical and administrative responsibilities include:
Conducting Job Performance Reviews.
Administrative of the training     and orientation program for   new technical personnel.
Manpower   planning and manpower allocation.
Providing independent technical reviews.
Participating in Nuclear Standards Development.
Participating in Nuclear Safety Design     Review Sub-Committee activities.
Conducting special   studies in Nuclear and Fossil Plant Design, construction   and operation related area.
Research or conduct evaluation of systems or equipment misoperations, reportable occurrences, equipment failures, etc.
Participate in Nuclear Plant Site Audits.
6755B:1/112983                           B-7
 
R. C. Carruth Page 2 Previous Nuclear     Ex erience 1972-1979     Senior Engineer, and Project Electrical Engineer     for D.C. Cook Nuclear Plant; two 1100 MW Westinghouse PWR's.
Responsible for technical and administrative supervision of an organization of six to ten engineers and engineering support personnel involved in construction, qualification, licensing, pre-operational testing, startup         and post operational engineering and design support. Specific technical and administrati've responsibilities included:
Performing or supervising hhe detail design of Class IE as well as balance of plant electrical systems, circuits and components.
Preparation of Equipment qualification test procedures.
Preparation of Equipment qualification test procedures.
Witness acceptance testing.Supervise the preparation of plant site audit plans.Write and supervise the preparation and execution of pre-operational test procedures.
Witness acceptance     testing.
Supervise the preparation of plant     site audit plans.
Write and supervise the preparation and execution of pre-operational test procedures.
Supervise the development and testing of Class IE components.
Supervise the development and testing of Class IE components.
Provide on site startup technical support and supervision.
Provide on site startup technical support and supervision.
Develop an Engineering Procedures Manual.Establish procedures for engineering quality control.Institute an Engineering equality Assurance Program.Assist in the establishment of a Corporate Design Change Control Process.Perform work planning;scheduling manpower and assignments.
Develop an Engineering Procedures     Manual.
Personnel Performance Reviews.Supervise and provide technical liaison to a consultant organization contracted to supplement the permanent staff assigned to the Project Electrical organization.
Establish procedures for engineering quality control.
6755B: 1/112983 B-8 R.C.Carruth Page 3 General Industr Ex erience 1977-1979 Senior Engineer and Supervisory Engineer for the electrical design of Racine Hydroelectric Project.Responsible for conceptual as well as detail engineering of the electrical systems, protectives, plant controls, dispatch automation and supervisory and diagnostic systems for remote unattended operations Specific areas of activity included: Generation of Electrical One Lines.Specification purchase and application of major electrical systems and hardware including:
Institute an   Engineering equality Assurance Program.
600 V and 6.9kV switchgear.
Assist in the establishment of     a Corporate Design Change Control Process.
6.9kV Isolated and Non Seg.Phase bus.Programmable controllers for control and dispatch functions.
Perform work planning; scheduling manpower and assignments.
Equipment status and alarm monitoring system.Remote supervisory and data acquisition system.Battery charger, inverter and UPS system.Parameter monitoring and data management system.Design of'lant controls and protective inter locking circuits and logic.Development of dispatch algorithims for economic dispatch of the facility.Application of generator and auxiliary power system protective relaying.Integration of plant controls and operation with subtransmission system relaying and switching requirements.
Personnel   Performance   Reviews.
Application of station oscillograph and plant systems status diagnostic computer and annunciator systems.Application of on-site emergency diesel generation, and the design of automatic load shedding, restoration, re-transfer and testing circuitry.
Supervise and provide technical liaison to a consultant organization contracted to supplement the permanent staff assigned to the Project Electrical organization.
6755B: 1/112983 B-9 R.C.Carruth Page 4 1969-1972 Engineer and Sponsor (Project Electrical)
6755B: 1/112983                             B-8
Engineer for.Mitchell Plant-two 800 MW coal fired super-critical units: Responsible for electrical control and protection, auxiliary power systems protective relaying, related operator training and related startup and commissioning supervision.
 
Specific responsibilities and activities included: Design of electrical control and power circuits.Application and setting of protective relays.Application of switchgear and other switching and protective devices.Design of relay and digital solid state logic for plant coal handling automation.
R. C. Carruth Page 3 General   Industr   Ex erience 1977-1979     Senior Engineer and Supervisory Engineer for the electrical design of Racine Hydroelectric Project.
Design of relay control logic and interlocking for plant systems.Preparation of operator reference system descriptions and operating instructions.
Responsible for conceptual as well as detail engineering of the electrical systems, protectives, plant controls, dispatch automation and supervisory and diagnostic systems for remote unattended operations Specific areas of activity included:
Prepare and deliver operator training and orientation lectures on key plant systems.Write test and commissioning instructions.
Generation of Electrical     One   Lines.
Specification purchase and application of major electrical systems and hardware including:
600 V and 6.9kV   switchgear.
6.9kV Isolated and Non Seg. Phase bus.
Programmable   controllers for control     and dispatch functions.
Equipment status and alarm monitoring system.
Remote   supervisory and data acquisition system.
Battery charger, inverter     and UPS system.
Parameter monitoring and data management       system.
Design   of'lant   controls and   protective inter locking circuits   and logic.
Development of dispatch algorithims       for economic dispatch of the facility.
Application of generator     and   auxiliary   power system protective relaying.
Integration of plant controls       and operation with subtransmission system relaying and switching requirements.
Application of station oscillograph and plant systems status diagnostic computer and annunciator systems.
Application of on-site emergency diesel generation,         and the design of automatic load shedding, restoration, re-transfer         and testing circuitry.
6755B: 1/112983                             B-9
 
R. C. Carruth Page 4 1969-1972     Engineer and Sponsor (Project       Electrical) Engineer for. Mitchell Plant - two 800 MW coal fired       super-critical units:
Responsible   for electrical control and protection, auxiliary power systems protective relaying, related operator training and related startup and commissioning supervision.       Specific responsibilities and activities included:
Design   of electrical control     and power   circuits.
Application   and setting of protective relays.
Application of switchgear       and other switching   and protective devices.
Design   of relay and digital solid state logic for plant     coal handling automation.
Design   of relay control logic     and interlocking for plant systems.
Preparation of operator reference system descriptions         and operating instructions.
Prepare and deliver operator       training and orientation lectures on key plant systems.
Write test and commissioning instructions.
Provide on-site technical support to construction and relay checkout personnel.
Provide on-site technical support to construction and relay checkout personnel.
1968-1972 Engineer and Project Electrical Engineer for the design and installation of a 345 MVAR synchronous condenser installation as part of a 765kV EHV system expansion.
1968-1972     Engineer and Project     Electrical Engineer for the design and installation of   a 345 MVAR   synchronous condenser installation as part of   a 765kV EHV system   expansion. Responsibilities included:
Responsibilities included: Design of all controls and protectives.
Design   of all controls   and protectives.
Design of auxiliary power system.Rating major electrical components.
Design of   auxiliary   power system.
Specification and purchase of control components, switchgear, transfer switches, auxiliary power equipment, motor control centers, transformers.
Rating major   electrical components.
Review and approval of all vendor supplied systems, including excitation, generator cooling water treatment and demineralizer system equipment, and all starting system equipment including generator starting and running bus switching equipment.
Specification and purchase of control components, switchgear, transfer switches, auxiliary power equipment, motor control centers,   transformers.
6755B: 1/112983 B-10 R.C.Carruth Page 5 1967"1969 Associate Engineer, Assisting Project Electrical Engineer in various aspects of a strip mine expansion project, automated coal haulage (railroad), overland conveyors, coal processing stations and misc.coal handling systems.67558:1/112983 8" 11  
Review and approval     of all vendor supplied systems, including excitation, generator cooling water treatment and demineralizer system equipment, and all starting system equipment including generator starting and running bus switching equipment.
6755B: 1/112983                               B-10
 
R. C. Carruth Page 5 1967"1969     Associate Engineer, Assisting Project Electrical Engineer in various aspects of a strip mine expansion project, automated coal haulage (railroad), overland conveyors, coal processing stations and misc. coal handling systems.
67558:1/112983                           8" 11
 
KARL  J. TOTH EDUCATION University of Southern Califormia, M.A., System Management,          1968 University of Omaha, B.S., Military Science, 1962 Central Michigan College of Education, 1950 REGISTRATION Professional  Engineer, State of California EXPERIENCE American  Electric  Power Service Corporation,      1983 - Present NUS Corpodation,  1980 - 1983 U.S. Air Force, 1951 - 1980 Michigan School System, 1950 - 1951 AMERICAN ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE CORPORATION        - Assigned to the Nuclear Safety and Licensing Section with responsibility for safety implications of all proposed D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant modifications. Reviews all proposed changes for  10CFR50.59  requirements and D. C. Cook    licensing commitments to the  NRC.
NUS  - As a consulting engineer with the Consequence Assessment Department, is responsible for the analysis of probabilities and consequences of industrial and transportation accidents. Conducted aircraft impact hazard analysis for the San Onofre, Skagit/Hanford, and Hope Creek nuclear power plants and wrote Section 3.5. 1.6 of the preliminary and final safety analysis reports (PSAR and FSAR) for the Hope Creek plant.      Performed analysis of probabilities for accidents injuries, and deaths for the environmental impact statement for away-from-reactor fuel receiving and storage stations at Nuclear Fuel Services, West Valley, New York; General Electric, Morris, Illinois, and Allied General Nuclear Services, Barnwell, South Carolina. Conducted risk analyses, including possible accidents scenarios, on military deployment and use of krypton-85 advanced airfield lighting systems.          Performed excavatioon planning and time estimates for the Ginna Nuclear Power Plant. Conducted accident and risk analyses of remotely piloted vehicles for the U.S.
Department of Energy. These analyses included possible accident scenarios, failure modes, and probabilities. In addition, performed field surveys, collected data, and managed projects for both offite and onsite hazards analysis for control room habitability for Units 1 and 2 of the Surry, Skagit/Hanford, and Midland Nuclear Power Plants. This work resulted in writing revisions to Section 2.2 of the Midland FSAR, which, included an extensive study and report, and writing Section Z.Z of the Skagit/Hanford PSAR and the Hope Creek FSAR  ~  Participated in the IDCOR Atomic Industrial Forum on Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Operator Human Factors Study.
6755B: 1/112983                            B-13
 
KARL  J. TOTH Page  2 U.S. AIR  FORCE - Served as pilot and in progressive management positions in both the operations and safety functions. At termination of Air Force career, was Chief of Safety for Air Force Systems Command, with responsibility for system safety, reliability, maintainability, and overall product assurance for approximately 90 percent of the hardware and software purchased by the U.S.
Air Force.
From 1974 through 1977, was responsible for reviewing and approving evacuation plans and control center operations for 20 installations in the eastern United States. Has had extensive experience working with and directing postaccidents radiation-monitoring teams, decontamination teams, and accident investigations.
As  Chief of Safety and Disaster Control, from 1962 to 1974, conducted evacuation studies at six nuclear installations; one in Japan, two in Europe, and three in the United States. Studies included time estimates, routes, methods, and procedures for dispersing personnel and critical defense equipment. Responsibilities also included establishing and directing emergency control center procedures and operations at each location.
Investigated a catastrophic bomber aircraft crash in Japan which resulted in many unnecessary civilian casualties.      These losses were attributed to a lack of knowledge by the local population. As a result, developed, and translated, and distributed emergency procedures checklists for local officials. Also wrote an explanation of the hazards and risks and established simple procedures to be followed in the event of future accidents.      These procedures were translated and published in local papers and broadcast periodically on local radio and television. These checklists and news media releases were well received and subsequently translated and successfully used at locations in Europe and in the United States.
MEMBERSHIPS American Defense Preparedness Association American Nuclear Society Certified Hazard Control Manager International Society of Air Safety Investigators National Aerospace Education Association National Society of Professional Engineers System Safety Society 6755B: 1/112983                          8-14
 
ARTHUR S. GRZMES Consultin  Mechanical  En ineer Thirty five years experience in mechanical engineering      activities involving major power  generating  facilities  in the United States and  Zsrael.
EDUCATZON:    Pzofessional degree in Mechanical Engineering University of Cincinnati, 1948 Additional Education:
Business Administration, Adelphi University 1955 Automatic Control, University of Michigan 1954 EXPERZENCE:    American Electric Power Service Cor 1978  to      Consulting Mechanical Engineer - Consultant to Present        mechanical engineering and other disciplines in areas of automatic control, plant operation and thermal performance.      Perform nuclear plant audits. Consult on research projects.
1972-77        Assistant Division Manager - Mechanical Engineering Responsible for mechanical engineering activities in plant modification and operation of a nuclear power  plant.
1955-72        Manager,  Results Section - Responsible    for design and purchase of instrumentation and control systems, steam cycle analysis, and pez formance testing of power generating plants.      Plants included coal, oil, nuclear and hydro.
1950-55        Engineer - Responsible    for design and purchase of instrumentation  and  control systems for fossil power plants.
1948-49        A  alachian Power Co., Lo an, West Vir inia Results Engineer responsible for maintenance of instruments and controls and for performance testing in coal f ired power plant.
PROFESSZONAL AFFZLZATZON: Fellow, American Society of Mechanical Engineers Chapter 8,  Pump  Handbook-McGraw-Hill 1976 Operating Experience With The Cardinal Plant Training Simulator - American Nuclear Society 1970 Service Experience With Analog Computers For Utility Power Plants - American Power Conf. 1962
 
C Measurement of Density and Moisture in a Large Coal Storage Pile - American Power Conf. 1961 Application of an Automatic Digital Data Collecting System To The Philo Supercritical Unit, American Power Conf. 1958 Thermal Performance    Of The Philo Supercritical Unit -    American Society of Mechanical Engineers,    1958 PATENTS: 4,343,682    Feedwater Heating Means for Nuclear Units During Start-up and Method  of Controlling Same.
3,721,898, Apparatus for Detecting Leakage From or Rupture of Pipes and Other Vessels Containing Fluid Under Pressure.
3,211,135    Steam Generator  Unit Contxol System
 
Summary Resume  of  THOMAS B. SHERIDAN Thomas B. Sheridan attended Purdue University (B.S. 1951) and, after two years in military service (Aeromedical Laboratory, Wright Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio) attended the University of California, Los Angeles (M.S. 1954) and M. I.T. (Sc.D. 1959). His doctoral program was interdepartmental between
'systems engineering and psychology, with one year spent in cross-registration at Harvard University.
For most  of his career,  Or . Sheridan has remained at M. I. T., where until recently he was Professor of Mechanical Engineering and is now Professor of Engineering and Applied Psychology. He heads the Man-Machine'Systems Laboratory and teaches both graduate and undergraduate subjects in Man-Machine Systems. He is a Faculty Associate of the M. I.T. Science, Technology and Society Program. He helped develop a new interdepartmental graduate degree program in Technology and Policy, and .has taught the core seminars for that program. He has also taught control, design and other engineering subjects.
He  has served as visiting faculty member at the University of California, Berkeley, Stanford University, and the Technical University of Delft, Netherlands.                                            N Dr. Sheridan's research    has been on mathematical models  of  human  operator and socio"economic systems,  on man-computer interaction in  piloting aircraft  and in supervising undersea and industrial robotic systems, and on computer graphic technology for information searching and group deicision-making. He is author, with W. R. Ferrell, of Man-Machine S stems: Information, Control and Decision Models of Human Performance, M. I.T. Press, 1974, 1981 (published in Russian, 1980) and co-editor of a 1976 Plenum Press book, M~onitorin Behavior and Su ervisor Control.
He  is a fellow of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, was formerly editor of the IEEE Transactions on Man-Machine S stems, is past president of the'EEE Systems, Man and Cybernetics Society, served as Chairman of the IEEE Committee on Technology Forecasting and Assessment and was chairman of the 1981 IEEE Workshop on Human Factors in Nuclear Safety. He is also a Fellow of the Human Factors Society, and in 1977 received the'ir Paul M.
Fitts Award for contributions to education. He is Associate Editor of Automatica and on the Editorial Advisory Board of Com uter Aided Desi n.
Dr. Sheridan has served on the Accident Prevention and Injury Control Study Sections of the National Institutes of Health, the NASA Life Sciences Advisory Committee, the NSF Automation Research Council, the NASA Study group on Robotics, the U.S. Congress OTA Task Force on Appropriate Technology, and the NSF Advisory Committee on Applied Physical, Mathematical and Biological Factors and served on the NRC Ad Hoc Committee on Aircrew-Vehicle Interaction and two advisory panels of the NRC Marine Board.
His  industrial consulting activities have included: The General Motors Corp.
(auto safety); General Electric Co. (telemanipulator s); C.S. Draper Laboratory 6755B: 1/112983                          B-17
 
Thomas B. Sheridan Page 2 (design of astronaut interface for Apollo guidance system, industrial robots);
Biodynamics, Inc. (biomedical and human factors); Public Broadcast Service (TV audience feedback); National Bureau of Standards (industrial robots); Group Dialog Systems, Inc. (group meeting and decision technology); Northrop Aircarft (pilot workload); Babcock and Wilcox Co. (industrial instrumenta-tions); Lockheed, General Physics, American Electric Power, Consumer's and Webster, the BWR Owners'roup, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Yankee Atomic, and Electric Power Research Institute.(man-machine aspects of nuclear plant safety).
67558:1/112983                          8-18
 
Mana  er, Instrumentation  and  Control Section Seventeen  years experience in instrumentation, control and equipment protection activities involving major power generating and distribution facilities in the United States..
EDUCATION:        B. S. Electrical Engineering, Illinois Institute of Technology, 1966 Additional Education:
AEP Management  Course  - University of Michigan,  1979 REGISTRATION:      Professional  Engineer - California ( 1977)
EXPERiENCE:        American  Electric Power Service Cor oration 1977 to            Manager,  Instrumentation & Control Section-Present            Responsibilities include supervising the development of the overall plant control philosophy. Review, approve and recommendations of instruments, controls & computer supplied with all major mechanical equipment. Organize the development of software, selection of hardware for power plant process computers. Supervise the arrangement of control rooms, simulators and panels incorporating human factor considerations. Assure documentation of instru-mentation, control and computer strategies via the Engineering Control Procedure (ECP) packages.      Carry out the interface between Mechanical and Electrical Engineering for Control Design and Engineering. Provide for profes-sional development and training of Section personnel.
Recommend hiring, salary adjustments, promotion, transfers and release of personnel. Project work includes Montaineer Unit 1 and Rockport Units 1 & 2 1300 mw fossil fired power plants, Cook Nuclear Plant Units 1 & 2 upgrades, the Pressurized Fluidized Bed Combustion Project Studies, and a new series of Fossil Fired Plant studies in-plant monitoring computers for Stack Environmental Data.
1976  to 1977        Assistant Section Head/Instrumentation & Control Section-Responsibilities included supervision, instrument and control work, training, evaluating personnel performance, review and approval of purchase orders, standards and drawings, supervise the arrangement and design of control panels, supervise and design of control systems, coordinate the preparation of boiler & turbine interlock diagrams and analyzing the power plant cycle and their controls.
Project work included a series of 1300 MM Fossil Fired Power Plants, D. C'. Cook Nuclear Plant Unit 1 & 2 and a Mechanical Engineering Division Power Plant Cycle Study.
67558:1/112983                            8-19
 
John C. Jeffrey Page 2 1975 to 1976      Engineer, Instrumentation & Control Section, N.Y. Office-
                "Responsibilities included design of control systems, selection of instruments and control devices, preparation of specifications, review of construction drawings, inspection of new facilities, prepare calibrated and operation instructions and make dynamic response studies.
Project work included the Cook Plant Waste Evaporator and Waste Evaporator Bottoms Systems, Request  For Change Sheet, Lot and Unit P2 replacement equipment.
1974 to 1975      Engineer, Instrumentation & Control Section at Cook Plant-Responsibilities included supervision of the NERVE organization as outlined below plus assisting the Cook Plant with staff procedures, audits, tests and training.
Indiana & Michi an Electric Comtian 1972 to 1974      Supervising Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Cook Plant - Responsibilities included supervision, engineer, design, construction, maintenance and operation of station & plant facilities, supervise installation &
maintenance and of station and plant equipment, formulate policies and procedures, supervise special studies and reports, assist in planning and engineering new stations, supervise repairing equipment in connection with failure.
Responsible for employment, promotion, transfer, discipline and discharge. Projects included all electrical controls and D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.
1971 to  1972    Senior Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Cook Plant - Responsibilities included performing and directing others in testing, adjusting station and plant equipment, reviewing construction prints to assure that they are consistent with intended function, inspect & coordinate the work of contractors, make recommendations to correct malfunctions, plan and perform special tests, analyze test results, prepare estimates, reports and studies. Projects included all electrical controls at D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.
1970 to  1971    Senior Engineer., General Office, Station Department at New York Office - Responsibilities included participating in the design and engineering of D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.
Projects included diesel load analysis, safeguard pump control, essential service water, sewage disposal, auxiliary feed water, control air, black"out sequencing, component cooling water the 345/765 station and the 69/4KV emergency power station.
6755B:1/112983                        8;20


KARL J.TOTH EDUCATION University of Southern Califormia, M.A., System Management, 1968 University of Omaha, B.S., Military Science, 1962 Central Michigan College of Education, 1950 REGISTRATION Professional Engineer, State of California EXPERIENCE American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1983-Present NUS Corpodation, 1980-1983 U.S.Air Force, 1951-1980 Michigan School System, 1950-1951 AMERICAN ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE CORPORATION
John C. Jeffrey Page 3 1969 to 1970    Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Michigan Power Company - Responsibilities included Maintenance and Performance Tests of Station and Hydro equipment such as circuit breakers, transformers, relays and protective equipment. I was responsible for inspection of station construction projects and coordinating contractor's work and training. Projects included two 69KV transmission and distribution station and Constatine and 'Mottville Hydro electric plants.
-Assigned to the Nuclear Safety and Licensing Section with responsibility for safety implications of all proposed D.C.Cook Nuclear Plant modifications.
1969 to  1969    Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Big Sandy Plant - Responsibilities included performing tests of Plant Equipment such as circuit breakers, heaters, transformers, pumps,  valves, relays, protective equipment and training.
Reviews all proposed changes for 10CFR50.59 requirements and D.C.Cook licensing commitments to the NRC.NUS-As
Projects include circulating water, cooling towers, trans-formers, pulverizers, generator, unit circuit breakers and the 765  KV  station equipment.
1968 to  1969    Engineer, 'General Office, Station Department at Michigan Power Company  - Responsibilities included maintaining and performing tests of station equipment, such as circuit
The data base could be readily updated on an annual basis, thereby enabling the system to continue providing 10 year projections.
The data base could be readily updated on an annual basis, thereby enabling the system to continue providing 10 year projections.
Developed a cost element structure (CES)for life cycle cost (LCC)analysis of tracked vehicles as input to an LMI task addressing the feasibility of a standardized LCC CES for various types of DOD systems.TEXAS ARM UNIVERSITY College Station, Texas (1972-'1970)Assistant Professor of Industrial En ineerin-Taught graduate courses and supervised thesis research in operations research, production engineering, manufacturing processes, production management, engineering cost estimating, production and inventory control, and quality assurance to graduate students in reliability and maintainability engineering programs sponsored by the Army Material Command (now DARCOM).Dissertation topic addressed economic design of a continuous sampling quality assurance plan, which has resulted in a publication and presentations.
Developed a cost element structure (CES) for life cycle cost (LCC) analysis of tracked vehicles as input to an LMI task addressing the feasibility of a standardized LCC CES for various types of DOD systems.
TEXAS ARM UNIVERSITY                                                             (1972 - '1970)
College Station, Texas Assistant Professor of Industrial En ineerin - Taught graduate courses and supervised thesis research in operations research, production engineering, manufacturing processes, production management, engineering cost estimating, production and inventory control, and quality assurance to graduate students in reliability and maintainability engineering programs sponsored by the Army Material Command (now DARCOM).
Dissertation topic addressed economic design of a continuous sampling quality assurance plan, which has resulted in a publication and presentations.
PUBLICATIONS AND TECHNICAL PRESENTATIONS
PUBLICATIONS AND TECHNICAL PRESENTATIONS
'ranco, 3., Elliff, G.A., and Tulis, E.A.Memorandum Re ort-Develo ment of Product Prices for RPMS Static Refiner Model, 3une 2, 1981.Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Sciences, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S.Department of Energy.Elliff, G.A., and Franco, 3.A licabilit of DOE Models in Short-Term Contin enc~plannin, March 27, f981.Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Of fice of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S.Department of Energy.Elliff, G.A.Memorandum Re ort-Assi nrnent of Costs to Crude Oil Feedstocks for Establishin Static Refiner Base Cases March 19, 1981.Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S.Department of Energy.Elliff, G.A., and Tulis, E.A.Memorandum Re ort-Anal sis of the"Avera e Da" Conce t for Establishin Crude and Product Slates for Sohio Base Cases, February 9, 1981.Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S.Department of Energy.Elliff, G.A., and Tulis, E.A.Preliminar Anal sis of the DOE Transfer Pricin S stem, February 1, 1981.Prepared for the Office of Energy Information Validation, Energy Information Administration, U.S.Department of Energy.Leilich, R.H., Elliff, G.A., et al.S stems En ineerin for Intermodal Frei ht S stems(3 volumes).Prepared for the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S.Department of Transportation, March 1978.B-44 G.ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)
'ranco,     3., Elliff, G. A., and Tulis, E. A. Memorandum Re ort - Develo ment of Product Prices for RPMS Static Refiner Model, 3une 2, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Sciences, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.
Yager, R., Elliff, G.A., and Bauer, R.Stud to Develo an Intercit Passen er Car Maintenance and Utilization Pro ram, April 1977.Prepared for the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S.DOT, and National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AM TRAK).Fisher, W., Elliff, G.A., and White, 3.M..DOD Demand for Selected Avionic Assemblies-Phase I.Interim Report on LMI Task 75-9, November 1975.Shepherd, F., Elliff, G;A., and Wroblewski, P.Surface Shi Maintenance, LMI Report 70-21, AD A008233, 3anuary 1975.Elliff, G.A., and Foster, 3.W."A Note of Calculation of the Average Fraction Inspected for a Continuous Sampling Plan." International 3ournal of Production Research, 1975.Elliff, G.A., and Foster, 3.W."Least Cost Continuous Sampling Plans." Presented at ORSA/TIMS 3oint National Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, November 1975.Elliff, G.A., and Foster, 3.W."Economic Design of a Multilevel Continuous Sampling Plan." Presented at AOA Symposium on Logistics, Fort Lee, Virginia, February 1970.Elliff, G.A."An Economic Basis with Inspector Accuracy Considerations for Design of a Multi-level Continuous Sampling Plan," unpublished doctoral dissertation, Texas ARM University, 1973.Elliff, G.A."Cost Optimization of a Trickling Filtration Sewage Treatment Facility Using Pattern Search with Summation of Gradients," unpublished masters'hesis, Texas ARM University, 1971.SECURITY CLEARANCE:
Elliff, G. A.,   and Franco, 3. A licabilit of DOE Models in Short-Term Contin enc
SECRET, granted by DISCO (1970).B-45 JOHN F FARBRY, JR.EDUCATION:
        ~plannin, March 27, f981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Of fice of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S.
Bachelor of Architecture, Washington University, 1965.M.A.Experimental Psychology, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1973 Ph.D.Experimental Psychology, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1978;Major Area: Human Memory and Cognition AFFILIATIONS:
Department of Energy.
American Psychological Association (Member)Division 21: Society of Engineering Psychologists Human Factors Society (Member)Technical Interest Group: Computer Systems Potomac Chapter of the Human Factors Society (Member)PROFESSIONAL BRIEF: Dr.Farbry's activity in psychology has been concerned with basic research in human performance, teaching, and the application of psychological knowledge to complex systems in industrial settings.His research activity involves the investigation of stress effects interacting with individual differences.and the analysis of human memory and learning.In the first area, stress effects were examined with regard to coping responses in a VA hospital environment.
Elliff, G. A. Memorandum         Re ort - Assi nrnent of Costs to Crude Oil Feedstocks for Establishin Static Refiner Base Cases March 19, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.
Also, the effects of stress on problem-solving behavior were studied in a laboratory setting.The second area includes the study of qualitative changes in memory over an extended period of time and the observation of error behavior in rote learning.The undergraduate courses taught include experimental method, physiological psychology, introductory psychology and the psychology of language.During his three years at Essex, his work has been primarily concerned with the analysis and evaluation of the operator-machine interface in nuclear power plant control rooms.This work has been directed primarily to the evaluation of conventional PWR and BWR main control rooms in the U.S.and a BWR radwaste control room in Japan.He has conducted design studies of control panel component arrangement in both cases.The two most recent projects have focused on the evaluation of CRT display systems in advanced control rooms for BWR and PWR facilities in Japan.EXPERIENCE:
Elliff, G. A.,   and Tulis, E. A. Memorandum Re ort - Anal sis of the "Avera e Da "
ESSEX CORPORATION (1980-Present)room of Chubu Electric Power Company.This work included the updating and reorgani-zation of CRT specifications; analysis of population stereotype data from client operations personnel and application of the results to CRT evaluation.
Conce   t for Establishin Crude   and Product Slates for Sohio Base Cases, February 9, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.
Conducted review of functional allocation between control room operator vs.CRT,system and an information availability analysis.Evaluation, of CRT display system including features of CRT format organization, color/symbol schemes, alarm system, CRT information access and labeling.Research Scientist.
Elliff, G. A., and Tulis, E. A. Preliminar Anal sis of the DOE Transfer Pricin S stem, February 1, 1981. Prepared for the Office of Energy Information Validation, Energy Information Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.
Developed general guidelines and'criteria to support design of main control room in a nuclear power plant.The guidelines were directed to the B-47 3OHN E.FARBRY, 3R.(Continued) arrangement and grouping of components and component systems on the main control panel, the determination of the profile and floor plan configuration of the control panel and the planning of the control room facility.Research Scientist.
Leilich, R. H., Elliff, G. A., et al. S stems En ineerin for Intermodal Frei ht S stems(3 volumes). Prepared for the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, March 1978.
Developed population stereotype questionnaire for control panel elements with results applied to stereotype specification for an advanced control room (ACR)of a pressurized
B-44
'water reactor unit for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries.
 
Also evaluated CRT pages for ACR and studied operator movement among CRTs.Developed voice-computer communication guidelines to support interactive computer systems.Pro'ect En ineer.Evaluation of proposed and existing control panels for radwaste control room of boiling water reactor plant for 3apan Atomic Power Company.Short-and long-term recommendations were made regarding the arrangement of panel components, proposed component types and annunciator system.The recommendations included a design proposal for the component arrangement of two radwaste control subpanels.
G. ALLEN ELLIFF                           (continued)
Research Associate.
Yager, R., Elliff, G. A., and Bauer, R. Stud to Develo an Intercit Passen er Car Maintenance and Utilization Pro ram,           April 1977. Prepared for the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. DOT, and National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK).
Performed human factors evaluation and a design study for main control panel arrangement of new pressurized water reactor power plant for Carolina Power and Light.Also participated in on-site evaluation of individual components and panel arrangement for main control panel of existing boiling water reactor plant and prepared label backfit supplement.
Fisher, W., Elliff, G. A., and White, 3. M.. DOD Demand for Selected Avionic Assemblies-Phase I. Interim Report on LMI Task 75-9, November 1975.
H ELLM UTH, OBATA, AN D KASSABAUM, INC.Saint Louis, Missouri (1978-1980)Architectural Draftsman/Research.
Shepherd, F., Elliff, G;A., and Wroblewski, P. Surface Shi     Maintenance, LMI Report 70-21, AD A008233, 3anuary 1975.
Commercial structures:
Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W. "A Note of Calculation of the Average Fraction Inspected for a Continuous Sampling Plan." International 3ournal of Production Research, 1975.
preparation of con-struction documents, statistical research on firms distribution of manpower across different building types.Client contact, coordination with structural and mechanical engineers, building code analysis.CHINN AND ASSOCIATES Columbia, Missouri (1977-1978)Architectural Draftsman.
Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W.   "Least Cost Continuous Sampling Plans." Presented at ORSA/TIMS 3oint National Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, November 1975.
Commercial and residential structures.
Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W.   "Economic Design of a Multilevel Continuous Sampling Plan."   Presented   at AOA Symposium on Logistics, Fort Lee, Virginia, February 1970.
Coordination with structural and mechanical engineers, preparation of construction documents such as site plans, floor plans, elevations, construction details and perspectives.
Elliff, G. A. "An   Economic Basis with Inspector Accuracy Considerations for Design of a Multi-level Continuous Sampling Plan," unpublished doctoral dissertation, Texas ARM University, 1973.
STEPHENS COLLEGE Columbia, Missouri (1976-1977)Instructor.
Elliff, G. A. "Cost Optimization of a Trickling Filtration Sewage Treatment Facility Using Pattern Search with Summation of Gradients," unpublished masters'hesis, Texas ARM University, 1971.
Department of Psychology.
SECURITY CLEARANCE:
Full responsibility for six courses in Basic Psychology and courses in Psychobiology and the Psychology of Language.Also, student advising and staff seminar participation.
SECRET, granted by DISCO (1970).
B-48 3OHN E.FARBRY, 3R.(Continued)
B-45
MID-MISSOURI MENTAL HEALTH CENTER, Columbia, Missouri (1970-1976)Research Assistant-Coordinated medical, research, and technical staff for psychological research on stress in hospital patients receiving a difficult examination (endoscopy).
 
Also recording of polygraph data before and during examination, pre-and post-patient interviews, data reduction/preliminary analysis, library research, and assis-tance with the preparation of a variety of journal articles.CHINN, DARROUGH, AND COMPANY Columbia, Missouri (1973-1970)Architectural Draftsman.
JOHN F FARBRY, JR.
Commercial and residential structures:
EDUCATION:             Bachelor of Architecture, Washington University, 1965.
preparation of construction documents, coordination with structural and mechanical engineers.
M.A. Experimental Psychology, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1973 Ph.D. Experimental Psychology, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1978; Major Area: Human Memory and Cognition AFFILIATIONS:         American Psychological Association (Member)
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI Columbia, Missouri (1973)Teachin Assistant.
Division 21: Society of Engineering Psychologists Human Factors Society (Member)
Department of Home Economics.
Technical Interest Group: Computer Systems Potomac Chapter of the Human Factors Society (Member)
Architectural Design II: Taught design, process, planning, and development of drafting skills.Delineation course: Emphasis on color media applied to interior perspective drawing.UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI Columbia, Missouri (1969-1973)"Teachin Assistant.
PROFESSIONAL BRIEF:
Department of Psychology.
Dr. Farbry's activity in psychology has been concerned with basic research in human performance, teaching, and the application of psychological knowledge to complex systems in industrial settings. His research activity involves the investigation of stress effects interacting with individual differences.and the analysis of human memory and learning. In the first area, stress effects were examined with regard to coping responses in a VA hospital environment. Also, the effects of stress on problem-solving behavior were studied in a laboratory setting. The second area includes the study of qualitative changes in memory over an extended period of time and the observation of error behavior in rote learning. The undergraduate courses taught include experimental method, physiological psychology, introductory psychology and the psychology of language. During his three years at Essex, his work has been primarily concerned with the analysis and evaluation of the operator-machine interface in nuclear power plant control rooms. This work has been directed primarily to the evaluation of conventional PWR and BWR main control rooms in the U.S. and a BWR radwaste control room in Japan. He has conducted design studies of control panel component arrangement in both cases.         The two most recent projects have focused on the evaluation of CRT display systems in advanced control rooms for BWR and PWR facilities in Japan.
General Experimental Psychology (Laboratory Instructor; General Psychology (Course Coordinator, Discussion Leader);and Research Methods, The Senses, Applied Psychology (Assistant).
EXPERIENCE:
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI Columbia, Missouri (1969-1971)Research Assistant.
ESSEX CORPORATION                                                     (1980 - Present) room of Chubu Electric Power Company. This work included the updating and reorgani-zation of CRT specifications; analysis of population stereotype data from client operations personnel and application of the results to CRT evaluation. Conducted review of functional allocation between control room operator vs. CRT,system and an information availability analysis. Evaluation, of CRT display system including features of CRT format organization, color/symbol schemes, alarm system, CRT information access and labeling.
Department of Psychology.
Research Scientist. Developed general guidelines and 'criteria to support design of main control room in a nuclear power plant. The guidelines were directed to the B-47
Design of graphic stimuli (face assistance with the writing of journal articles.HELLMUTH, OBATA, AND KASSABAUM, INC.*(1966-1968)Saint Louis, Missouri Architectural Draftsman.
 
Commercial structures:
3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R.                       (Continued) arrangement and grouping of components and component systems on the main control panel, the determination of the profile and floor plan configuration of the control panel and the planning of the control room facility.
documents.
Research Scientist. Developed population stereotype questionnaire for control panel elements with results applied to stereotype specification for an advanced control room (ACR) of a pressurized 'water reactor unit for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries. Also evaluated CRT pages for ACR and studied operator movement among CRTs. Developed voice-computer communication guidelines to support interactive computer systems.
preparation of construction A.L.AYDELOTT AND ASSOCIATES Memphis, Tennessee (1965)Architectural Draftsman.
Pro'ect En ineer. Evaluation of proposed and existing control panels for radwaste control room of boiling water reactor plant for 3apan Atomic Power Company. Short-and long-term recommendations         were made regarding the arrangement of panel components, proposed component types and annunciator system. The recommendations included a design proposal for the component arrangement of two radwaste control subpanels.
Commercial structures:
Research Associate. Performed human factors evaluation and a design study for main control panel arrangement of new pressurized water reactor power plant for Carolina Power and Light. Also participated in on-site evaluation of individual components and panel arrangement for main control panel of existing boiling water reactor plant and prepared label backfit supplement.
documents.
H ELLMUTH,   OBATA, AND KASSABAUM, INC.                               (1978 - 1980)
preparation of construction B-49 3OHN E.FARBRY, 3R.(Continued)
Saint Louis, Missouri Architectural Draftsman/Research.       Commercial structures: preparation of con-struction documents, statistical research on firms distribution of manpower across different building types. Client contact, coordination with structural and mechanical engineers, building code analysis.
TECHNICAL REPORTS: Summar Re ort: A Human En ineerin Review of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an.Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc.in Nagoya, 3apan, in press.(with D.Eike)Human En ineerin S ecifications for an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an.Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc.in Nagoya, 3apan, in press.(with R.Kane, S.Fleger, and T.O'Donoghue)
CHINN AND ASSOCIATES                                                   (1977 - 1978)
A Functional Allocation Review of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an.Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc.in Nagoya, 3apan, in press, (with T.Harding).A Human En ineerin Evaluation of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an.Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc.in Nagoya, 3apan, in press.(with S.Fleger, R.Kane, T.Harding, and D.Pilsitz).Res onse Sterot es of 3a anese Control Room 0 erators to Elements of CRT Dis la~Sstems.Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc.in Nagoya, 3apan, October, 1982.A Human En ineerin Evaluation of CRT Formats CRTs and Ke boards for the Mitsubishi Heav Industries Advanced Control Room.Technical Report for Mitsubisi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly 1982.with R.Kane, S.Fleger, T.Harding and F.Piccione)Extracontractual Studies on: Stress Method for Desi n Criteria Evaluation and PCC Confi uration Stud.Technical Report for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly, 1 2.with R.Kane, D.Metcalf, R.Benel, S.Fleger)Res onse stereo es of 3a anese nuclear ower lant control room o erators.Study for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, December 1981.(with R.Kane and S.Fleger)S stem-S ecific S ecifications Basic Console Evaluation and Human En ineerin Librar Biblio ra h for Advanced Control Room.Technical Report for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly 1982.with R.Kane, H.Manning, S.Fleger, T.O'Donoghue, N.Tulloh, and L.Grealis)Human factors evaluation re ort on the Tsuru a Number One New Radwaste Control Room.Final report prepared for the 3apan Atomic Power Company, September 1981.(with A.Strong)Label backfit su lement BSEP 1 and BSEP 2.Prepared for Carolina Power and Light, September 1981.B-50 3OHN E.FARBRY, 3R.(Continued)
Columbia, Missouri Architectural Draftsman. Commercial and residential structures. Coordination with structural and mechanical engineers, preparation of construction documents such as site plans, floor plans, elevations, construction details and perspectives.
Human factors evaluation re ort for the Brunswick Unit 1 and Unit 2 Control Room.Final Report prepared!for Carolina Power and Light, September 1981.(with W.Talley, D.Beith, E.Talley, and T.3ustice)Human factors desi n evaluation re ort for the Shearon Harris Unit 1 control room.Final report prepared for Carolina Power and Light, September"'1981.(with W.Talley, 3.Haher, T.Amerson, D.Beith, and T.3ustice)3OURNAL ARTICLES: Control-display integration on large, multi-system control panels.Proceedin s of the Human Factors Societ 25th Annual Meetin.Rochester, New York 1981.(with T.Harding and K.Mallory Evaluative persistence:
STEPHENS COLLEGE                                                       (1976 - 1977)
Salt from the evaporative forgetting process.Dissertation Abstracts International, 1979, 39 (No.8), 0068 B.Greater repetition of errors under performance compared to observation in multiple-choice human learning.Perce tual and Motor Skills, 1973, 37, 909-950., (with M.H.Marx and D.Witter)Psychological preparation for endoscopy.
Columbia, Missouri Instructor. Department of Psychology. Full responsibility for six courses in Basic Psychology and courses in Psychobiology and the Psychology of Language. Also, student advising and staff seminar participation.
Gastrointestinal Endosco, 1977, 20, 9-13.(with R.H.Shipley, 3.H.Butt, and B.Horwitz), Preparation for a stressful medical procedure:
B-48
Effect of amount of stimulus preexposure and coping style.3ournal of Consultin and Clinical Psvcholo, 1978, 06, 099-507.(with R.H.Shipley, 3.H.Butt, and B.Horwitz Long-term persistence of response-repetition tendencies based on performance or obser-vation.Bulletin of the Ps chonomic Societ, 1978, 8, 65-67.(with D.W.Witter and M.H.Marx)PRESENTATIONS:
 
Evaluative persistence:
3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R.                       (Continued)
A long term memory for first impressions.
MID-MISSOURI MENTAL HEALTH CENTER,                                     (1970 - 1976)
Paper presented at the convention of the American Psychological Association, Montreal, September 1980.Videotape preparation for a stressful medical procedure:
Columbia, Missouri Research   Assistant - Coordinated medical, research, and technical staff for psychological research on stress in hospital patients receiving a difficult examination (endoscopy). Also recording of polygraph data before and during examination, pre- and post-patient interviews, data reduction/preliminary analysis, library research, and assis-tance with the preparation of a variety of journal articles.
Effects of number of exposures.
CHINN, DARROUGH, AND COMPANY                                           (1973 - 1970)
Paper presented at the meeting of the Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy, New York City, December 1976.(with R.H.Shipley, 3.H.Butt, and B.Horwitz)8-51 A Sw.CI n EDUCATION University of Hartford, B.S., Mechanical Engineering, 1965 Union College, graduate courses 1966-1969 Northeastern University, graduate courses 1969-1970 General Electric Advanced Course in Engineering EXPERIENCE American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1983-Present NUS CORPORATIONS 1978-1983 American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1971-1978 Stone a Webster Engineering Company, 1969-1971 Knolls Atomic Power Laboratory, 1965-1969 American Electric Power Service Corporation
Columbia, Missouri Architectural Draftsman. Commercial and residential structures: preparation of construction documents, coordination with structural and mechanical engineers.
-Manager, Nuclear Safety and Licensing.
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI                                                         (1973)
Management and direction of section personnel in carrying out assigned responsibilities and activities which includes maintenance of NRC related documentation, review coordination, and resolution of all matters pertaining to nuclear safety affecting AEPSC.Provide knowledge, expertise, and analytical capability in nuclear safety related matters necessary to support plant operations and licensing efforts.I also serve as Secretary, NSDRC, and as Corporate Cognizant Engi'neer for Nuclear Safety.NUS-Have been responsible for a variety of safety analysis and licensing activities in support of domestic and foreign utilities.
Columbia, Missouri Teachin Assistant.     Department of Home Economics. Architectural Design II:
Typical activities have included: Service for eight months as a member of the On-Site Safety Review Group, Salem Generating Stationg technical specification coordinator for a large domestic utilityy project manager for NUS support activities on the FSAR update of the Donald C.Cook Nuclear Planty project manager for the Big Rock Point Plant Spent Fuel rack Addition Consolidated Environmental Impact Evaluation and Safety Analysis Reports and technical advisor to the Japanese Survey Group on new siting concepts.Until October 1982 was Manager, Nuclear Waste Management Department.
Taught design, process, planning, and development of drafting skills. Delineation course:
Duties included project management and technical contribution to fulfill NUS contractual responsibilities to the Basalt Waste Isolation Program and the Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation.
Emphasis on color media applied to interior perspective drawing.
Various safety and licensing activities performed under these contracts included development of licensing coordination plans, performance of operational and long term radiological safety and risk analyses for nuclear waste repositories, development of a preliminary safety analysis report for a nuclear waste repository in a domed salt formation, development of guidelines for a quality assurance program, and performance of cost benefit analyses.Also served as a member of an ONWI-sponsored task force on geotechnical and anthropomorphic problems associated with siting a nuclear waste repository in a domed salt formation.
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI                                                 (1969 - 1973)
JhNES 0 FEZNSTEIH PAGB 2 American Blectric pcnrer Service Corporation
Columbia, Missouri "Teachin Assistant. Department of Psychology. General Experimental Psychology (Laboratory Instructor; General Psychology (Course Coordinator, Discussion Leader); and Research Methods, The Senses, Applied Psychology (Assistant).
-Lead Engineer Safety Analysis and subsequently Hanager, Nuclear Safety an Licensing.
UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI                                                 (1969 - 1971)
Duties included support of licensing, design/construction, and operation of the Donald C.Cook Nuclear t the first Nestinghouse PNR with an ice condenser containment to be licensed for operation.
Columbia, Missouri Research Assistant. Department of Psychology. Design of graphic stimuli (face assistance with the writing of journal articles.
Princ pa 1 ibility was to assure that all safety systems were designed and analyzed in a manner acceptable to th e United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
HELLMUTH, OBATA, AND KASSABAUM, INC.                   *               (1966 - 1968)
Involved in many first-of-a-kind analyses, systems design, and technical spec ca on if i ti development in the areas of heat transf er, fluid dynamics, thermal hydraulicst post LOCA y g h dro en generation, ice sublimation, radiological dose analyses, etc.Responsible for technical and administrative coordinat'ion of major projects such as plant modifications required to meet NRC concerns on high energy line breaks outside containment, ECCS systems design, and environmental q ualif ication of onsibilit safety related equipment.
Saint Louis, Missouri Architectural Draftsman.     Commercial structures:     preparation of construction documents.
Had lead technical responsib y for American Electxic Power for meetings with the NRC and for presentations to the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards.
A.L. AYDELOTT AND ASSOCIATES                                                   (1965)
Nas respons e ox ibl f the technical input and coordination of safety reviews of design changes, the Final Safety a y R t nd amendments and oral and written correspondence with the NRC.Supervisory responsibility for developme t commitment lists, Nestinghouse owners group activities, fire t ti rogram N-lists, technical specif ications, security plan, emergency plan, internal QA procedur, p es lant health physics support, nuclear safety and licensing aspects f f 1 eloads probabilistic risk assessment studies>etc.Was Secretary of Nuclear Safety Design Review Committee, member of Edison Electric Institute ad-hoc committee to comment on NASH-1400'ompany representative to joint utility-AEC-vendor task force on watex reactor safety researc h (later taken over by EPRI), member of joint TVA-DUKE-AEP ice condenser task force, and Chair man of Helium Breeder Associates Committee to review safety and licensing problems with gas cooled fast reactors.Stone S Webster-Nas responsible for developing analysis methods for containment design and post-LOCA hydrogen generation analysis.Many assumptions from this work were b ntly adapted by the NRC in their published Regulatory Guide 1.7~Also performed prelim y inar evaluations to determine whether px'obabilistic techniques could be used for nuclear power plant design.Kn ll Atomic Power Lab-Performed thermal hydraulic analysis of nuclear reactors, des'ned tests a nd experiments, and delivered training lectures to Naval personnel.
Memphis, Tennessee Architectural Draftsman.     Commercial structures:     preparation of construction documents.
gA P JAMES Go PEZNSTEZN PAGE 3 EDUCATIONAL HONORS University of Hartford Regent's Award for being top student in Mechanical Engineering, 1964 and 1965 American Society of Mechanical Engineers Greater Hartford Chapter Annual Award 1965 Kappa Mu-Honorary Engineering Fraternity PUBLICATIONS"Post DBA Containment Hydrogen Methods for Calculating and Controlling Hydrogen Accumulation'co-author) g presented at ANS Topical Meeting on Power Reactor System and Componentst Williamsburg<
B-49
Virginia, 1970."Survey Methods for Assessment of Radiological Release from Geological Repositories" (lead author)g presented at ANS Annual Meeting Atlanta, Georgia, June 1979.'Procedures, Barriers, State Variables, and Processes Important to Near Field Analysis"-(lead author)y presented at ANS Annual Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, June 1980."Evaluation of Consequences to Risk of Time Fan Cooling Units are Out of Service at Salem Generating Station," prepared for PSE&Gg November 1981."Evaluation of Analytical Problems Associated with Changeover to Hot Leg Recirculation Following a Hypothetical Loss of Coolant Accident at Salem Generating Station," prepared for PSE&G, October 1981."Evaluation of Safety Concerns Associated with Loss of Coolant Accident Without Automatic Actuation of Containment Sprays," prepared for PSE&G, September 1981."Evaluation of Ef feet of Design Basis Accidents on Proposed Changes to Auxiliary Feedwater System at Salem Nuclear Power Generating Station," prepared for PSE&G, October 1981."Evaluation of Heat Balance Code Used at Salem Generating Station," prepared for PSE&G, December 1981."Evaluation of Inadvertent Human Intrusion into a Salt Dome Repository by Solution Mining" (co-author) draft report prepared for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, September 1980~"Criticality Analysis for a Brine Filled Cavity in a Spent Fuel Nuclear Waste Repository Located in a Domed Salt Formation" (co-author), NUS-TM-326, January 1980.
 
JAMES Qo FEZNSTEIN PAGE 4"Questionnaire for Performing Safety Evaluations for Changes to Structures, Systems, and Components at the Salem Nuclear Plant," prepared for PSEaG, July 1981.'Donald C.Cook Huclear Plant, Unit Ho.1, Results of the December 1974 Initial Weighing Program'repared for American Electric Pcnrer, March 1975"Long Term Evaluation of the Ice Condenser System: Results of the January 1976 and April 1976 Ice Weighing Programs" (lead author)July 1976."Long Term Evaluation of the Ice Condenser System!Results of the January 1977 Ice Weighing Program" (lead author), May 1977'Survey of New Types of Siting Research for Nuclear Power Plants" (lead author)NUS-4068, April 1982."Big Rock Point Plant: Spent Fuel Rack Addition Consolidated Environmental ImpactEvaluation and Saf ety Analysis," (co-author), April 1982."Suggested Quality Assurance Requirements for a Mined Geologic Repository" (co-author), NUS-TM-338, May 1981."Safety Analysis Report Annotated Outline for a Nuclear Waste Repository in a Deep Geologic Formation," (co-author)
3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R.                       (Continued)
NUS-TM-360, April 1981."Preliminary Information Report for a Conceptual Reference Repository in a Deep Geological Formation," (co-author) draft report prepared for office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, January 1980."Method for Developing the Q-list for a Geologic Repository" (co-author), NUS-TM-343, April 1981."A Preliminary Assessment of the PNL Strontium Heat Source Development Program to Determine its Adequacy for Licensing Purposes in FY 1981," (co-author) draft report prepared for Battelle Northwest, August 1979."Annotated Bibliography for a Cost Benefit Study of Several Aspects of a Nuclear Waste Repository" NUS-3528, July 1980."Cost Benefit Study of Several Aspects of a Geologic Nuclear Waste Repository" prepared for Basalt Waste Isolation Program, NUS-3569, April 1980.
TECHNICAL REPORTS:
JAMES Go FKINSTEIN PAGE 5"Quality Assurance Classification Requirements for Structures, Systems, Components, and Activities Related to a Mined Geologic Repository for Permanent Disposal'of High Level Nuclear Waste" (co-author) prepared as a draft for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, March 1980."Applicable Requirements, Supporting Sequences, and Preliminary Strategy for the Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation Licensing Coordination Plan (co-author), NUS-3267, October 1980.NWTS Licensing Plan for High Level Waste Repositories in Geologic Formations (co-author), prepared as a draft for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, September 1978."Donald C.Cook Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Final Safety Analysis Report-Update" (pro)ect manager and lead contributor), June 1982."Donald C.Cook Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Final Saf ety Analysis Report and Amendments" (co-author)
Summar Re ort: A Human En ineerin Review of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press. (with D. Eike)
.
Human En ineerin S ecifications for an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press.             (with R. Kane, S. Fleger, and T. O'Donoghue)
APPENDIX C ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY TASK PLAN 6755B: 1/062883 C-1 181 TP-3.1 1 May 1983 D-C.COOK NUCLEAR PLANT DCRDR PROGRAM HLMAN FACTORS TASK PLAN FOR THE ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM REVIEW Canyon Research Group The Essex Building 333 North Fairfax Street Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (7O3)S48-4SOO PREPARED BY: Signature DCRDR Design Review Team Human Factors Consultant Date APPROVED BY: Signature DCRDR Project Review Team Date)PERFORMED BY: Signature DCRDR Design Review Team Human Factors Consultant Date)
A Functional Allocation Review of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press, (with T. Harding).
D.C.COOK NUCLEAR PLANT DCRDR PROGRAM ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM REVIEW TP-3.1 1 May 1983 RECORD OF REVISIONS Rev.Date Descri tion 181 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 OB JECTIVES 2.0 REVIEW TEAM SELECTION AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3.0'RITERIA Pacae 4.0 PROCEDURES 4.1 General Instructions 4.2 Data Collection 4.3 Analysis 5.0 EQUIPMENT/FACILITY REQUIREMENTS 6.0 INPUTS AND DATA FORMS 7.0 OUTPUTS AND RESULTS 8.0 FIGURES AND TABLES'"9.0 PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS A.CRITERIA B.DATA FORMS C.CRITERIA MATRIX D.TASK PLAN CRITIQUE APPENDICES 181 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 1.0 OBJECTIVES a.To assess to what degree the annunciator system conforms to the generic criteria in NUREG-0700.
A Human En ineerin Evaluation of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press. (with S. Fleger, R. Kane, T. Harding, and D. Pilsitz).
b.To identify and document any features in the annunciator system design that do not conform to the criteria in NUREG-0700.
Res onse Sterot     es of 3a anese Control Room 0 erators to Elements of CRT Dis la
c.To identify and document any plant-specific design conventions and other plant-specific human factors criteria not defined in NUREG-0700.
    ~Sstems.     Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, October, 1982.
2.0 REVIEW TEAM SELECTION ANO RESPONSIBILITIES a.A human factors specialist to conduct the data collection and analysis and to prepare the task report.b.A client nuclear operations specialist to supply plant systems information concerning alarm parameters and alarm response procedures.
A Human En ineerin Evaluation of CRT Formats CRTs and Ke boards for the Mitsubishi Heav Industries Advanced Control Room.             Technical Report for Mitsubisi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly 1982. with R. Kane, S. Fleger, T. Harding and F. Piccione)
c.A client plant IhC engineer to assist in identifying relevant plant systems inf ormation.3.0 CRITERIA The criteria are from NUREG-0700; paragraphs 6.3.1.1;6.3.1.2a through d(2);6.3.1.3a through d;6.3.1.4a and b;6.3.1.5a through b(3);6.3.2.la through f;6.3.3.1a through b(2);6.3.2.2a and b;6.3.3.1a through c(3);6.3.3.2a through f(2);6.3.3.3a through f;6.3.3.4a through d;6.3.3.5a through d(6);6.3.4.1a through d(2);6.3.4.2a through c;6.3.4.3a and b;6.5.1.6a through c(2)and e(1)through 3(3);and 6.6.6.2a, b, and c (see Appendix A).4.0 PROCEDURES 4.1 General Instructions
Extracontractual Studies on: Stress Method for Desi n Criteria Evaluation and PCC Confi uration Stud . Technical Report for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly, 1 2. with R. Kane, D. Metcalf, R. Benel, S. Fleger)
Res onse stereo       es of 3a anese nuclear ower lant control room o erators. Study for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, December 1981. (with R. Kane and S. Fleger)
S stem-S ecific S ecifications Basic Console Evaluation and Human En ineerin Librar Biblio ra h for Advanced Control Room. Technical Report for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly 1982. with R. Kane, H. Manning, S. Fleger, T. O'Donoghue, N. Tulloh, and L. Grealis)
Human factors evaluation re ort on the Tsuru a Number One New Radwaste Control Room. Final report prepared for the 3apan Atomic Power Company, September 1981. (with A. Strong)
Label backfit su lement BSEP       1 and BSEP 2. Prepared for Carolina Power and Light, September 1981.
B-50
 
3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R.                     (Continued)
Human factors evaluation re     ort for the Brunswick Unit 1 and Unit     2 Control Room.
Final Report prepared!for Carolina Power and Light, September         1981. (with W.
Talley, D. Beith, E. Talley, and T. 3ustice)
Human factors desi n evaluation re ort for the Shearon Harris Unit 1 control room. Final report prepared for Carolina Power and Light, September"'1981. (with W. Talley,
: 3. Haher, T. Amerson, D. Beith, and T. 3ustice) 3OURNAL ARTICLES:
Control-display integration on large, multi-system control panels. Proceedin s of the Human Factors Societ 25th Annual Meetin . Rochester, New York 1981. (with T. Harding and K. Mallory Evaluative persistence:     Salt from the evaporative forgetting process.       Dissertation Abstracts International, 1979, 39 (No. 8), 0068 B.
Greater repetition of errors under performance compared to observation in multiple-choice human learning. Perce tual and Motor Skills, 1973, 37, 909-950., (with M.H. Marx and D. Witter)
Psychological preparation for endoscopy.       Gastrointestinal Endosco,   1977, 20, 9-13.
(with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B. Horwitz)
, Preparation for a stressful medical procedure: Effect of amount of stimulus preexposure and coping style. 3ournal of Consultin and Clinical Psvcholo, 1978, 06, 099-507.
(with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B. Horwitz Long-term persistence of response-repetition tendencies based on performance or obser-vation. Bulletin of the Ps chonomic Societ, 1978, 8, 65-67. (with D.W. Witter and M.H. Marx)
PRESENTATIONS:
Evaluative persistence: A long term memory for first impressions. Paper presented at the convention of the American Psychological Association, Montreal, September 1980.
Videotape preparation for a stressful medical procedure: Effects of number of exposures.
Paper presented at the meeting of the Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy, New York City, December 1976. (with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B.
Horwitz) 8-51
 
A Sw.
CI n
 
EDUCATION University of Hartford, B.S., Mechanical Engineering,   1965 Union College, graduate courses 1966-1969 Northeastern University, graduate courses 1969-1970 General Electric Advanced Course in Engineering EXPERIENCE American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1983-Present NUS CORPORATIONS 1978-1983 American   Electric Power Service Corporation, 1971-1978 Stone a Webster Engineering Company, 1969-1971 Knolls Atomic Power Laboratory, 1965-1969 American Electric Power Service Corporation - Manager, Nuclear Safety and Licensing. Management and direction of section personnel in carrying out assigned responsibilities and activities which includes maintenance of NRC related documentation, review coordination, and resolution of all matters pertaining to nuclear safety affecting AEPSC.
Provide knowledge, expertise, and analytical capability in nuclear safety related matters necessary to support plant operations and licensing efforts. I also serve as Secretary, NSDRC, and as Corporate Cognizant Engi'neer for Nuclear Safety.
NUS - Have been responsible for a variety of safety analysis and licensing activities in support of domestic and foreign utilities. Typical activities have included: Service for eight months as a member of the On-Site Safety Review Group, Salem Generating Stationg technical specification coordinator for a large domestic utilityy project manager for NUS support activities on the FSAR update of the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Planty project manager for the Big Rock Point Plant Spent Fuel rack Addition Consolidated Environmental Impact Evaluation and Safety Analysis Reports and technical advisor to the Japanese Survey Group on new siting concepts.
Until October 1982 was Manager, Nuclear Waste Management Department. Duties included project management and technical contribution to fulfill NUS contractual responsibilities to the Basalt Waste Isolation Program and the Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation. Various safety and licensing activities performed under these contracts included development of licensing coordination plans, performance of operational and long term radiological safety and risk analyses for nuclear waste repositories, development of a preliminary safety analysis report for a nuclear waste repository in a domed salt formation, development of guidelines for a quality assurance program, and performance of cost benefit analyses. Also served as a member of an ONWI-sponsored task force on geotechnical and anthropomorphic problems associated with siting a nuclear waste repository in a domed salt formation.
 
JhNES 0     FEZNSTEIH PAGB 2 American   Blectric pcnrer Service Corporation Lead Engineer Safety Analysis and subsequently Hanager, Nuclear Safety an Licensing. Duties included support of licensing, design/
construction, and operation of the Donald C. Cook Nuclear t the first Nestinghouse PNR with an ice condenser containment to be licensed for operation. Princ pa 1 ibility was to assure that all safety systems were designed and analyzed in a manner acceptable to th e United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Involved in many first-of-a-kind analyses, systems design, and technical spec ifi ti ca   on development in the areas of heat transf er, fluid dynamics, thermal hydraulicst post LOCA h y dro g en generation, ice sublimation, radiological dose analyses, etc. Responsible for technical and administrative coordinat'ion of major projects such as plant modifications required to meet NRC concerns on high energy line breaks outside containment, ECCS systems design, and environmental q ualif ication of safety related equipment. Had lead technical responsib   onsibility for American Electxic Power for meetings with the NRC and for presentations to the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards.
Nas respons ible fox the technical input and coordination of safety reviews of design changes, the Final Safety         a y R     t nd amendments t and   oral and written correspondence with the   NRC. Supervisory responsibility for developme commitment   lists, Nestinghouse owners group activities, fire t ti     rogram N-lists, technical specif ications, security   plan, emergency plan, internal QA procedur,   es p lant health physics support, nuclear safety and licensing aspects f f 1 eloads probabilistic risk assessment studies> etc.
Was Secretary of Nuclear Safety Design Review Committee, member of Edison Electric Institute ad-hoc committee to comment on NASH-1400'ompany representative to joint utility - AEC - vendor task force on watex reactor safety researc h (later taken over by EPRI), member of joint TVA-DUKE-AEP ice condenser task force, and Chair man of Helium Breeder Associates Committee to review safety and licensing problems with gas cooled fast reactors.
Stone S Webster - Nas responsible for developing analysis methods for containment design and post-LOCA hydrogen generation analysis. Many assumptions from this work were b     ntly adapted by the NRC in their published Regulatory Guide 1.7   ~   Also performed prelim inar y evaluations to determine whether px'obabilistic techniques could be used for nuclear power plant design.
Kn   ll Atomic Power Lab Performed thermal hydraulic analysis of nuclear reactors, des'ned tests a nd experiments, and delivered training lectures to Naval personnel.
 
gA P
 
JAMES Go PEZNSTEZN PAGE 3 EDUCATIONAL HONORS University of Hartford Regent's   Award for being top student in Mechanical Engineering, 1964   and 1965 American Society of Mechanical Engineers Greater Hartford Chapter Annual Award 1965 Kappa Mu - Honorary Engineering Fraternity PUBLICATIONS "Post DBA Containment Hydrogen Methods for Calculating and Controlling Hydrogen Accumulation'co-author) presented at       g ANS Topical Meeting on Power Reactor System and Componentst Williamsburg< Virginia, 1970.
"Survey Methods for Assessment of Radiological Release from Geological Repositories"   (lead author)g presented at ANS Annual Meeting Atlanta, Georgia, June Barriers, State Variables, and Processes 1979.'Procedures, Important to Near Field Analysis" -(lead author)y presented at ANS Annual Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, June 1980.
"Evaluation of Consequences to Risk of Time Fan Cooling Units are Out of Service at Salem Generating Station,"
prepared for PSE&Gg November 1981.
"Evaluation of Analytical Problems Associated with Changeover to Hot Leg Recirculation Following a Hypothetical Loss of Coolant Accident at Salem Generating Station,"
prepared for PSE&G, October 1981.
"Evaluation of Safety Concerns Associated with Loss of Coolant Accident Without Automatic Actuation of Containment Sprays," prepared for PSE&G, September 1981.
"Evaluation of Ef feet of Design Basis Accidents on Proposed Changes to Auxiliary Feedwater System at Salem Nuclear Power Generating Station," prepared   for PSE&G,                 October 1981.
"Evaluation of Heat Balance   Code Used at               Salem Generating Station," prepared for PSE&G, December 1981.
"Evaluation of Inadvertent Human Intrusion into a Salt Dome Repository by Solution Mining" (co-author) draft report prepared for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, September 1980 ~
"Criticality Analysis for   a Brine Filled Cavity in                 a Spent Fuel Nuclear Waste Repository Located in a Domed Salt Formation" (co-author), NUS-TM-326, January 1980.
 
JAMES Qo FEZNSTEIN PAGE 4 "Questionnaire for Performing Safety Evaluations for Changes to Structures, Systems, and Components at the Salem Nuclear Plant," prepared for PSEaG, July 1981.
'Donald C. Cook Huclear Plant, Unit Ho. 1, Results of the December 1974       Initial Weighing Program'repared for American       Electric Pcnrer, March 1975 "Long Term Evaluation of the Ice Condenser System: Results of the January 1976 and April 1976 Ice Weighing Programs" (lead author) July 1976.
"Long Term Evaluation of the Ice Condenser System! Results of the January 1977 Ice Weighing Program" (lead author), May 1977
      'Survey of New Types of Siting Research for Nuclear Power Plants" (lead author) NUS-4068, April 1982.
"Big Rock Point Plant: Spent Fuel Rack Addition Consolidated Environmental Impact Evaluation and Saf ety Analysis," (co-author), April 1982.
"Suggested Quality Assurance Requirements for       a Mined Geologic Repository" (co-author), NUS-TM-338,       May 1981.
"Safety Analysis Report Annotated Outline for       a Nuclear Waste Repository in a Deep Geologic Formation, "       (co-author)
NUS-TM-360, April 1981.
"Preliminary Information Report for a Conceptual Reference Repository in       a Deep Geological Formation," (co-author) draft report prepared for office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, January 1980.
"Method       for Developing the Q-list for a Geologic Repository" (co-author), NUS-TM-343, April 1981.
"A Preliminary Assessment of the PNL Strontium Heat Source Development Program to Determine its Adequacy for Licensing Purposes in FY 1981," (co-author) draft report prepared for Battelle Northwest, August 1979.
"Annotated Bibliography for a Cost Benefit Study of Several Aspects of       a Nuclear Waste Repository" NUS-3528, July 1980.
"Cost Benefit Study of Several Aspects of a Geologic Nuclear Waste     Repository" prepared for Basalt Waste Isolation Program, NUS-3569, April 1980.
 
JAMES Go FKINSTEIN PAGE 5 "Quality Assurance Classification Requirements for Structures, Systems, Components, and Activities Related to a Mined Geologic Repository for Permanent Disposal 'of High Level Nuclear Waste" (co-author) prepared as a draft for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, March 1980.
"Applicable Requirements, Supporting Sequences, and Preliminary Strategy for the Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation Licensing Coordination Plan (co-author), NUS-3267, October 1980.
NWTS Licensing Plan for High Level Waste Repositories in Geologic Formations (co-author), prepared as a draft for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, September 1978.
"Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Final Safety Analysis Report - Update" (pro)ect manager and lead contributor), June 1982.
"Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Final Saf ety Analysis Report and Amendments" (co-author) .
 
APPENDIX C ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY TASK PLAN C-1 6755B: 1/062883
 
181                                             TP-3.1 1 May 1983 D-C. COOK NUCLEAR PLANT DCRDR PROGRAM HLMANFACTORS TASK PLAN FOR THE ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM REVIEW Canyon Research Group The Essex Building 333 North Fairfax Street Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (7O3) S48-4SOO PREPARED BY:
Signature         Date DCRDR Design Review Team Human Factors Consultant APPROVED BY:
Signature         Date)
DCRDR Project Review Team PERFORMED BY:
Signature         Date)
DCRDR Design Review Team Human Factors Consultant


====4.1.1 Preparation====
D.C. COOK NUCLEAR PLANT                TP-3.1 DCRDR PROGRAM                    1 May 1983 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM REVIEW RECORD OF REVISIONS Rev. Date                      Descri tion
and Conduct of Procedures a.Prior to conduct of this task, ensure that all required data forms, plant documentation, engineering drawings, equipment, and materials are available.
 
Ensure that permission has been'btained for all required access to the control room or other plant areas.
181                                                  TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM  1 May 1983 TABLE OF CONTENTS Pacae 1.0  OB JECTIVES 2.0  REVIEW TEAM SELECTION AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3.0'RITERIA 4.0  PROCEDURES 4.1 General Instructions 4.2 Data Collection 4.3 Analysis 5.0  EQUIPMENT/FACILITYREQUIREMENTS 6.0  INPUTS AND DATA FORMS 7.0  OUTPUTS AND RESULTS 8.0  FIGURES AND TABLES
181 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 b.Record all exceptions, deviations, or changes" to these procedures in Section 9.0 of this Task Plan.Number each entry sequentially, starting with 1.Include an explanation (technical justification) as to why the exception, deviation, or change was made.4.1.2 Task Plan Critique Upon completion of.this task, fill out the Task Plan Critique contained'in Appendix D.Submit the completed critique to you'r supervisor or project manager.4.2 Data Collection a.Data are collected using various methods and procedures consistihg of measurements, observations, interviews and questionnaires, and document reviews., Appendix C illustrates the distribution of the criteria for the various methods.b.Measurements and observations should be made for all items contained on the Measurements data forms and Observations checklists contained in Appendix B.c.The operator questionnaire (Appendix B)should be administered to at least 50 ,percent of the licensed reactor operators for the plant.Administration may be conducted;.singly or in a group, but should be proctored or monitored.
'"9.0 PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS APPENDICES A. CRITERIA B. DATA FORMS C. CRITERIA MATRIX D. TASK PLAN CRITIQUE
d.The results of the System Function and Task Analysis tasks should be reviewed-for annunciator-relevant data in reference to 6.3.3.1;6.3.1.4a;6.3.3b and d(2);6.3.3s4a and c;6.3.4 3a;and 6.6.6.2a(l), (2), and (3).e.In addition to the review results from d, above, plant documentation should be reviewed to verify the items listed in the Document Review Checklist in Appendix B.The required plant documents include: 1.Annunciator Response Procedures 2.Administrative Procedures relevant to annunciators.
 
4D~Anal sls a.All deviations from the criteria shall be recorded on Human Engineering Discrepancy (HED)reports (Appendix B).Recorded information shall include the instru-ment or instruments involved (e.g., auditory alarm horns, specific light tiles, etc.), a description of the problem including the 0700 paragraph number of the criteria, and a recommended solution.
181                                                                                      TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM                                  1 May 1983 1.0 OBJECTIVES
181 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983'b.Data collection method(s)shall also be recorded on the HED form (see Appendix B).Where data from two or more sources are contradictory, resolution of the conflict through data review and client interview shall be made.c.Use the analysis aids from Appendix B for all data reduction and analysis.Upon completion of all analyses, ensure that the criteria in Appendix A are properly annotated (as specified in the analysis aids).d.Submit the completed task plan to your immediate supervisor for review.Upon project management approval, initiate Task Report 3.1.5.0 EQUIPMENT AND FACILITY REQUIREMENTS a4 b.co Access to the control room.Sound level meter.Protractor and tape measure.d.Flash comparator.
: a. To assess  to what degree the annunciator system conforms to the generic criteria in NUREG-0700.
6.0 INPUTS AND DATA FORMS a1 b.co d.e.Annunciator Response Procedures Annunciator Administrative Procedures Completed Task Reports for: 1.System Function and Task Analysis 2.Labels and Location Aids 3.Maintainability Criteria List (Appendix A)The following from Appendix B: l.Measurements Data Forms 2.Questionnaire 3.Observations Checklist 4.Documentation Review Checklist 5.Analysis Aids 6.HED Report Forms f.Criteria Matrix (Appendix C)g.Task Plan Critique Form (Appendix D) 181 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 7.0 OUTPUTS AND RESULTS a.Comple ted HEDs b.Completed Task Report.
: b. To identify and document any features in the annunciator system design that do not conform to the criteria in NUREG-0700.
181 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 8.0 FIGURES AND TABLES None.
: c. To identify and document any plant-specific design conventions and other plant-specific human factors criteria not defined in NUREG-0700.
181 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 9.D PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS The following exceptions, deviations, and changes were made to these procedures during conduct of the task (include a statement of justification on each item):
2.0 REVIEW TEAM SELECTION ANO RESPONSIBILITIES
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX A CR ITER IA ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 6.3.1.1 GENERAL SYSTEM DESIGN Annunciator warning systems are the primary control room interface to immediately alert the operator to out of.tolerance changes in plant con.dition.Annunciator warning systems consist of three major subsystems: (a)an auditory alert subsystem, (b)a visual alarm subsystem, and (c)an operator response subsystem (see Exhibit 6,3-1).Together, these three subsystems should be designed to provide a preferred operational sequence for annunciator warnings as indicated in Exhibit 6.3 2.N/A YES COMMENTS 8.3,12 ALARM PARAMETER SELECTION a.b.C.SET POINTS-The limits or set points for initiating the annunciator warning system should be established to meet the following goals: (1)Alarms should not occur so frequently as to be considered a nuisance by the operators.
: a. A human factors specialist to conduct the data collection and analysis and to prepare the task report.
(2)However, set points should be established to give operators adequate time to re-spond to the warning condition before a serious problem develops.GENERAL ALARMS (1)Alarms that require the control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to a given plant location for specific information should be avoided.(2)If general alarms must be used, they should only be used for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action and subsequent control room operator action, MULTICHANNEL OR SHARED ALARMS (1)Annunciators with inputs from more than one plant parameter mt point should be avoided.Multi.input alarms that summarize single-input annunciators.elsewhere in the control room are an exception, (2)Where multi-input annunciators must be used, an alarm printout capability should be provided.The specifics of the alarm should be printed on an alarm typer with sufficient speed and buffer storage to capture all alarm data.
: b. A client nuclear operations specialist to supply plant systems information concerning alarm parameters and alarm response procedures.
ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nlay 1983 6,3,1.2 ALARM PAR'AMETER SELECTION (Cont'd)N/A YES HO CONMENTS c.MULTICHANNEL OR SHARED ALARMS (Cont'd)(3)A ref lash capability should be provided to allow subsequent alarms to activate the auditory alert mechanism and ref lash the visual tile even though the first alarm may not have been cleared.d.MULTI.UNIT ALARMS-(1)Alarms for any shared plant systems should be duplicated in all control rooms.(2)When an item of shared equipment is being operated from one control room, a status display or signal should be pro.vided in all other control rooms which could potentially control this equipment.
: c. A client plant IhC engineer to assist in identifying relevant plant systems information.
6,3.1.3 F IRST OUT ANNUNCIATORS a.REACTOR SYSTEM (1)A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system.(2)The first out panel should consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic reactor trip functions.
3.0 CRITERIA The  criteria are from NUREG-0700; paragraphs        6.3.1.1; 6.3.1.2a through d(2);
{3)In the event of a reactor trip, the tile associated.
6.3.1.3a through d; 6.3.1.4a and b; 6.3.1.5a through b(3); 6.3.2.la through f; 6.3.3.1a through b(2); 6.3.2.2a and b; 6.3.3.1a through c(3); 6.3.3.2a through f(2); 6.3.3.3a through f; 6.3.3.4a through d; 6.3.3.5a through d(6); 6.3.4.1a through d(2); 6.3.4.2a through c; 6.3.4.3a and b; 6.5.1.6a through c(2) and e(1) through 3(3);and 6.6.6.2a, b, and c (see Appendix A).
with the event should illuminate, and no other.b, TURBINE.GENERATOR SYSTEM-A separate first out panel, similar in function to the reactor system panel, is recommended.
4.0 PROCEDURES 4.1 General Instructions 4.1.1 Preparation and Conduct of Procedures
c.POSITION-First out panels should be located directly above the main control work station for the system.d.APPLICATION-First out annunciators should conform to the general auditory, visual, and operator response guidelines of this section.A-2 ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 6,3.1.4 PRIOR IT IZATION 0.LEVELS OF PRIORITY (1)Prioritization should be accomplished using a relatively small (24)number of priority levels.H/A YES'OMMENTS (2)Prioritization should be based on a continuum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions, e.g., likelihood of reactor trip, release of radiation.
: a. Prior to conduct of this task, ensure that all required data forms, plant documentation, engineering drawings, equipment, and materials are available. Ensure that permission has been'btained for all required access to the control room or other plant areas.
Exhibit 6.3-3 provides an example of prioritization based on three levels of prioritization.
 
b, PRIORITY CODING (1)Some method for coding the visual signals for the various priority levels should be employed.Acceptable methods for priority coding include color, position, shape, or symbolic coding.(2)Auditory signal coding for priority level is also appropriate.
181                                                                                  TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          1 May 1983
See Guideline 6 2.2.3 for recommended coding techniques.
: b. Record all exceptions, deviations, or changes" to these procedures in Section 9.0 of this Task Plan. Number each entry sequentially, starting with 1. Include an explanation (technical justification) as to why the exception, deviation, or change was made.
6.3.1.5 CLEARED ALARMS a.AUDITORY SIGNAL-Cleared alarms should have a dedicated, distinctive audible signal which should be of finite duration b.VISUAL SIGNAL-The individual tile should have one of the following:
4.1.2 Task Plan Critique Upon completion of .this task, fill out the Task Plan Critique contained 'in Appendix D. Submit the completed critique to you'r supervisor or project manager.
(1)A special flash rate (twice or one.half the normal flash rate is preferred, to allow discrimination), or (2)Reduced brightness, or (3)A special color, consistent with the overall control room colorcoding scheme, pro-duced by a diffe ently colored bulb behind the tile.
4.2 Data Collection
ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 I May 1983 6.3.2.1 SIGNAL DETECTION N/A YES NO CONTENTS at b, C.INTENSITY-The signal should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above the ambient control room noise.A nominal value of 10 dB(A)above average ambient noise is generally adequate, CONTROL-Signal intensity, if, adjustable, should be controlled by administrative procedure.
: a. Data are collected using various methods and procedures consistihg of measurements,      observations, interviews and questionnaires, and document reviews.
LIMITS-The signal should capture the operator's attention but should not cause irritation or a startled reaction.d.DETECTION-Each auditory signal should be adjusted to result in approximately equal detection levels at normal operator work stations in the primary operating area.e, RESET-The annunciator auditory alert mechanism should automatically reset when it has been silenced.f;.IDENTIFICATION-The operator should be able to identify the work station or the system where the auditory alert signaf originated.
Appendix C illustrates the distribution of the criteria for the various methods.
Separate auditory signals at each work station within the primary operating area are recommended.
: b. Measurements and observations should be made for all items contained on the Measurements data forms and Observations checklists contained in Appendix B.
6.3.2.2 AUDITORY CODING a.b.LOCALIZATION (1)Auditory coding techniques should be used when the operator work station associated with the alarm is not in the primary operating area.(2)Coded signals from a single audio source shoufd not be used to identify individual work stations within the primary oper-ating area.PRIORITI2ATION-Coding may be used to indicate alarm priority.(,".ee Guideline 6.3.1.4.)A-4 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 6.3.3.1 VISUAL ANNUNCIATOR PANELS LOCATION-Visual alarm panels should be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in response'to the alarm.(See Exhibit 6.34.)b.LABE LIN G~(1)Each panel should be identified by a label above the panel.(2)Panel identification label height should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at feast 15 minutes when viewed from a centra(position within the primary operating area.YES COMMENTS 6.3.3.2 VISUAL ALARM RECOG AND IDENT a.FLASHING-The specific tile(s)on an annun-ciator panel should use flashing illumination to indicate an afarrp condition.
: c. The operator questionnaire (Appendix B) should be administered to at least 50
b.FLASH RATE-Flash rates should be from three tc five flashes per second with approxi-mately equal on and off times.c.FLASHER FAILURE-fn case of flasher failure of an alarmed tile, the tile light should illuminate and burn steadily.d.CONTRAST DE TECTAB IL ITY-There should be high enough contrast between alarming and steady.on tiles, and between illuminated and non-illuminated tiles, so that operators in a normally illuminated control room have no problem discriminating alarming, steadywn, and steadywff visual tiles.e."DARK" ANNUNCIATOR PANELS-A"dark" annunciator panel concept should be used.This means that under normal operating conditions no annunciators would be illumi-nated;atl of the visual tiles of the annunciator panels would be"dark." EXTENDED DURATION ILLUMINATION-tf an annunciator tile must be"ON" for an extended period during normal operations (e.g., during equipment repair or replacement), it should be: (1)Distinctively coded for positive recog-nition during this period, and (2)Controlled by administrative procedures.
  ,percent of the licensed reactor operators for the plant. Administration may be conducted
A-5 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 8,3 b.C.Cl 0~e, ,3.3 ARRANGEMENT OF VISUAL ALARM TILES MATR IX ORGANIZATION
;.singly or in  a group,  but should be proctored or monitored.
-Visual alarms should be organized as a matrix of visual alarm tiles within each annunciator panel.FUNCTIONAL GROUPING-Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel.For example, area radiation alarms should be grouped on one panel, not spread throughout the control room.LABELING OF AXES (1)The vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panels should be labeled with alphanumerics for ready coordinate designation of a particular visual tile.(2)Coordinate designation is preferred on the left and top sides of the annunciator panel.(3)Letter height for coordinate designation should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes as viewed from a central, position within the primary operating area., PATTERN RECOGNITION-(1)The number of alarm tiles and the matrix density should be kept low (a maximum of 50 tiles per matrix is mggested).
: d. The results of the System Function and Task Analysis tasks should be reviewed
(2)Tiles within an annunciator panel matrix should be grouped by subsystem, function, or other logical organization.
  -for annunciator-relevant data in reference to 6.3.3.1; 6.3.1.4a; 6.3.3b and d(2); 6.3.3s4a and c; 6.3.4 3a; and 6.6.6.2a(l), (2), and (3).
OUTNF SERVICE ALARMS-Cues for prompt recognition of an out of.service annunciator should be designed into the system.BLANK TILES-Blank or unused annunciator tiles should not be illuminated (except during annunciator testing).N/A YES NO COMMENTS 8.3.3.4 VISUAL TILE LEGENDS~.UNAMBIGUOUS
: e. In addition to the review results from d, above, plant documentation should be reviewed to verify the items listed in the Document Review Checklist in Appendix B. The required plant documents include:
-Annunciator visual tile legends should be specific and unambiguous.
: 1. Annunciator Response Procedures
Wording should be in concise, short messages.b.SINGULARITY
: 2. Administrative Procedures relevant to annunciators.
-Alarms which refer the operator to another, more detailed annunciator panel located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.
4D  ~Anal sls
A-6 ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 6.3,3.4 VISUAL TILE LEGENDS (Cont'd)c.SPECIFICITY
: a. All deviations from the criteria shall    be recorded  on Human Engineering Discrepancy (HED) reports (Appendix B). Recorded information shall include the instru-ment or instruments involved (e.g., auditory alarm horns, specific light tiles, etc.), a description of the problem including the 0700 paragraph number of the criteria, and a recommended solution.
-Tile legends should address specific conditions; for example, do not use one alarm for HIGH-LOW, TEMPFRATURE-PRESSUR E.d.ABBREVIATIONS-Abbreviations and acro-nyms should be consistent with those used elsewhere in the control room.N/A YES NO COMMENTS 6.3.3.5 VISUAL TILE READABILITY a.DISTANCE-The operator should be able to read all the annunciator tiles from the position at the work station where the annunciator acknowledge control is located.(1)Letter height should subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes, or.004 x viewing distance.The preferred visual angle is 20 minutes, or.006 x viewing dlstanceo (2)Letter height should be identical for all tiles, based on the maximum viewing distance.Separate calculations should be made for stand.up and sitdown work stations.b.TYPE STYLE-The size and style of lettering should meet the following:
 
(1)Type styles should be simple.(2)Type styles should be consistent on all visual tiles.(3)Only upper-case type should be used on visual tiles, c.LEGEND CONTRAST-Legends should pro-vide high contrast with the tile background.
181                                                                            TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                        1 May 1983
(1)Legends should be engraved.(2)Legends should be dark lettering on a light background.
: b. Data collection method(s) shall also be recorded on the HED form (see Appendix B). Where data from two or more sources are contradictory, resolution of the conflict through data review and client interview shall be made.
d.LETTER DIMENSIONS AND SPACING-(1)Stroke.width.to-cnaracter-height ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8.(2)Letter width.to-height ratio should be between 1:1 and 3:5.(3)Numeral width to.height ratio should be 3:5.A-7 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 6.3.3.5 VISUAL TILE READABILITY (Cont'd)d.LETTER DIMENSIONS AND SPACING-(Cont'd)(4)Minimum space between characters should be one stroke width.(5)Minimum space between words should be the width of one character.
: c. Use the analysis aids from Appendix B for all data reduction and analysis.
(6)Minimum space between lines should be one-half the character height.N/A YES NO COMMENTS 6.3.4 a~>>>>b.:;C.d..1 CONTROLS (See Exhibit 6.3 5.)SILENCE (1)Each set of operator response controls should include a silence control.(2)It should'be possible to silence an auditory alert signal from any set of annunciator response controls in the primary operating area.ACKNOWLEDGE (1)A control should be provided to terminate the flashing of a visual tile and have it continue at steady illumination until the alarm is cleared.(2)Acknowledgement should be possible only at the work station where the alarm originated.
Upon completion of all analyses, ensure that the criteria in Appendix A are properly annotated (as specified in the analysis aids).
RESET (1)If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be pro.vided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared.(2)The reset control should silence any audible signal indicating clearance and should extinguish tile illumination.
: d. Submit the completed task plan to your immediate supervisor for review.
(3)The reset control should be effective only at the work station for the annunciator panel where the alarm initiated.
Upon project management approval, initiate Task Report 3.1.
TEST (1)A control to test the auditory signal and flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel should be provided.(2)Periodic testing of annunciators should be required and controlled by administrative procedure.
5.0 EQUIPMENT AND FACILITYREQUIREMENTS a4    Access to the control room.
A-8 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983.6.3.4.2 CONTROL SET D ESIGN a.b.C.6.3.4.3 ANNUNCIATOR RESPONSE PROCEDURES POSITIONING OF REPETITIVE GROUPS-Repetitive groups of annunciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations.This is to facilitate"blind" reaching.CONTROL CODING-Annunciator response controls should be coded for easy recognition, using techniques such as: (1)Color coding;(2)color shading the group of annunciator
: b. Sound level meter.
'controls; (3)demarcating the group of annunciator controls;or (4)shape coding, particularly the silence control.(See Exhibit 6.3.5, Example 2.)NONDEFEATABLE CONTROLS-Annunci~ator control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control.For example, some pushbuttons used for annunciator silencing and acknowledgement can be held down by inserting a coin in the ring around the-pushbutton.
co    Protractor and tape measure.
This undesirable design feature should be eliminated.
: d. Flash comparator.
K/A YES KO COMMENTS a.AVAILABILITY
6.0 INPUTS AND DATA FORMS a1    Annunciator Response Procedures
-Annunciator response pro.cedures should be available in the control room.INDEXING-Annunciator response procedures should be indexed by panel identification and annunciator tile coordinates.
: b. Annunciator Administrative Procedures co    Completed Task Reports for:
6.5.1.6 COLOR CODING a.b.~REDUNDANCY-In all applications of color coding, color should provide redundant information.
: 1. System Function and Task Analysis
That is, the pertinent information should be available from some other cue in addition to color, NUMBER OF COLORS (1)The number of colors used for coding should be kept to the minimum needed for providng sufficient information.
: 2. Labels and Location Aids
(2)The number of colors used for coding should not exceed 11.A-9 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 8.5,1.6 COLOR CODING (Cont'd)c.MEANING OF COLORS (I)The meaning attached to a particular color should be narrowly defined.(2)Red, green, and amber (yellow)should be reserved for the following uses: Red: unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance.
: 3. Maintainability
: d. Criteria List (Appendix A)
: e. The following from Appendix B:
: l. Measurements Data Forms
: 2. Questionnaire
: 3. Observations Checklist
: 4. Documentation Review Checklist
: 5. Analysis Aids
: 6. HED Report Forms
: f. Criteria Matrix (Appendix C)
: g. Task Plan Critique Form (Appendix D)
 
181                                              TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 May 1983 7.0 OUTPUTS AND RESULTS
: a. Comple ted HEDs
: b. Completed Task Report.
 
181                                          TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM 1 May 1983 8.0 FIGURES AND TABLES None.
 
181                                                                                TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                            1 May 1983 9.D PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS The following exceptions, deviations, and changes were made to these procedures during conduct of the task (include a statement of justification on each item):
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX A CR ITER IA
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 6.3.1.1    GENERAL SYSTEM DESIGN                      N/A YES COMMENTS Annunciator warning systems are the primary control room interface to immediately alert the operator to out of.tolerance changes in plant con.
dition. Annunciator warning systems consist of three major subsystems: (a) an auditory alert subsystem, (b) a visual alarm subsystem, and (c) an operator response subsystem (see Exhibit 6,3-1).
Together, these three subsystems should be designed to provide a preferred operational sequence for annunciator warnings as indicated in Exhibit 6.3 2.
8.3,12 ALARM PARAMETER SELECTION
: a. SET POINTS-The limits or set points for initiating the annunciator warning system should be established to meet the following goals:
(1)   Alarms should not occur so frequently as to be considered a nuisance by the operators.
(2)   However, set points should be established to give operators adequate time to re-spond to the warning condition before a serious problem develops.
: b. GENERAL ALARMS (1) Alarms that require the control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to a given plant location for specific information should be avoided.
(2)     If general alarms must be used, they should only be used for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action and subsequent control room operator action, C. MULTICHANNELOR SHARED ALARMS (1) Annunciators with inputs from more than one plant parameter mt point should be avoided.     Multi.input alarms that summarize      single-input  annunciators
          .elsewhere in the control room are an exception, (2) Where multi-input annunciators must be used, an alarm printout capability should be provided. The specifics of the alarm should be printed on an alarm typer with sufficient speed and buffer storage to capture all alarm data.
 
ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEM                TP-3.1 1 Nlay 1983 N/A YES HO CONMENTS 6,3,1.2    ALARM PAR'AMETER SELECTION (Cont'd)
: c. MULTICHANNELOR SHARED ALARMS (Cont'd)
(3)   A ref lash capability should be provided to allow subsequent alarms to activate the auditory alert mechanism and ref lash the visual tile even though the first alarm may not have been cleared.
: d. MULTI.UNIT ALARMS-(1) Alarms for any shared plant systems should be duplicated in all control rooms.
(2) When an item of shared equipment is being operated from one control room, a status display or signal should be pro.
vided in all other control rooms which could potentially control this equipment.
6,3.1.3 F IRST OUT ANNUNCIATORS
: a. REACTOR SYSTEM (1)   A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system.
(2)  The first out panel should consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic reactor trip functions.
{3) In the event of a reactor trip, the tile associated. with the event should illuminate, and no other.
b,  TURBINE.GENERATOR SYSTEM-A separate first out panel, similar in function to the reactor system panel, is recommended.
: c. POSITION-First out panels should be located directly above the main control work station for the system.
: d. APPLICATION-First out annunciators should conform to the general auditory, visual, and operator response guidelines of this section.
A-2
 
ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM              TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 H/A YES 'OMMENTS 6,3.1.4  PRIOR IT IZATION
: 0. LEVELS OF PRIORITY (1) Prioritization should be accomplished using a relatively small (24) number of priority levels.
(2)  Prioritization should be based on a continuum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions, e.g., likelihood of reactor trip, release of radiation. Exhibit 6.3-3 provides an example of prioritization based on three levels of prioritization.
b,   PRIORITY CODING (1)  Some method for coding the visual signals for the various priority levels should be employed. Acceptable methods for priority coding include color, position, shape, or symbolic coding.
(2)  Auditory signal coding for priority level is also appropriate. See Guideline 6 2.2.3 for recommended coding techniques.
6.3.1.5    CLEARED ALARMS
: a. AUDITORY SIGNAL-Cleared alarms should have    a dedicated,    distinctive audible signal which should be of finite duration
: b. VISUAL SIGNAL-The individual tile should have one of the following:
(1) A special flash rate (twice or one. half the normal flash rate is preferred, to allow discrimination), or (2) Reduced brightness, or (3)   A special color, consistent with the overall control room colorcoding scheme, pro-duced by a diffe ently colored bulb behind the tile.
 
ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM                 TP-3.1 I May 1983 N/A YES NO CONTENTS 6.3.2.1    SIGNAL DETECTION at    INTENSITY-The signal should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above the ambient control room noise. A nominal value of 10 dB(A) above average ambient noise is generally adequate, b,    CONTROL Signal intensity, if, adjustable, should     be     controlled by administrative procedure.
C. LIMITS The signal should capture the operator's attention but should not cause irritation or a startled reaction.
: d. DETECTION-Each auditory signal should be adjusted    to result in approximately equal detection levels at normal operator work stations in the primary operating area.
e,    RESET The annunciator             auditory alert mechanism should automatically reset when it has been silenced.
f;. IDENTIFICATION-The operator should be able to identify the work station or the system where the auditory alert signaf originated.
Separate auditory signals at each work station within     the primary       operating   area are recommended.
6.3.2.2    AUDITORY CODING
: a. LOCALIZATION (1) Auditory coding techniques should be used when the operator work station associated with the alarm is not in the primary operating area.
(2) Coded signals from a single audio source shoufd not be used to identify individual work stations within the primary oper-ating area.
: b. PRIORITI2ATION-Coding may be used to indicate alarm priority. (,".ee Guideline 6.3.1.4.)
A-4
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 6.3.3.1    VISUAL ANNUNCIATOR PANELS                      YES COMMENTS LOCATION-Visual alarm panels should be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in response'to the alarm. (See Exhibit 6.34.)
: b. LABELING ~
(1) Each panel should be identified by a label above the panel.
(2)  Panel identification label height should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at feast 15 minutes when viewed from a centra( position within the primary operating area.
6.3.3.2 VISUAL ALARM RECOG AND IDENT
: a.     FLASHING The specific tile(s) on an annun-ciator panel should use flashing illumination to indicate an afarrp condition.
: b.     FLASH RATE Flash rates should be from three tc five flashes per second with approxi-mately equal on and off times.
: c. FLASHER FAILURE fn case of flasher failure of an alarmed tile, the tile light should illuminate and burn steadily.
: d. CONTRAST DE TECTAB IL ITY-There should be high enough contrast between alarming and steady. on tiles, and between illuminated and non-illuminated tiles, so that operators in a normally illuminated control room have no problem discriminating alarming, steadywn, and steadywff visual tiles.
: e.   "DARK" ANNUNCIATOR PANELS A "dark" annunciator panel concept should be used. This means that under normal operating conditions no annunciators would be illumi-nated; atl of the visual tiles of the annunciator panels would be "dark."
EXTENDED DURATION ILLUMINATION-tf an annunciator tile must be "ON" for an extended period during normal operations (e.g., during equipment repair or replacement),
it should be:
(1) Distinctively coded for positive recog-nition during this period, and (2) Controlled by administrative procedures.
A-5
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                  TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 8,3 ,3.3 ARRANGEMENT OF VISUALALARM TILES MATRIX ORGANIZATIONVisual alarms should be organized as a matrix of visual alarm tiles within each annunciator panel.
: b.       FUNCTIONAL GROUPING-Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel. For example, area radiation alarms should be grouped on one panel, not spread throughout the control room.
C.       LABELING OF AXES (1) The vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panels should be labeled with alphanumerics for ready coordinate designation of a particular visual tile.
(2) Coordinate designation is preferred on the left and top sides of the annunciator panel.
(3)   Letter height for coordinate designation should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes as viewed from a central, position within the primary operating area.
Cl 0 ~ , PATTERN RECOGNITION (1) The number of alarm tiles and the matrix density should be kept low (a maximum of 50 tiles per matrix is mggested).
(2) Tiles within an annunciator panel matrix should be grouped by subsystem, function, or other logical organization.
e,      OUTNF SERVICE ALARMS-Cues for prompt recognition of an out of.service annunciator should be designed into the system.
BLANK TILES-Blank or unused annunciator tiles should not be illuminated (except during annunciator testing).
8.3.3.4       VISUAL TILE LEGENDS
~.       UNAMBIGUOUS Annunciator              visual tile legends should be specific    and  unambiguous.
Wording should be in concise, short messages.
: b.       SINGULARITYAlarms which refer the operator to another, more detailed annunciator panel located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.
A-6
 
ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM                TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 6.3,3.4 VISUAL TILE LEGENDS (Cont'd)
: c. SPECIFICITY Tile legends should address specific conditions; for example, do not use one alarm for HIGH-LOW, TEMPFRATURE-PRESSUR E.
: d. ABBREVIATIONS-Abbreviations and acro-nyms should be consistent with those used elsewhere in the control room.
6.3.3.5  VISUAL TILE READABILITY
: a. DISTANCE-The operator should be able to read all the annunciator tiles from the position at the work station where the annunciator acknowledge control is located.
(1) Letter height should subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes, or .004 x viewing distance. The preferred visual angle is 20 minutes, or .006 x viewing dlstanceo (2)  Letter height should be identical for all tiles, based on the maximum viewing distance. Separate calculations should be made for stand.up and sitdown work stations.
: b. TYPE STYLE-The size and style of lettering should meet the following:
(1)  Type styles should be simple.
(2) Type styles should be consistent on all visual tiles.
(3)  Only upper-case    type should be used on visual tiles,
: c. LEGEND CONTRAST-Legends should pro-vide high contrast with the tile background.
(1) Legends should be engraved.
(2)   Legends should be dark lettering on      a light background.
: d. LETTER DIMENSIONS AND SPACING (1) Stroke. width.to-cnaracter-height      ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8.
(2) Letter width.to-height ratio should be between 1:1 and 3:5.
(3) Numeral width to.height ratio should be 3:5.
A-7
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                  TP-3.1 1 May  1983 6.3.3.5 VISUAL TILE READABILITY(Cont'd)
: d. LETTER DIMENSIONS AND SPACING                        N/A YES NO COMMENTS (Cont'd)
(4)  Minimum space between characters should be one stroke width.
(5) Minimum space between words should be the width of one character.
(6) Minimum space between lines should be one-half the character height.
6.3.4 .1  CONTROLS (See Exhibit 6.3 5.)
a ~    SILENCE (1) Each set of operator response controls should include a silence control.
(2) It should 'be possible to silence an auditory alert signal from any set of annunciator response controls in the
    >>>>      primary operating area.
b.:; ACKNOWLEDGE (1) A control should be provided to terminate the flashing of a visual tile and have it continue at steady illumination until the alarm is cleared.
(2)  Acknowledgement should be possible only at the work station where the alarm originated.
C. RESET (1)  If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be pro.
vided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared.
(2)  The reset control should silence any audible signal indicating clearance and should extinguish tile illumination.
(3) The reset control should be effective only at the work station for the annunciator panel where the alarm initiated.
: d. TEST (1)  A control to test the auditory signal and flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel should be provided.
(2)  Periodic testing of annunciators should be required and controlled by administrative procedure.
A-8
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                  TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983
.6.3.4.2    CONTROL SET D ESIGN                            K/A YES KO COMMENTS
: a. POSITIONING OF REPETITIVE GROUPS-Repetitive groups of annunciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations. This is to facilitate "blind" reaching.
: b. CONTROL CODING-Annunciator response controls should be coded for easy recognition, using techniques such as:
(1) Color coding; (2) color shading the group of annunciator
              'controls; (3)  demarcating the group of annunciator controls; or (4) shape coding, particularly the silence control. (See Exhibit 6.3.5, Example 2.)
C. NONDEFEATABLE CONTROLS Annunci                  ~
ator control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control. For example, some      pushbuttons used for annunciator silencing and acknowledgement can be held down by inserting a coin in the ring around the-pushbutton. This undesirable design feature should be eliminated.
6.3.4.3    ANNUNCIATOR RESPONSE PROCEDURES
: a. AVAILABILITY        Annunciator    response pro.
cedures    should be available    in the control room.
INDEXING-Annunciator response procedures should be indexed by panel identification and annunciator tile coordinates.
6.5.1.6    COLOR CODING
: a. REDUNDANCY-In all applications of color coding,     color should provide redundant information. That is, the pertinent information should be available from some other cue in addition to color,
: b.  ~ NUMBER OF COLORS (1) The number of colors used for coding should be kept to the minimum needed for providng sufficient information.
(2) The number of colors used for coding should not exceed 11.
A-9
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                   TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 8.5,1.6 COLOR CODING (Cont'd)
: c. MEANING OF COLORS (I) The meaning attached to a particular color should be narrowly defined.
(2) Red, green, and amber (yellow) should be reserved for the following uses:
Red: unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance.
Green: safe, no operator action required, or an indication that a parameter is within tolerance.
Green: safe, no operator action required, or an indication that a parameter is within tolerance.
Amber (yellow): hazard (potentially un-safe), caution, attention required, or an indication that a marginal value or parameter exists.d.CONSISTENCY OF MEANING (1)The meaning assigned to particular colors should be consistent across all applications within the control room.(2)The meaning of a particular color should remain the same whether applied to panel surfaces or projected in signal lights or on CR,Ts.N/A YES NO COMMENTS 6.6.6.2 D EM AR CAT ION b.C.USE-Lines of demarcation can be used to: (1)Enclose functionally related displays.{2)Enclose functionally related controls.(3)Group related controls and displays.CONTRAST-Lines of demarcation should be visually distinctive from the panel background.
Amber (yellow): hazard (potentially un-safe), caution, attention required, or an indication that a marginal value or parameter exists.
PERMANENCE-Lines of demarcation should be permanently attached.
: d. CONSISTENCY OF MEANING (1)   The meaning assigned to particular colors should be consistent across all applications within the control room.
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 AUDITORY ALERT SUBSYSTEM VISUAL ALARM SUBSYSTEM r OPERATOR RESPONSE SUBSYSTEM~~;51i--.""" 1 b Exhibit 6.3 l.Annunciator warning ayatern.,
(2) The meaning of a particular color should remain the same whether applied to panel surfaces or projected in signal lights or on CR,Ts.
ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983lCdenassesn ssceetn~$~A&ant Asonsaarc LHHtc Na Ssaaedede I y f t~~g~~~~4~idscary weal arsosnaceN nons a ooassseer MCS Non(san)Vscssd AnssssKsecor Tilt Accsrecson sorest(e ysnsd dorm tee sn nsssssnasew eorm INUnssnnnl end ncensssa cc~race nndss raednanc cnwcson Sl LS NCS" Control Ileonsnce (Any MCS Late(seel Ayenny SsoKS Ceeae.nK eenanson AKece"AC@HOWLS OQ S" Control Aeowsta (Only ec IICS Loeecnn Nw A srssss sit salas e asset I Islaossne ceases.(ssst Tik lternasnc Invnssnatad I s s 0sedsaesc end Aernedsacsan ol esotnnn ecessc essa+sear(ll Necssrnad to Normo I Mean I erson I Sssn~~~~~e
6.6.6.2   D EM AR CAT ION USE-Lines of demarcation can be used to:
~(Jsswssa Asses(dry Sslnel lor Cleared ANnss p~~~~q Vsosd Annssncsacar Tile Aetwtw~w Soecsel elcerssne den al vssssn Tria co lndscece"Owed ANnss"nsssr-Carnnd N~(Osey ce MCS Lacenon Nw Anssssncsetor ecnn)No Mole Assceese ar VsssMa A4nn TS Sl IAt Seals Soearln AenssKntar Cancln Sec Loaetsonl IKlioeM Accessory ANrc sianes end lsleanee AN vsosn Tiles sn Ndend Ansnnsesecor eorm(sl LSOSNO QQ~SessosneK Actsan g+g~oaeeccssr Acean~Aecd scecea ssdessn~Exhibit 6.3.2.Annunciator system preferred operational sequence.A-12 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 PIRST PRIORITY ALARMS~Plant shut down lraector trip, turbine trip)~Radiation release~Plant conditions which, lf not corrected immediately, will result in automatic plant shutdown or radi~tion ralaae.or will requite manual plant shutdown.SECOND PRIORITY ALARMS~Technical~ificetion violations which if not corrected will require plant Shutdown~Plant conditions which.If not corrected, mey Saad to plant shut down or radiation releases Tk(RO PRIORITY ALARMS~plant conditions reoresantina problems ie 9'yst&#x17d;daeredationI which effect plant ooarability but which should not lead to plant shutdovm, radiation release.or violation of technical xsecifications Exhibit 6.3 3.Three level annUnciator prioritization example.ecctnas'rsa corrteot aasiss VISUAL ALARMS W<<&<<<<8'sita<<i~isa'a I st~Grwtsaior s I Sita<<otHtsai
(1) Enclose functionally related displays.
~'st~OINISa Ol<<I I RELATED DISPLAYS gi>li aur~>ac'rto arts au<<rs R li<<i rtto arts~Hl El RE LATED CDNTRQLS CI I Exhibit 6.M.Vistral alarms located above thc related controls and displays.(From Seminara et ai., 1979).A-13 ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 19B3 E'xample 1 SILENCE ACKNOWLEDGE Example 2:::::: ANNUNCIATOR CONTROLS::::::
{2) Enclose functionally related controls.
: SILENCE.::.ACK RESET TEST RESET TEST Exhibit 6.3 5.Annunciator response controls.Color Serial Or<<eleetrOn number General color name ISCC NBS/rtunsett renotetron ol color.centroid name ISCC4<<SS Centroid number labor aviation)Color 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15'l6 17 18 19 20 21 22 white black yellow purOle orenee light blue red bull Orev creen purplish pink blue yellawieh pink violet or ance yellow purplish red are<<nish yellow reddish brown yellow creen yellOwith brOwn reddish or<<nile Olive areen 253 257 82 218 48 180 11 90 265 139 247 178 26 207 56 255 97 40 115 75 126 White black v.Y~.P v.O v.l.d v.R ey.Y med Gy v.G<<,pPk<<,8<<,yPk<<.V v.OY<<.oR v.aY a.rBr v.YG deco yBr v.rO d,OIG 2.5PB 9.5/0.2 N Odr 3.3Y 8.0/14.3 5.5P 4.3/9,2 4,1YR 5.5/15 0 2.7P8 7.9I6,0 5,OR 3.9/15 4 4.4Y 7.2/3.8 3.3GY 5.4IO 1 3.2G 4.9/11.1 5 BRP 6.8/9.0 2.9PB 4.1/104 S.4R 7.0/9.5 0.2P 3.7/10.1 8.6YR 7.3/15.2 7.3RP 4.4/11,4 9.1Y 8.2/12.0 0,3YR 3.1/9.9 6.4GY 6.8/1 1.2 B,BYR 3.l/5.0 94R S.4/14,5 B.0GY 2.2/3.6 Exhibit 6.5 7.Twenty two colors o(maximum contrast (tram Kelly, 1965).A-14 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX B DATA FORMS ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN APPENDIX 8 DATA FORMS TP-3.1 1 May 1983 TABLE OF CONTENTS Bl-MEASUREMENT, DATA FORMS Bl.l Linear Measurements 81.2 Sound Measurements 81.3 Light Measurements 82-OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 83-OBSERVATION CHECKLIST 84-DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST 85-ANALYSIS AIDS 85.1 Linear Measurements Analysis 85.2 Sound Mea sur ements Anal ys i s 85.3 Light Measurements Analysis 86-OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSIS 87-OBSERVATION CHECKLIST ANALYSIS 88-DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST ANALYSIS 89-SAMPLE HED REPORT FORM~Pa e 81.1-1 81.1-1 81.2-1 81.3-1 82-1 83-1 84-1 85'-1 85.1-1 85.2-1 85.3-1 86-1 87-1 88-1 89-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPENDIX Bl.l MEASUREMENTS DATA TP-3.1 1 May 1983 1.LINEAR MEASUREMENTS (LABELING)
(3)   Group related controls and displays.
: b. CONTRAST-Lines of demarcation should be visually distinctive from the panel background.
C. PERMANENCE-Lines of demarcation should be permanently attached.
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                         TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 AUDITORY ALERT SUBSYSTEM VISUAL ALARM SUBSYSTEM                 r OPERATOR RESPONSE SUBSYSTEM
                                  ~ ~
                                  ;51i
                                  --."""   1     b Exhibit 6.3 l. Annunciator warning ayatern.,
 
ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 Cdenassesn      ssceetn l
                            ~A&ant               Asonsaarc
                                                              ~      $
LHHtc           Na Ssaaedede I
y Vscssd AnssssKsecor f                                                       )
t ~~g~~~~4                                                               Tilt Accsrecson sorest(e ysnsd dorm tee sn nsssssnasew eorm
    ~ idscary weal arsosnaceN                                  INUnssnnnl end ncensssa cc ~ race nons a ooassseer MCS Non(san                                    nndss raednanc cnwcson "AC@HOWLS OQ S" Sl LS NCS"                                                   Control Aeowsta Control Ileonsnce                                       (Only ec IICS Loeecnn                Nw (Any MCS Late(seel                                                 A srssss sit salas e asset I Ayenny     SsoKS Ceeae.     nK                                 Islaossne ceases. (ssst       Tik eenanson    AKece                                            lternasnc Invnssnatad s
I s 0sedsaesc end Aernedsacsan ol esotnnn ecessc   essa+sear(ll Necssrnad to   Normo I
p  ~~~~q Vsosd Annssncsacar erson   I                         Tile Aetwtw~w Sssn~~~~~e Mean        I
                                            ~
(Jsswssa Asses(dry   Sslnel                   Soecsel elcerssne       den al vssssn lor Cleared    ANnss                      Tria co lndscece       "Owed ANnss Carnnd      N~
                                            "nsssr-(Osey ce MCS Lacenon Nw Anssssncsetor       ecnn)
No Mole Assceese ar VsssMa A4nn TS Sl IAt Seals Soearln AenssKntar                                                 LSOSNO Cancln     Sec Loaetsonl QQ  ~ SessosneK Actsan IKlioeMAccessory ANrc sianes end           lsleanee AN vsosn Tiles                       g+g ~ oaeeccssr Acean
                                                                                                            ~ Aecd scecea sn Ndend      Ansnnsesecor eorm(sl ssdessn ~
Exhibit 6.3.2. Annunciator system preferred operational sequence.
A-12
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN                                                             TP-3.1 1   Nay 1983 PIRST PRIORITY ALARMS                                               SECOND PRIORITY ALARMS
  ~ Plant shut down lraector trip, turbine trip)                       ~ Technical ~ificetion violations which if not corrected
  ~ Radiation release                                                     will require plant Shutdown
  ~ Plant conditions which, lf not corrected immediately,               ~ Plant conditions which. If not corrected, mey      Saad  to will result in automatic plant shutdown or radi ~ tion                 plant shut down or radiation releases ralaae. or will requite manual plant shutdown.
Tk(RO PRIORITY ALARMS
                                                                        ~ plant conditions reoresantina problems ie    9'yst' daeredationI which effect plant ooarability but which should not lead to plant shutdovm, radiation release. or violation of technical xsecifications Exhibit 6.3 3. Three level annUnciator prioritization example.
VISUAL ecctnas'rsa  corrteot  aasiss ALARMS W        <<&                <<<<
8' sita <<i~isa'     a I
st~ Grwtsaior   s I
Sita<<otHtsai     ~         'st~ OINISa Ol <<   I I                                                                                   RELATED DISPLAYS aur ~
                  >ac'rto li arts au<<rs                                       i rtto li arts~
RE LATED CDNTRQLS gi                                          R                                Hl        El CI I
Exhibit 6.M. Vistral alarms located above thc related controls and displays.
(From Seminara et ai., 1979).
A-13
 
ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM                                                     TP-3.1 1 Nay 19B3 E'xample 1 SILENCE         ACKNOWLEDGE Example 2
:::::: ANNUNCIATOR CONTROLS::::::
:   SILENCE         .::. ACK                 RESET       TEST RESET               TEST Exhibit 6.3 5. Annunciator response controls.
Color Serial     General                         ISCC NBS     /rtunsett renotetron ol color.
Or <<eleetrOn      color        centroid           name         ISCC4<<SS Centroid number           name          number        labor aviation)           Color 1       white                253              White          2.5PB 9.5/0.2 2        black              257                black          N        Odr 3        yellow                82              v.Y            3.3Y 8.0/14.3 4        purOle               218              ~ .P          5.5P 4.3/9,2 5        orenee                48              v.O            4,1YR 5.5/15 0 6        light blue           180              v.l.d          2.7P8 7.9I6,0 7        red                   11              v.R            5,OR 3.9/15 4 8        bull                  90               ey.Y          4.4Y 7.2/3.8 9        Orev                265                med Gy        3.3GY 5.4IO 1 10        creen                139              v.G            3.2G 4.9/11.1 11        purplish pink        247              <<,pPk         5 BRP 6.8/9.0 12        blue                178              <<,8           2.9PB 4.1/104 13        yellawieh pink        26              <<,yPk         S.4R 7.0/9.5 14        violet              207              <<.V            0.2P 3.7/10.1 15        or ance yellow        56              v.OY          8.6YR 7.3/15.2
                      'l6        purplish red        255              <<.oR          7.3RP 4.4/11,4 17        are<<nish yellow        97              v.aY          9.1Y 8.2/12.0 18        reddish brown          40              a.rBr        0,3YR 3.1 /9.9 19        yellow creen          115              v.YG          6.4GY 6.8/1 1.2 20        yellOwith brOwn          75            deco yBr      B,BYR 3.l/5.0 21        reddish or<<nile                        v.rO          94R S.4/14,5 22        Olive areen          126                d,OIG        B.0GY 2.2/3.6 Exhibit 6.5 7. Twenty two colors o( maximum contrast (tram Kelly, 1965).
A-14
 
TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX  B DATA FORMS
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 8 DATA FORMS TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                ~Pa e Bl - MEASUREMENT, DATA FORMS                  81.1-1 Bl.l  Linear Measurements                81.1-1 81.2 Sound Measurements                  81.2-1 81.3 Light Measurements                  81.3-1 82 - OPERATOR  INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE          82-1 83 - OBSERVATION CHECKLIST                      83-1 84 - DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST            84-1 85 - ANALYSIS AIDS                            85 '-1 85.Linear Measurements   Analysis      85.1-1
: 85. 2 Sound Mea sur ements Anal ys i s    85.2-1 85.3 Light Measurements Analysis      85. 3-1 86 - OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSIS  86-1 87 - OBSERVATION CHECKLIST ANALYSIS            87-1 88 - DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST ANALYSIS    88-1 89 - SAMPLE HED REPORT FORM                    89-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                                TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX  Bl.l MEASUREMENTS DATA
: 1. LINEAR MEASUREMENTS (LABELING) 1.1  Annunciator Light     Box (ALB) Summary    Labels - 6.3.3.1b(2).
: a. If there  are no summary labels, check here:
: b. If there  are summary labels, measure      and record in Table l.lb the following information:
ITEM NO.                 ITEM DESCRIPTION
: 1)        Character height
: 2)        Character width and/or numeral width
: 3)        Character strokewidth
: 4)        Character spacing
: 5)        Word spacing
: 6)        Line spacing TABLE 1 ~ lb ITEM    ALB-         ALB-         ALB-         ALB-        ALB-      ALB-      ALB-2.
3.
4.
6 ~
1.2  Tile Labeling - 6.3.3.5a(l)    and  a(2),  and  6.3.5.5d(1) through d(6).
a,  Measure and record in Table 1.2a the character height(s) used in the tiles. If  more than one size character is used, record the height for all of the represented heights. Also measure and record the farthest left and farthest right tile from its associated acknowledge station for each of the represented character heights (start at the left most acknowledge station and number the stations going clockwise around the MCB).
 
                                                                          ~ I'J ~ J 1  Nay 1983 APPENDIX  Bl.l MEASUREMENTS DATA 1.2 (Cont.)
TABLE  1.2a STA 1            STA 2              STA 3          STA 4        STA 5 CHAR HT    LEFT  RIGHT    LEFT  RIGHT    LEFT RIGHT        LEFT RIGHT  LEFT RIGHT
: b. For each acknowledge station in the table above, measure and record in Table 1.2b the height from the floor for the farthest left  and farthest right  tile  from  this same  table.
TABLE  1.2b TILE HEIGHT    FROM FLOOR CHAR HT      STA  1          STA 2            STA 3          STA 4      STA 5 Bl.l-2
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 May 19B3 APPENDIX B1.1 MEASUREMENTS DATA
: c. Measure and record the  following for  each of the different character heights from a, above:
TABLE  1.2c CHAR/NUM      STROKE        CHAR          WORD        LINE HT  (ref)        WIDTH        WIDTH      SPACING      SPACING      SPACING 1.3  Data Reduction and  Analysis.
For data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref. B5.1).
B1.1-3
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPENDIX B1.2 MEASUREMENTS DATA
                                              'P-3.1                  1 Hay 1983
: 2. SOUND MEASUREMENTS  (AUDIBLE SIGNALS) 2.1  Annunciator Audible Alarms - 6.3.2.1a.
Measure the sound level in dB(A)    for each annunciator audible alarm at each of the following operator    positions:
TABLE 2 MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS ALARM                                    TURB      ELEC  RAD MON    OP'S LOCATION    POS 1    POS  2      CONT    GEN      DIST  CONSOLE    DESK 2.
3.
4, 5.
2.2  Data Reduction and  Analysis.
For data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref. B5.2).
B1 ~ 2-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                            TP-3.1 1  Nay 1983 APPENDIX B1.3 MEASUREMENTS DATA
: 3. LIGHT MEASUREMENTS (TILE FLASH CHARACTERISTICS)    - 6.3.5b(l) and 6.3.3.2b 3.1  Using the Flash Comparator, measure the  flash rate of tiles in alarm and  in clear, Record the rates.
Alarm Flash Rate:
Cleared Flash Rate:
3.2  Using the Flash Comparator, measure  the on-off  ratio for the  alarm flash rate  and cleared flash rate.
On-Off Ratio (Alarm):
On-Off Ratio (Cleared):
B3.1-1
 
ANNONCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENOIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. The  following are questions concerning the general layout, functional organization, and operational considerations in your control room. Host of the questions will require a YES or NO answer, with some additional information.
0
: 2. When  you have comments or suggestions,    use the space provided below each  question. If.you need  additional room, use the backs of the sheets.
: 3. If you  do not understand    a question, please ask the monitor for clarification.
: 4. Please answer    all of the questions as completely as possible.
: 5. Take as much time as you need      to complete the questionnaire.
: 6. All of your answers, and your biographical information, will be kept in the strictest confidence and will be used to aid in the of the detailed control room design review.              'erformance PLEASE BEGIN 82-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1  Hay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERYIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
'BIOGRAPHICAL DATA:
Name:                                                      Age:
Sex:                        Height:                        Weight:
Current Position/Title:
: 1. Do you have  a  current reacto~ operator's license'?    YES    NO
: 2. Amount  of licensed experience at this plant:
: 3. Total amount licensed experience:
: 4. Related experience and amount (example:      operator-trainee, Hodge NPP Unit 1, 1 yr.):
: 5. 'ducation:
a . Highest level attained:
be  Specialized Schools or courses    (list):
: 6. Military experience:
B2-2
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                                TP-3.1 1  Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
: l. Do  you have a first out annunciator panel where only the tile assoc-iated with the reactor trip event illuminates and all 'subsequent alarms on that panel are "locked out"?                                          YES  NO
: 2. Do  you 'know of any automatic reactor trip functions that do not have      a separate annunciator tile on the first out panel (either missing or shared with other functions)?                                                    YES  NO
: 3. Are the annunciator    panels in the control room  identified by a  label a bov e each panel?                                                              YES  NO
: 4. From your primary operating area, can you read      all annunciator panel labels with a minimum of effort?                                                YES  NO
: 5. Is the annunciator system    priority coded  by color, position,  shape, or symbolic coding of the    tiles?                                              YES  NO
: 6. Does  your annunciator system use color coding?                                YES  NO
: 7. Are there more than eleven colors used    for coding the panels?                YES  NO B2-3
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE B. Is there a standard meaning attached to the colors used for coding the panels?                                                              YES  NO
: 9. Is the color red ever used for a condition other than unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or as an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance?                                  YES  NO
: 10. Is the color green ever used for a condition other than safe, no operator action required, or as an indication that a parameter is within tolerance?                                                        YES  NO 1'l.. Is the color  amber (yellow) ever used for a condition other than hazard  (potentially unsafe), caution, attention requir ed, or as an indication that  a marginal value or parameter exists?                  YES  NO
: 12. Do you know  of any unnecessary  color coding on the annunciator panels?                                                                  YES  NO
: 13. Do you know of any colors that are not used consistently across all applications within the control room, from panel-to-panel or in signal lights and  on CRTs?                                              YES  NO B2-4
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                          TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 14. Are  auditory signals priority coded by pulse, frequency change (warbling), intensity, or different frequencies for different signals?                                                                  YES  NO
: 15. If you  have separate alarm horns, can you easily identify the work station or system  where the auditory signal originated?                  YES  NO
: 16. Do you have  different  alarm horns    for work areas  not at the main control board?                                                            YES  NO
: 17. If the auditory alarm signal has only one source, is the sound coded to direct you to different work areas?                                    YES  NO II
: 18. Do any  of the alarm horns startle or irr itate    you?                  YES  NO
: 19. If you have different alarm horns, do any of them sound too loud or too soft in comparison to the others at your normal work station?          YES  NO
: 20. Do you have a  silence control with each set of response controls in your primary operating ar    ea'?                                          YES  NO B2-5
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                            TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 21. Is a control provided which terminates a flashing visual        tile,  but allows a steady illumination until the alarm'is cleared'                        YES  NO
: 22. Can you acknowledge      an alarm from more than one response  control ar ea?                                                                          YES  NO
: 23. If cleared    alarms do  not reset automatically, do you have    a control to reset    them you'rsel f?                                                    YES  NO
: 24. Does the reset control silence the auditory signal as well as extin-guish the illumination?                                                        YES  NO
: 25. Does  the reset control operate from more than one response control area?                                                                          YES  NO
: 26. Can you    defeat any of the annunciator controls, such as locking out the audible alarm or locking down the acknowledge control?                      YES  NO
: 27. Can you    test the auditory    and  flashing illumination signals of all tils  for  each panel?                                                        YES  NO B2-6
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                                TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 28. Is there an administrative procedure that controls the periodic testing of all annunciators?                                                  YES  NO
: 29. Are  all tiles dark on annunciator panels when    no alarm is indicated?    YES  NO
: 30. Can you  easily tell if a tile is normally    on  for an extended  dura-tion during normal operating conditions?                                      YES  NO
: 31. Are you immediately aware  if an annunciator    tile is out of service?      YES  NO
: 32. Can you  immediately determine when the flasher of an alarm      tile fails?                                                                        YES  NO
: 33. Do  you know of any alarms  that occur  so frequently that    you consider them a nuisance?                                                              YES  NO B2-7
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                            TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 34. Do  you know  of any alarms that do not give you ample time to respond to  a  warning condition?                                                      YES  NO
: 35. When  responding to an alarm tile, can you readily locate the controls and  displays required for corrective or diagnostic action?                  YES  NO
: 36. Do you have access      to annunciator response procedures in the control room?                                                                          YES  NO
: 37. Do  you know  of  any alarms which require you to obtain additional    infor-mation from    a  source outside of the control room area?                    YES    NO
: 38. Are there too many alarms which require      additional information from panels outside your operating area?                                            YES  NO 82-8
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                              TP-3.1 1 May  1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 39. If alarms are used that require information outside the control room, do they  allow you ample time to respond'                              YES  NO
: 40. Are alarms provided    for shared  equipment in  all control rooms?          YES  NO 4l. Is there a status display or signal provided for shared equipment in all control rooms which indicates that the equipment is currently being operated?                                                              YES  NO
: 42. Do  you have any  tiles with  dual messages  such as HIGH-LOW?              YES  NO
: 43. Does  the multi-input alarm have a    ref lash capability that ref lashes the visual tile after an auditory    alert even if the first alarm has not been cleared?                                                            YES  NO B2-9
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN                      TP-3.1 1 Nay 19B3 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
: 44. Do multi-input annunciators provide you with an alarm printout?    YES  NO
: 45. Does the multi-input alarm typer have sufficient speed to print the alarm data fast enough for your needs?                          YES  NO
: 46. Does the alarm typer ever skip or loose information, or garble (mix up) the printing?                                              YES  NO B2-10
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM                              TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERYATIONS CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS
: l. Using the attached    checklist,  make  all the noted observations.
: 2. Record  all necessary  information in the comments column to justify an  N/A check and    to detail a NO check.
: 3. Insure that all comments for NO checks include component, instrument, panel, equipment, etc. identification and location information.
: 4. Initiate  HED reports  on  all NO checks per the  directions contained in the checklist analysis aids.
83-1
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A  YES  NO    COMMENTS.
: 1. A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system - 6.3.1.3a(1).
: 2. A separate first out panel is recommended for the turbine-generator system that is func-tionally similar to the reactor system panel - 6.3.1.3b.
: 3. First out panels should be
  ,located above their main work
,. stations - 6.3.1.3c.
  .,4. All first out panels should conform to the general auditory and visual items in the rest of this checklist - 6.3.1.3d.
: 5. A small number (2-4) of levels of priority coding are used-6.3.1.4a(l).
: 6. Priority coding of color, posi-tion, shape, or symbol is used for .
visual signals - 6.3.1.4b(1).
B3-2
 
ANNUNC IATOR SYSTEN              TP-3.1 "1 Nay  l983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO    COMMENTS
: 7. Auditory signal priority coding may be used - 6.3.1.4b(2).
: 8. If more than one, each audi-tory signal should sound at approxi-mately equal loudness at normal work.tations in the primary opera-ting area - 6.3.2.ld.
: 9. An auditory signal should capture the operator's attention but should not irritate or cause a startled reaction - 6.3.2.1c.
: 10. Separate auditory signals at each work station within the pri-mary operating area are recom-mended - 6D.2.1f.
ll. The operator should be able to identify the work station or area where the auditory alert origi-nated - 6.3.2.lf.
: 12. The auditory signal should automatically reset when silenced - 6.3.2.le.
B3"3
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM              TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A  YES  NO    COMMENTS
: 13. When an alarm clears (or is cleared) there should be a dedi-cated, distinct audible signal with a finite duration - 6.3.1.5a.
: 14. Auditory alert signal(s), if adjustable, should be controlled by administrative procedure-6.3.2.1b.
: 15. The specific title(s) in an ALB
'should visually flash to indicate an alarm condition - 6.3.3.2a.
: 16. In case of flasher  failure, an alarming  tile should illuminate  and burn steadily - 6.3.3.2c.
: 17. Contrast between tiles should present no problem discriminating between alarming, steady-on, and steady-off conditions - 63.3.2d.
B3-4


===1.1 Annunciator===
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM             TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIZ B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES       COMMENTS
Light Box (ALB)Summary Labels-6.3.3.1b(2).
: 18. Under normal (nonalarmed) conditions no annunciator tiles should be illuminated - 6.3.3.2e.
a.If there are no summary labels, check here: b.If there are summary labels, measure and record in Table l.lb the following information:
: 19. If a tile must be on for an extended period during normal operations it should be distinc-tively coded for positive recog-nition during this period (see also 6.3.3.2f(2), item 2c on the Document Review. Checklist)-
ITEM NO.1)2)3)4)5)6)ITEM DESCRIPTION Character height Character width and/or numeral width Character strokewidth Character spacing Word spacing Line spacing TABLE 1~lb ITEM ALB-ALB-ALB-ALB-ALB-ALB-ALB-2.3.4.6~1.2 Tile Labeling-6.3.3.5a(l) and a(2), and 6.3.5.5d(1) through d(6).a, Measure and record in Table 1.2a the character height(s)used in the tiles.If more than one size character is used, record the height for all of the represented heights.Also measure and record the farthest left and farthest right tile from its associated acknowledge station for each of the represented character heights (start at the left most acknowledge station and number the stations going clockwise around the MCB).
APPENDIX Bl.l MEASUREMENTS DATA~I'J~J 1 Nay 1983 1.2 (Cont.)TABLE 1.2a STA 1 STA 2 STA 3 STA 4 STA 5 CHAR HT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT b.For each acknowledge station in the table above, measure and record in Table 1.2b the height from the floor for the farthest left and farthest right tile from this same table.TABLE 1.2b TILE HEIGHT FROM FLOOR CHAR HT STA 1 STA 2 STA 3 STA 4 STA 5 Bl.l-2 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPENDIX B1.1 MEASUREMENTS DATA TP-3.1 1 May 19B3 c.Measure and record the following for each of the different character heights from a, above: TABLE 1.2c CHAR/NUM HT (ref)WIDTH STROKE WIDTH CHAR SPACING WORD SPACING LINE SPACING 1.3 Data Reduction and Analysis.For data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref.B5.1).B1.1-3 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPENDIX B1.2 MEASUREMENTS DATA'P-3.1 1 Hay 1983 2.SOUND MEASUREMENTS (AUDIBLE SIGNALS)2.1 Annunciator Audible Alarms-6.3.2.1a.Measure the sound level in dB(A)for each annunciator audible alarm at each of the following operator positions:
TABLE 2 ALARM LOCATION MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS POS 1 POS 2 CONT TURB ELEC RAD MON OP'S GEN DIST CONSOLE DESK 2.3.4, 5.2.2 Data Reduction and Analysis.For data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref.B5.2).B1~2-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B1.3 MEASUREMENTS DATA 3.LIGHT MEASUREMENTS (TILE FLASH CHARACTERISTICS)
-6.3.5b(l)and 6.3.3.2b 3.1 Using the Flash Comparator, measure the flash rate of tiles in alarm and in clear, Record the rates.Alarm Flash Rate: Cleared Flash Rate: 3.2 Using the Flash Comparator, measure the on-off ratio for the alarm flash rate and cleared flash rate.On-Off Ratio (Alarm): On-Off Ratio (Cleared):
B3.1-1 ANNONCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENOIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE INSTRUCTIONS 1.The following are questions concerning the general layout, functional organization, and operational considerations in your control room.Host of the questions will require a YES or NO answer, with some additional information.
0 2.When you have comments or suggestions, use the space provided below each question.If.you need additional room, use the backs of the sheets.3.If you do not understand a question, please ask the monitor for clarification.
4.Please answer all of the questions as completely as possible.5.Take as much time as you need to complete the questionnaire.
6.All of your answers, and your biographical information, will be kept in the strictest confidence and will be used to aid in the'erformance of the detailed control room design review.PLEASE BEGIN 82-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERYIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE
'BIOGRAPHICAL DATA: Name: Age: Sex: Height: Weight: Current Position/Title:
1.Do you have a current reacto~operator's license'?YES NO 2.Amount of licensed experience at this plant: 3.Total amount licensed experience:
4.Related experience and amount (example: operator-trainee, Hodge NPP Unit 1, 1 yr.): 5.'ducation:
a.Highest level attained: be Specialized Schools or courses (list): 6.Military experience:
B2-2 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE l.Do you have a first out annunciator panel where only the tile assoc-iated with the reactor trip event illuminates and all'subsequent alarms on that panel are"locked out"?YES NO 2.Do you'know of any automatic reactor trip functions that do not have a separate annunciator tile on the first out panel (either missing or shared with other functions)?
YES NO 3.Are the annunciator panels in the control room identified by a label a bov e each panel?YES NO 4.From your primary operating area, can you read all annunciator panel labels with a minimum of effort?YES NO 5.Is the annunciator system priority coded by color, position, shape, or symbolic coding of the tiles?YES NO 6.Does your annunciator system use color coding?YES NO 7.Are there more than eleven colors used for coding the panels?YES NO B2-3 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE B.Is there a standard meaning attached to the colors used for coding the panels?YES NO 9.Is the color red ever used for a condition other than unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or as an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance?
YES NO 10.Is the color green ever used for a condition other than safe, no operator action required, or as an indication that a parameter is within tolerance?
YES NO 1'l..Is the color amber (yellow)ever used for a condition other than hazard (potentially unsafe), caution, attention requir ed, or as an indication that a marginal value or parameter exists?YES NO 12.Do you know of any unnecessary color coding on the annunciator panels?YES NO 13.Do you know of any colors that are not used consistently across all applications within the control room, from panel-to-panel or in signal lights and on CRTs?YES NO B2-4 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 14.Are auditory signals priority coded by pulse, frequency change (warbling), intensity, or different frequencies for different signals?YES NO 15.If you have separate alarm horns, can you easily identify the work station or system where the auditory signal originated?
YES NO 16.Do you have different alarm horns for work areas not at the main control board?YES NO 17.If the auditory alarm signal has only one source, is the sound coded to direct you to different work areas?YES NO II 18.Do any of the alarm horns startle or irr itate you?YES NO 19.If you have different alarm horns, do any of them sound too loud or too soft in comparison to the others at your normal work station?YES NO 20.Do you have a silence control with each set of response controls in your primary operating ar ea'?YES NO B2-5 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE 21.Is a control provided which terminates a flashing visual tile, but allows a steady illumination until the alarm'is cleared'YES NO 22.Can you acknowledge an alarm from more than one response control ar ea?YES NO 23.If cleared alarms do not reset automatically, do you have a control to reset them you'rsel f?YES NO 24.Does the reset control silence the auditory signal as well as extin-guish the illumination?
YES NO 25.Does the reset control operate from more than one response control area?YES NO 26.Can you defeat any of the annunciator controls, such as locking out the audible alarm or locking down the acknowledge control?YES NO 27.Can you test the auditory and flashing illumination signals of all tils for each panel?YES NO B2-6 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE 28.Is there an administrative procedure that controls the periodic testing of all annunciators?
YES NO 29.Are all tiles dark on annunciator panels when no alarm is indicated?
YES NO 30.Can you easily tell if a tile is normally on for an extended dura-tion during normal operating conditions?
YES NO 31.Are you immediately aware if an annunciator tile is out of service?YES NO 32.Can you immediately determine when the flasher of an alarm tile fails?YES NO 33.Do you know of any alarms that occur so frequently that you consider them a nuisance?YES NO B2-7 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 34.Do you know of any alarms that do not give you ample time to respond to a warning condition?
YES NO 35.When responding to an alarm tile, can you readily locate the controls and displays required for corrective or diagnostic action?YES NO 36.Do you have access to annunciator response procedures in the control room?YES NO 37.Do you know of any alarms which require you to obtain additional infor-mation from a source outside of the control room area?YES NO 38.Are there too many alarms which require additional information from panels outside your operating area?YES NO 82-8 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 39.If alarms are used that require information outside the control room, do they allow you ample time to respond'YES NO 40.Are alarms provided for shared equipment in all control rooms?YES NO 4l.Is there a status display or signal provided for shared equipment in all control rooms which indicates that the equipment is currently being operated?YES NO 42.Do you have any tiles with dual messages such as HIGH-LOW?YES NO 43.Does the multi-input alarm have a ref lash capability that ref lashes the visual tile after an auditory alert even if the first alarm has not been cleared?YES NO B2-9 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 Nay 19B3 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 44.Do multi-input annunciators provide you with an alarm printout?YES NO 45.Does the multi-input alarm typer have sufficient speed to print the alarm data fast enough for your needs?YES NO 46.Does the alarm typer ever skip or loose information, or garble (mix up)the printing?YES NO B2-10 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERYATIONS CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS l.Using the attached checklist, make all the noted observations.
2.Record all necessary information in the comments column to justify an N/A check and to detail a NO check.3.Insure that all comments for NO checks include component, instrument, panel, equipment, etc.identification and location information.
4.Initiate HED reports on all NO checks per the directions contained in the checklist analysis aids.83-1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST TP-3.1 1 May 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS.1.A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system-6.3.1.3a(1).
2.A separate first out panel is recommended for the turbine-generator system that is func-tionally similar to the reactor system panel-6.3.1.3b.3.First out panels should be ,located above their main work ,.stations-6.3.1.3c..,4.All first out panels should conform to the general auditory and visual items in the rest of this checklist-6.3.1.3d.5.A small number (2-4)of levels of priority coding are used-6.3.1.4a(l).
6.Priority coding of color, posi-tion, shape, or symbol is used for.visual signals-6.3.1.4b(1).
B3-2 ANNUNC IATOR SYSTEN APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST TP-3.1"1 Nay l983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 7.Auditory signal priority coding may be used-6.3.1.4b(2).
8.If more than one, each audi-tory signal should sound at approxi-mately equal loudness at normal work.tations in the primary opera-ting area-6.3.2.ld.9.An auditory signal should capture the operator's attention but should not irritate or cause a startled reaction-6.3.2.1c.10.Separate auditory signals at each work station within the pri-mary operating area are recom-mended-6D.2.1f.ll.The operator should be able to identify the work station or area where the auditory alert origi-nated-6.3.2.lf.12.The auditory signal should automatically reset when silenced-6.3.2.le.B3"3 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST TP-3.1 1 May 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 13.When an alarm clears (or is cleared)there should be a dedi-cated, distinct audible signal with a finite duration-6.3.1.5a.14.Auditory alert signal(s), if adjustable, should be controlled by administrative procedure-6.3.2.1b.15.The specific title(s)in an ALB'should visually flash to indicate an alarm condition-6.3.3.2a.16.In case of flasher failure, an alarming tile should illuminate and burn steadily-6.3.3.2c.17.Contrast between tiles should present no problem discriminating between alarming, steady-on, and steady-off conditions
-63.3.2d.B3-4 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPENDIZ B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES COMMENTS TP-3.1 1 May 1983 18.Under normal (nonalarmed) conditions no annunciator tiles should be illuminated
-6.3.3.2e.19.If a tile must be on for an extended period during normal operations it should be distinc-tively coded for positive recog-nition during this period (see also 6.3.3.2f(2), item 2c on the Document Review.Checklist)-
6.3.3.2f(1).
6.3.3.2f(1).
20.Cleared tiles should have either a special flash rate, a reduced brightness, or a special color-6.3.1.5b(l) through b(3).21.All tiles associated with a given acknowledge control should be readable when operating that control-6.3.3.5a.22.Character style on all tiles should be
: 20. Cleared tiles should have either  a special flash rate, a reduced brightness, or a special color - 6.3.1.5b(l) through b(3).
: 21. All tiles associated with a given acknowledge control should be readable when operating that control - 6.3.3.5a.
: 22. Character style on all tiles should be simple - 6 3.3.5b(l).
: 23. Character style should be consistent on all tiles - 6 3.3.5b(2).
B3-5
 
ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983
                                        ,'PPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES  NO  COMMENTS
: 24. Character style should be uppercase on all tiles - 6.3.3.5b(3).
: 25. Tile legends should have high contrast with the tile background-6.3.3.5c.
: 26. Tile legends should be engraved - 6.3.3.5c(1).
: 27. Tile legends should be dark and opaque on a light and trans-lucent background - 6.3.3.5c(2).
: 28. Tile legends should be specific, unambiguous, concise, and short - 6.3.3.

Latest revision as of 00:58, 4 February 2020

Rev 1 to Program Plan Rept for Detailed Control Room Design Review for Indiana & Michigan Electric Co,Dc Cook Units 1 & 2 to Nrc.
ML17334A494
Person / Time
Site: Cook  American Electric Power icon.png
Issue date: 12/02/1983
From:
AMERICAN ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE CORP., CANYON RESEARCH CORP., WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC COMPANY, DIV OF CBS CORP.
To:
Shared Package
ML17320A900 List:
References
RTR-NUREG-0737, RTR-NUREG-737 PROC-831202, NUDOCS 8401040196
Download: ML17334A494 (202)


Text

Revision 1 Oecember 2, 1983 PROGRAM PLAN REPORT for a DETAILED CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW for Indiana and Michigan Electric Company Donald C.Cook Units 1 and 2 to The United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission prepared by American Electric Power Service Corporation and Westinghouse Canyon

'lectric Research Corporation Group 840i04019h 83i229

, PDR ADQCK 050003i5 F - - -'PDR

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title ~Pa e INTRODUCTION l-l. General 1-2. Background 1-2 1-3. Plant Description 1-2 1"4. Definition of Control Rooms 1-2 1-5. Control Room Status 1"3 1-6. Scope of the Program 1-3 Objectives of the Program 1-4 DCRDR Program Activities 1-5 1-9. Definition of Terms 1-7 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 2-1 2-1. Purpose 2-1 2-2. DCRDR Team Interfaces 2-1 2-3. Management Function 2-1 2-4. Project Review Team 2-2 2-5. Design Review Team 2-2 2-6. Assessment Team 2-4 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 3-1 3-1. Introduction 3-1 3-2. Reference Documentation 3"1 3-3. DCRDR-Generated Documentation 3-2 3-4. Document Control 3-3 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE I, PLANNING 4-1. Introduction 4-1 4-2. DCRDR Milestones 4-1 4-3. Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report 4-1 6755B:1/112583

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)

Section Title ~pa e DESCRIPTION OF PHASE II, REVIEW 5-1 5-1. Introduction 5-1 5-2. Review Phase Staffing 5-1 5-3. Methodology for Review Phase Tasks 5-2 5-4. Task 1

-- Operating Experience Review 5-2 5-5. Task 2 System Function and Task Analysis 5-3 5-6. Task 3 Control Room Inventory, 5-3 5-7. Task 4 -- Control Room Human Factors Survey 5-3 5-8. Workspace Survey 5-4 5-9. Anthropometric Survey 5-4 5-10. Emergency Equipment Survey 5-5 5-11. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Survey 5-4 5-12. Illumination Survey 5-5 5-13. Ambient Noise Survey 5-5 5-14. Maintainability Survey 5-5 5-15. Communications Survey 5-5 5-16. Annunciator Systems Review 5-6 5-17. Control s Survey 5-6 5-18. Displays Survey 5-6 5-19. Labels and Location Aids 5-6 5-20. Computer System Review 5-6 5-21. Conventions Survey 5-7 5-22. Task 5 -- Verification of Control Room Function 5-7 5-23. Task 6 -- Validation of Control Room Functions 5-7 5-24. Products of the Review Phase 5-7 6755B:1/112583

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)

Section Ti tl e ~Pa e DESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-A, ASSESSMENT 6-1 6-1. Introduction 6-1 6-2. Methodology 6-2 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-B, IMPLEMENTATION 7-1 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE IV, REPORTING 8-1 COORDINATION WITH NUREG 0737, SUPPLEMENT 1, ACTIVITIES 9-1 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10-1

SUMMARY

Appendix A LiST OF ABBREVIATIONS A-1 Appendix B RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL B-l Appendix C ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY TASK PLAN C-1 6755B:1/112583

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Fi<iure Ti tie ~Pa e Relationship of NUREG 0660 Task Action Items 1-2 General Arrangement Drawing of Donald C. Cook Units 1 and 2 Control Rooms 1"3 Functional Layout Drawing of Donald C. Cook Unit 1 Control Room Panels 1-13 Functional Layout Drawing of Donald C. Cook Unit 2 Control Room Panels 1-15 1-5 List of Abbreviations and Functions for Control Panels 1-17 1-6 Four Major Phase Activities for the DCROR Program 1-19 2-1 OCRDR Program Organization Structure 2-5 2-2 DCRDR Program Review Team Interfaces During Planning 2-7 2-3 OCROR Program Review Team Interfaces During Review 2-9 OCROR Program Review Team Interfaces During Assessment 2-11 2"5 OCRDR Program Review Team Interfaces During Imple-mentation 2-13 2-6 DCRDR Program Review Team Interfaces During Reporting 2-15 4-1 Planning Phase Development Outline 4-3 4-2 OCRDR Program Schedule for Phases I and II 4-5 6755B:1/112583

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (cont)

~Fi ure Ti tl e ~pa e 6-1 Assessment Methodology Chart 6-3 6-2 Human Engineering Discrepancy Evaluation Flow Chart 6-5 6-3 HEO Category Guidelines 6-7 8"1 Sample of Program Summary Report Format (2 Sheets) 8-3 9-1 Schedule of Performance 9-3 6755B: 1/112583 viii

SECTION I INTRODUCTION 1-1. GENERAL This Program Plan Report describes the plan to perform a detailed control room design review (OCROR) of the Donald C. Cook Units 1 and 2 nuclear power generation stations operated by the Indiana and Michigan Electric Comoany

( IEMECo) .

The purpose of the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program is to study and evaluate, from a human engineering point of view, the total control room work space, environment, instrumentation, controls, and other equipment for both system demands and operator capabilities and to identify, assess, and recommend control room design modifications/enhancements to correct identified inadequacies in the existing design.

The approach of the DCROR Program will be to perform a total review on the Unit control room. Then a review of the Unit 2 control room will be done to 1

determine the differences between units. The Unit 2 control room review will be based on the results of the Unit 1 review, with all differences being addressed separately. Therefore, this review technique will ensure that all asoec s of he Units 1 and 2 control .ooms will be evaluated for huaan rac:ors.

This program is part of an integrated plan to address the TMI-related actions referenced in TMI-2 Action Plan, NUREG-0660. The plan will include a consideration of the relationship or the DCROR Program with NUREG 0737, Supplement 1

( figure 1-1), including the following:

I

~ Designing control room modifications which correc conditions adverse to safety (reducing significant contributions to risk) and considering the addition of the instrumentation necessary to implement Regulatory Guide 1.97 6755B:I/062883

~ Verifying the safety parameter display system (SPOS), data display, and function

~ Using selected plant-specific, symptom-based emergency operating procedures for verifying and validating control room functions

~ Communication interface with the Technical Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility, and the Operating Support Center IKMECo has commi tted the necessary r esources, including Ynowleageable management and technical personnel from the plant staff, American Electric Power Service Corporation (AEPSC). technical consultants from Westinghouse Electric Corporation, and human actors specialists From Canyon Research Group to effec the program cefined herein.

1-2. BACKGROUNO 1-3 Plant Oes-, i-t on The Indiana ana Michigan Electric Company is currently ooerating a two-unit nuclear power plant located along the eastern shore of Lake Michigan in Lake Township, Berrien County, Michigan, approximateiy ' miles south-sou hwest or Benton Harbor.

This Facili y has been designated the Donald C. Cook Ur.i: s 1 and 2 wnich began commercial operation in August of 1975 and July or 1979,'esoectively. =ach unit contains s Westinghouse-supplied four-loop nuclear steam suoply system (Unit 1 3250M<t, 1030 KdeNet and Unit 2 3411 'Kft, 1100 i&feNet). 'one turbine generators for Units 1 and 2 were rurnisned oy General "=;ectric anc Brown Boveri, respectively. The architect~'engineer For both uni:s is AEPSC.

1-4. Oefinition of Control Rooms The Oonald C. Cook Units 1 and 2 control rooms are essentially identical. The control room for each unit is defined, For the purposes of the OCRDR Program, 6755B: I/062883 1-2

as the panels and other equipment in the main control board area including the SPDS displays and the hot shutdown panels. A general arrangement drawing is illustrated in figure 1-2; functional layout drawings of the control room panels are shown in figures 1-3 and 1-4, and a comprehensive tabulation of this material is shown in figure 1-5.

1"5. Control Room Status The main control boards are operational and complete except for those areas of activity which are now being performed to address the requirements set forth by NUREG 0737, Supplement 1.

1-6. SCOPE OF THE PROGRAM The Detailed Control Room Design Review Program covers the human engineering review of the vertical operational and associated hot shutdown panels identified in paragraph 1-4, and the control room workspace and environment.

The equipment to be reviewed includes all displays, controls, peripheral consoles, communication equipment, ancillary devices, and other main control board components with which the control room operators interface.

During the review process, the government regulations and guidelines listed below and other related industry standards and guidelines will be used for information or background:

~ NUREG 0659 (staff supplement to 1580)

~ NUREG 0660 (action plan as a result of TMI-2 accident)

~ NUREG 0694 (TMI-related requirement for new operating licensees)

~ NUREG 0696 (functional criteria for emergency response facilities)"

~ NUREG 0700 (control room human engineering guidelines)

~ NUREG 0737 (clarification of TMI action plan requirements) 6755B:I/062883 1-3

~ NUREG 0737, Supplement I (requirements for emergency response capability) e NUREG 0801 (draft evaluation criteria for control room design review)

~ NUREG 0814 (methodology for evaluation of emergency response facilities)

~ NUREG 0835 (human factors acceptance criteria for SPDS)

~ NUREG 0899 (guidelines for the preparation of emergency operating procedures)

~ Regulatory Guide 1.47 (bypassed and inoperable status indication)

~ Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2 (postaccident monitoring instrumentation) 1-7. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAM The Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be conducted to achieve the following objectives:

~ Determine whether the existing control room design provides the system status information, control capabilities, feedback, and analytical aids necessary for control room operators to perform their functions effectively

~ Identify characteristics of the existing control room instrumentation, controls, other equipment, and physical arrangements which may significantly impair/impede control room operator performance

~ Analyze and evaluate the problems which could occur during emergency conditions, and identify means of correcting those discrepancies which could lead to substantial operational or safety concerns 6755B:I/062883 1-4

~ Verify and validate the proposed means of correction to provide an effective plan of action which applies human factors principles to improve the control'oom design and enhance operator efficiency and effectiveness

~ Integrate the OCRDR Program with other area of human factors identified in the NRC Task Action Plan

~ Provide effective coordination of control room enhancements and/or modifications with identifications of NUREG 0696 and Regulatory Guide 1.97 considerations, plant operating/emergency procedures development, and the implementation of training as necessary to ensure that control room operators can function adequately with any control room design changes

~ Ensure that the results of this total effort meet the intent of NUREG 0737, Item I.D.l, and NUREG 0700. In addition, perform the OCROR Program cognizant of these documents as clarified in NUREG 0737, Supplement 1, Item 5.2.a 1-8. OCROR PROGRAM ACTIVITIES The design review process will address four major phases of activity (figure 1-6):

o PHASE I PLANNiNG ( secti on, 4) . The Program Plan Report for the D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 DCROR and the preliminary Control Room Human Engineering Criteria (CRHEC) Report will provide the basis for the design review.

~ PHASE II -- REVIEW (section .5). During the Review'hase, data will be collected, reduced, and analyzed to observe and document whether the existing control room design provides operators with the capabilities necessary to perform their function and tasks under normal and 67558:1/062883 1-5

emergency operating conditions. Results of Phase II activity will generate task summary reports and a listing of departures from the Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report.

~ PHASE III-A ASSESSMENT (section 6). Ouring this phase, an assessment will be made of the significance and impact of the departures from the CRHEC reports identified in Phase II. For those 'departures assessed as signifi-cant, recommended design changes/enhancements will be developed.

o PHASE III-B -- IMPLEMENTATION (section 7). After the assessment has II been completed and all corrective actions identified, a schedule will be developed to ensure the integration of the proposed control room changes with other post-TMI programs, refueling outages, and other company modifications.

~ PHASE IV REPORTING (section 8). A Program Summary Report will be prepared which will document the overall review process, describe and identify all of the human engineering discrepancies'and findings, and summarize all OCROR activities, methodologies, and proposed control room improvements and schedules.

Each phase will be performed by a team of specialists from I&MECo, AEPSC, Westinghouse, and Canyon Research Group. Oisciplines represented on the team will include instrumentation and control engineering, nuclear safety and li-censing, electrical engineering, human factors, plant operations, quality assurance, project engineering, and training to maximize the efficiency of the effort and to complete the total review identified in this Program Plan Report.

6755B:I/062883 1-6

I "9. DEFINITION OF TERMS A list of abbreviations and acronyms is contained in appendix A to this report. Also, to alleviate ambiguity of terms, the following definitions are provided:

Control Room Enhancement. A change to a piece'of equipment, such as a control panel, which can be performed without interfering with the operation of that equipment. Such changes might include the application of labels or demarcation lines.

Control Room Modification. A change to a piece of equipment, such as a control panel, which is likely to interfere with the operation of that equipment on which the change is being performed. Such changes include the removal or relocation of an existing control panel component or the addition of a panel component.

Emer enc Operatin Procedures. Plant procedures which guide, the operator(s) during a transient or emergency condition.

Emer enc Response Guidel ines. Symptom-based guidelines from which emergency operating procedures are developed.

Human Enaineerin . The science of optimizing the performance of human beings and the design of equipment for more efficient use by human beings'uman Enoineerin Discre anc . A departure from the established human factors criteria for the control room design which could impair/impede operator performance.

Photomosaic. A scaled photographic reproduction of the main control room panels.

Safet Parameter Dis la S stem. Display system which provides continuous indication of plant parameters to assist control ro'om personnel in evaluating the safety status of the plant.

6755B: I/062883 1-7

Validation. The process of determining whether the physical design supports the procedures for operation in an adequate manner to support effective integrated performance of the functions of the control room operating crew.

Verification. The process of determining whether instrumentation, controls, and other equipment meet the specific requirements of the tasks performed by operators.

6755B:1/062883

P LANT'CI F IC SYMPTOM-BASED OPERATING AND CHANGES IN EMERGENCY OPERATING EMERGENCY PROCEDURES R EQU I R E MENTS FOR PROCEDURES (EOPs) TRAINING AND STAFFING NUREG 0799 NUREG 0899 NUREG 0660 I.C.1, I.C.8, & I.C.9 NUREG 0660 I.A.1 & IA.2 PRC TMI DETAILED CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW PROGRAM APERTURE PLAN REPORT ACTION PLAN PRELIMINARYCONTROL ROOM CARD NUREG 0660 NUREG 0737 HUMAN ENGINEERING NUREG 0700 CRITERIA REPORT DCRDRPROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT'OST-ACCIDENT

'Also Available 6z Aperture Card MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION REG. GUIDE 1.97 EMERGENCY RESPONSE SAFETY PARAMETER FACILITY DISPLAY SYSTEM NUREG 0696 NUB EG 0660, III, A.12 NUREG 0814 NUREG 0835 Figure l-l. Relationship of NUREG 0660 Task Action Items 1-9 s401040196 -o)

0 P

N

UNIT 1 CONTROL ROOM UNIT 2 CONTROL ROOM UNIT 2 UNIT 1 HOT HOT SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN AREA AREA Figure 1-2. General Arrangement Drawing of Donald C. Cook Units 1 and 2 Control Rooms

RC OTU BA SG PRZ FP RCP CP RHR PSSO OPERATOR'S CONSOLE CRT A S IS RMS BISI CRT CRT SPY PSS CRT B CRT CCW TYPEWRITER ESW COMPUTER OPERATOR'S CONSOLE NESW SA N IS IV VS SV EF RMS CW CABINET FFC MFX APO MS Fl Figure 1-3. Functional Layout Orawing of Oonald C. Cook Unit 1 Control Room Panels 6755B: 1/062883 1-13

FFC MFX APDMS FID CW PANEL CABINET EF SV VS IV N IS SA NESW COMPUTER OPERATOR'S CONSOLE ESW TYPEWRITER +

CCW PSSD SPY BISI CRT B BISI R MS CRT CRT SIS OPERATOR'S CONSOLE RHR PSSD CRT A RCP CP PRZ FP BA SG DTU RC FLX Figure 1-4. Functional Layout Drawing of Donald C. Cook Unit 2 Control Room Panels 67558:1/062883 1-15

FLX Flux Panel RC Rod Control Panel OTU Oe)ta T and Unit Panel SG Steam Generator Panel FP Feed Pump Panel CP Condensate Polishing Panel Condensate Panel Turbine Panel SA Station Auxiliary Panel Generator Panel BA Boric Acid Panel PRZ Pressurizer Panel RCP Reactor Coolant Pump Panel RHR Residual Heat Removal Panel SIS Safety'injection System Panel SPY Contaiqment Spray Panel CCW Component Cooling Water Panel ESW Essential Service Water Panel NESW - Nonessential Service Water Panel IV Isolation Valves Panel VS Vents.latlon Panel EF Emergency Fire Panel SV Plant Service Panel NIS Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinets FI Fixed In-Core Panel RMS Radiation Monitoring System Panel FFC Failed Fuel Communications Panel MFX Movable In-core Cabinet APMS Axial Power Distribution Monitoring System Cabinet FID Fixed In-core Cabinet RMS Radiation Monitoring System Cabinet CW Circulating Water Panel Figure I"5. List of Abbreviations and Function for Control Panels 6755B:I/062883 1-17

2 ug Q 0 I z I 0a Z + Ca Ca CC Ca

>OOOO 2 UJ cgC CC Ca 0 Z. CL I

2 g5z Ug CL CL ug 0 0. Co a: 0 ug CL 2 2 0 0 2

I I t 'T o+

I 2

ul D

< 0 Oo D 0 E cn lu I IL I Zca>

Ug Zca 0 I I OQ 0 I 0 Ch z0 ag 2 Z Jug 0 OzO zO zo 2 <

0 ZILca I-Zl- 0 Og cn I

ag Ez E ug z Cn 0 0 ca Cn 2 IL 0 0 O O cn 0 0I ~ a I

ca a. (

-5 gl-o0 gI Olu2 I D

O 2 hl- CZ

.. ~ cu cn Z~ D O 'D ~ C Cn ul I oguo ug X gzI CC 2 2 OO IU O IL ug o O) I Qm] lu ~

I-I- cn Z Z ~

g Oolu <0 )

IU I

o Z~ Dllu Ul ug Cn I

> Ug ch > CCZUJCL ~ugca 0 CL C) gIL~~ 2 0

)

~o<ca<zox 2 0

I- 0 cn 0 g

Ug ca 2 8 L(J UJ wc@In via

~CO iI I PRC 0

ca Q~

)I 0~

Ca Ca CC Ca APERTURE QZQ o00 22 0a.

0cC4 ca aug

0. 0. ca ca OKRa zI CARO I

2 I 0

I O I o Z

Iu O 2 I 2 Iu 0 O u.

2I Z -

324g lu z ~ ca 2 CC z

CC lgJ Og n0 E

0O z82 g02 3 a:COO CC I- Ug Oo X~ 0I CC Q

Oz Pg Y I- z ca 2 2 CL UJ Q

ol Cn zz 2 0 o ccl O

0 0 ca +~ Z CC 0 ~I <~u CC 40 Py 0 0. QO I IL ca

0. 5 ca I- 2 0ca ca0 0 0ca Ug I-Czo ca I Ul I ~

2 I

O oo Ca OZ O I ZCL IL 2 Ca I X UJ Q lu O0 I->

cf Ul 2

O (y2 p I I 0g ca 0 0 o~~ 2-0 0 g g O I- CC CC OOCU Ca IL a: ~ CC CC IO oo 22 0 lu O lu I D

VIUQ 2

CC D

2 iogvz g Ilg g 0 g'2 2 + 2 CL I IU ca 0Z ZQ 0 z o Iu I- 0 co ca Q 0 cgt Q

Do zz ug IL Ca cn

< 0 0.

ILozcn 0CC VQ UJ Ug IU ug IU 0.

F Z

co CC I Ug lulu I O a. a<2~

ug ca ca ~

gO g 2I ca Z Ca Pu QO ZOQZ I I

<0 ~ CQ 2 ca 1CL 0.

goO I 0 Ug ca v zCJ ~>2 O.ZUJ< 0 u. 0. < u. 2 IU OQ

)lu Y0 Ug ca OgzaUl ca I 0u. >

CJ CC

> 0 UI cn IL CJ UJ I co Ug N

Vz IL CC 0 Ug ~ IU o ug I

2E P IL 2 I 0 I

20 zozIuz Ca N 2 Ogcn OQ )CUE~

CC Kx< I gZYV ~R >

CU 0 a.

0 2 WQIca 5 Q lugao ca CL Ul Iu 0 0 Iu 0 a cn2 ca ILZQZ 2 CC cn 2 0 I 0 0. Z V 0 gaIL Z Z Ug O Ug D

0.

2 IUOIU E o8~~ cn CC 2 ~ C 0 CJ Ca I 0

2 I ul ~

Q ca Co 2 2 Z Cn 2

0 2 lu O 0 ozo zol=

Ql Z IU IU I

O zoI-CC

0. Ug 0, co Q Cn QO zl- 0 I Z0

$ z ca I

2 Ug 2U 0 IU OIL

~ ug IL ca

~ IL IU gEa: IU IL IU ~,0 g~gaable CL IZ:

Aperture Card 1-19 840 1040 19 6 W~2

0 4

~(f

~ U, t

SECTION 2 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 2-1. PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to identify the OCROR Program teams and their areas of responsibility. Figure 2-1 details the organizational structure of personnel involved in the OCROR Program. (}ualifications of key personnel are provided in appendix B. All personnel on the Donald C. Cook OCRDR Program teams will meet or exceed the qualifications provided in NUREG 0801 and related guidance.

2-2. DCRDR TEAM INTERFACE To effectively perform the DCROR Program and still be able to be successfully audited, an interface between the various review teams is required. The "OCRDR Program Lead Engineer" will be the primary contact and liasion for the management organization, design review, project review, and assessment teams.

Figures 2-2 through 2-6 show these various interfaces.

2-3. MANAGEMENT FUNCTION The management function for the OCRDR Program will be provided under previously established AEPSC procedural requirements and responsibilities defined in AEPSC General Procedure 25, "Engineering Design Changes," and General Procedure 32, "Preparation of Submittals to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission."

The function of management is to:

~ Approve the'Program Plan Report

~ Review and approve recommendatons for control room design changes I

6755B:I/062883 2-1

~ Provide the resources necessary for implementation of the DCROR

~ Approve the Program Summary Report

~ Provide the mechanism for the preparation and submittal of documents to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.,

2-4. PROJECT REVIEW TEAM The Project Review Team will coordinate the DCROR Program. Typical team functions are to:

~ Approve Task Plans prior to performance of associated Review Task A

~ Ensure that the DCRDR Program is performed in accordance with the AEPSC guality Assurance Program

~ Provide overall support to the DCROR process

~ Monitor the DCROR progress o Ensure that the design review objectives and tasks, in relation to other NUREG 0660 efforts, are properly coordinated

~ Establish and initiate a control room improvement program Key personnel for the Project Review Team are identified in figure 2-1.

2-5. DESIGN REVIEW TEAM The Design Review Team comprises the qualified multidiscipline personnel to perform the various review functions. The areas of expertise include:

~ NSSS and balance-of-plant systems

~ Instrumentation and control 6755B: 1/062883 2-2 r

~ Conrol board design

~ Human factors

~ Plant operations (licensed operators)

~ Training

~ Licensing/nuclear safety The function of the Design Review Team is to carry out the entire design review program in accordance with the guidelines detailed in this Program Plan Report. Design Review Team responsibilities include the following:

~ Develop the Program Plan Report

~ Develop the Licensee Event Report Review Report

~ Develop the Control Room Inventory

~ Develop forms/checklists

~ Develop Task Plans o Develop Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report o Perform Review Tasks

~ Develop Task Summary Reports

~ Assist Assessment Team as technical support

~, Develop Implementation Plans

~ Develop the Program Summary Report 6755B:I/062883 2-3

Key personnel for the Design Review Team are identified in figure 2-1.

2-6. ASSESSMENT TEAM The Assessment Team will:

~ Evaluate the significance of the observed departures from the CRHEC Report identified in the Phase II review

~ Identify the applicable departures as human engineering discrepancies (HED)

~ Assign a category and priority to the HEDs for scheduling of corrective action

~ Review/approve control room recommendations for HED corrective action prior to origination of a request for change (AEPSC procedure 25).

Key personnel for the Assessment Team are identified in figure 2-1.

6755B: I/062883 2-4

P10J1 CZ REVIZÃ TEAM

  • DCBDR Program Mninistrator: A. S. Grim s
  • DCRDR Program Lead Engineer: R. F. Shoemaker
  • DCRDR Program Plant Coordinator: T. R. Stephens
  • DCRDR Program Project Engineer: F. Van Pelt, Jr.
  • DCRDR Program Manager (Westinghouse): J. D. Young
  • ~SC Human Factors Consultant: Dr. T. Sheridan DESIGN REVI1% TEAM
  • DCRDR Program Administrator: A. S. Grieves
  • DCBDR Program Lead Engineer/AEPSC I & C Engineer: R. F. Shor
  • AEPSC Nuclear Safety & Licensing Engineer: K. J. Toth
  • I&MEG3 Reactor Operators
  • DCRDR Program Plant Coordinator: T. R. Stephens
  • AEPSC Quality Assurance Engineer: J. B. Brittan

~

  • DCRDR Program Project Engineer: F. Van Pelt, Jr.
  • AEPSC Electrical Engineer: L. P. ~co
  • DCRDR Program Manager (Westinghouse): J. D. Young
  • DCRDR Human Factors Consultant (Canyon Research): Dr. G. A. Elliff
  • I&MECO & Westinghouse Training Personnel
  • Westinghouse Training Personnel: R. J. Wartenberg ASSESSMENT TEAM
  • DCRDR Program Adnunistrator: A. S. Grimes
  • DCRDR Program Lead Engineer: R. F. Shor
  • AEPSC I&C Section Manager: J. C. Jeffrey
  • AEPSC Nuclear Safety and Licensing Section Manager: J. G. Feinstein
  • D. C. Cook Plant Managem nt: B. A. Svensson
  • AEPSC Human Factors Consultant: Dr. T. Sheridan
  • I&MECO Senior Reactor Operator(s)
  • ArPSC Manager of Quality Assurance: R. F. Kroeger
  • AEPSC Electrical Generation Section Manager: R. C. Carruth Figure 2 1. DCRDR Program Organization Structure 6755B:1/062883 2-5

DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ PREPARE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT PROJECT REVIEW TEAMI

~ APPROVE PROGRAM PLAN REPORT SUPERVISORY R EV I EW/COMMENTS PROGRAM PLAN REPORT ACCEPTABLE YES AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 32 "PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALSTO NRC" MANAGEMENTORGANIZATION

~ SUBMIT PROGRAM PLAN REPORT TO NRC PROGRAM PLAN REPORT NRC Figure 2-2. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase I, Planning 2-7 6755B:I/070583

DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ DEVELOP TASK PLAN

~ DEVELOP CONTROL ROOM INVENTORY

~ PERFORM REVIEW

~ DEVELOP LER REVIEW REPORT ~

~ DEVELOP TASK

SUMMARY

REPORT

~ DEVELOP FORMS/CHECKLISTS

~ DEVELOP CRHEC REPORT SUPERVISORY R EV I EW/COMMENT PROJECT REVIEW TEAM

~ REVIEW/APPROVE/COMMENT TASK

SUMMARY

REPORT FORMS/CHECKLISTS NO TASK

SUMMARY

REPORT ACCEPTANCE YES INPUT TO PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT SEE FIGURE 24 0

e Figure 2-3. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase II, Review 2-9 6755B: I/070583

ASSESSMENT TEAM DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE ~ ASSIST IN HED OF HEDS EVALUATION

~ R EV I EW/APP ROVE CONTROL ~ DEVELOP FINAL ROOM ENHANCEMENTS/ CRHEC DOCUMENT RETROFITS SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT SUPERVISORY PROJECT REVIEW TEAM REVIEW/COMMENT

~ REVIEW/COMMENT/APPROVE FINAL CRHEC DOCUMENT ASSESSMENT REPORT NO ASSESSMENT REPORT ACCEPTANCE YES INPUT TO PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT SEE FIGURE 2.6 0 Figure 2-4. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase III-A, Assessment 2-11 6755B:I/070583

ASSESSMENT TEAM DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ DEVELOP CONTROL ROOM ~ ASSIST IN DEVELOPMENT OF IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT CONTROL ROOM

~ DEVELOP IMPLEMENTATION IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT SCHEDULE ~ ASSESS CONTROL ROOM IMP ROV E MENTS FOR SUPERVISORY DEPARTURES FROM THE REVIEW/COMMENT CRHEC DOCUMENT CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION NO DOCUMENT ACCEPTABLE YES PROJECT REVIEW TEAM

~ REVIEW/COMMENT APPROVE CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATION REPORT AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 25 "ENGINEERING DESIGN CHANGE" MANAGEMENTFUNCTION

~ REVIEW/APPROVE CONTROL ROOM ENHANCEMENTS/

MODIFICATIONS SEE FIGURE 24 C Figure 2-5. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase III-B, Implementation 2-13 6755B:I/070583

DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ DEVELOP PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT SUPERVISORY REVIEW/COMMENT P ROJ ECT R EV I EW TEAM

~ REVIEW/COMMENT/

APPROVE PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT ASSESSMENT REPORTS PROGRAM

SUMMARY

FROM FIGURE 24 B REPORT ACCEPTABLE TASK

SUMMARY

REPORTS YES NO FROM FIGURE 2.3 A PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT CONTROL ROOM IMPLEMENTATIONREPORT MANAGEMENT FUNCTION

~ APPROVE PROGRAM FROM FIGURE 2-5 C

SUMMARY

REPORT

~ SUBMIT PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT TO NRC AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 32 "PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS TO NRC" PROGRAM

SUMMARY

REPORT NRC Figure 2-6. Personnel Interface and Information Flow Diagram for Phase IV, Reporting 2-15 6755B:I/070583

SECTION 3 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 3-1. INTRODUCTION A complete and up-to-date library of reference information is necessary to manage and perform the various phases of the DCRDR Program. This library will provide support during the design review as well as a data base for future control room modifications.

3"2. REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION The following documentation will be used during the review phase:

~

Control room drawings (panel layouts, floor plan, and the like)

~ Control board equipment specifications

~ Control panel photographs (photomosaic)

~ Control room preliminary assessments

~ Description of coding conventions

~ Original and Updated FSAR for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2

~ Instrumentation and control diagrams

~ Operator training material

~ Systems function task analysis 6755B: 1/062883 3-1

~ Lists of acronyms and abbreviations

~ Piping and instrumentation drawings

~ Plant computer software description and sample printout

~ Procedures (emergency, normal, and the like)

~ System descriptions

~ Regulatory guides and NUREGs (paragraph 1-6)

~ Control room inventory list

~ AEPSC quality assurance procedure

~ Licensee event reports Any additional reference material identified by the design review team during the review phase (Phase II) will be obtained and added to the library.

Because O. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 are operating, access to the control rooms will be limited. Therefore, photomosaics will be used ta perform most of the tasks outlined in section 5.

3-3. OCROR-GENERATEO DOCUMENTATION The documentation generated by the design review process will be subject to those controls identified in paragraph 3-4. The following documentation will be produced by the OCROR process:

o Program Plan Report (this document)

~ Control room operating personnel surveys 6755B:I/062883 3-2

~ Control room inventory

~ Control room human factor surveys

~ Task plans, checklists, data collection forms, sketches, photographs, and photomosaics used in the review and. assessment/recommendation phases

~ Control room human engineering criteria report

~ Licensee event report (LER) review

~ Program Summary Report 3-4. DOCUMENT CONTROL A controlled-access file will be established for all hard copy DCRDR Program output documents. In addition, these documents will be entered into a computer-based data system. Access to these files will be controlled by the DCRDR program manager.

67558:1/062883 3-3

P

.Il l

SECTION 4 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE I, PLANNING 4-I. INTRODUCTION The planning phase consists of developing a well-defined work program which outlines specific recommendations for personnel, reference material, and documentation needed to perform the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program (figure 4-1).

IEMECo intends to commence with the DCRDR Program as documented in this Program Plan Report prior to formal acceptance by the NRC. Any deficiencies noted in this Program Plan Report should be brought to the attention of a I&MECo in a timely manner. Final acceptance of this document will end the Planning Phase.

4-2. DCRDR MILESTONES A schedule for Phases I and II of this Program Plan was developed and is included as figure 4-2. As stated in the I8MECo response to G.L. 82-33 (AEP:NRC:0773) on April 15, 1983, an intermediate milestone response will be sumitted to the NRC with the current status of the DCRDR Program on September 1, 1984. At that time, Phases I and II will be essentially completed, and an estimate for the Phase III-A Assessment will be developed shortly thereafter.

The NRC will be provided with more detailed information regarding Phase III-A Assessment schedule (in another intermediate milestone response) when this estimate has been made and the evaluation of it is completed.

4-3. CONTROL ROOM HUMAN ENGINERING CRITERIA REPORT w

At the beginning of the review phase, a preliminary Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report will be developed. This preliminary criteria report will contain, as a baseline, detailed Task Plans which will be executed to complete specific Phase II Review Tasks within the DCRDR Program. The Task 6755B: I/062883 4-1

Plans have been proven effective on over 20 human factors control room reviews. The Task Plans will provide a detailed audit trail to the generic guidelines provided in NUREG 0700, yet have been restructured to facilitate the data collection, documentation, and auditing requirements inherent in a NUREG 0700 oriented DCRDR Program.

Based on observations and assessments of the DCRDR Program, the generic guidelines of NUREG 0700 found in the preliminary CRHEC Report will be revised to reflect plant-specific design conventions and plant-specific human factors criteria. A section of the final CRHEC Report will be dedicated to departures from NUREG 0700 with the applicable justification provided therein. The final CRHEC Report is intended to ensure that any future control board modifications reflect previously evaluated human factors practices and do not detract from operability of the control board.

6755B: 1/062883 4-2

REVIEW OVERALL EVALUATE OUTLINE ALL REVIEW ISSUE DCRDR OBJECTIVES &

IDENTIFY DEVELOP THE TASKS TO BE PROGRAM RESOURCES DCRDR PROGRAM PROGRAM DESIGN GUIDELINES PERFORMED AS PART OF PLAN REQUIRED SCHEDULE OBJECTIVES TO BE USED THE DCRDR PROGRAM REPORT

~ ASSESS ACTIVITIES ~ EMERGENCY ~ FINAL SAFETY ~ TASK 1 - OPERATING ~ AEPSC AND l&MECo ~ REVIEW PROCESS COMPLETED BY OPERATING ANALYSIS REPORT EXPFRIENCE REVIEW INPUTS TO AEPSC AND l&MECo PROCEDURES SCHEDULE ~ METHODOLOGY

~ SYSTEM ~ TASK 2 '- SYSTEM

~ DESIGN CRITERIA DESCRIPTIONS FUNCTIONS REVIEW ~ TEAM QUALIFICATIONS INCLUDING PLANT AND TASK ANALYSIS SPECIFIC ITEMS ~ PIPING AND ~ DESIGN GUIDELINES INSTRUMENTATION ~ TASK 3 CONTROL

~ NUREG 0660 DRAWINGS ROOM INVENTORY ~ SCHEDULE 0700 0801 ~ FLOOR PLANS ~ TASK 4- CONTROL ~ INTERFACE ROOM HUMAN FACTOR REQUIREMENTS

~ DEFINE PROGRAMS ~ PANEL LAYOUTS SURVEY OF PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE AN IMPACT ON CONTROL ROOM ~ ABBREVIATIONS ~ TASK 5 - VERIFICATION ~ DOCUMENTATION AND DESIGN (NUREG AND CODING' OF TASK PERFORMANCE DOCUMENT CONTROL 0696, REGULATORY GUIDE 1.97) SOFTWARE ~ TASK 6 - VALIDATION DESCRIPTIONS OF CONTROL ROOM

~ DEFINE RELATIONSHIP FUNCTIONS WITH OTHER EMERGENCY

~ PROCEDURES PRC R ESPONSE ACTIVITY ~ OPERATOR TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE

.;APERTURE

~ PRELIMINARYCRHEC REPORT CARO Figure 4-1. Planning Phase Development Outline I

4-3 8401040 i 96 ~Q

]~ > C Q

7

1983 1984 MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JUNE 27 PLANNING PHASE I ~ PLANNING PPR To NRC PPR To NRC JAN 1 SEPT 1 OCT 1 MAY 22 PHASE II - REVIEW LER REVIEW JAN 2 NOV 1 TASK 1 LER REVIEW CROPS JUNE 1 CROPS CROPS TASK 2 SFRTA CRI JUNE 30 TASK 3 CRI MAR 22 JULY 14 CRHFS SEPT 1 OCT I AUG 15 TASK 4 CRHFS NOTE 1 SEPT 1 VER IF. OCT 6 TASK 5 VERIFICATION OCT 20 VALID. NOV 1 TASK 6 VALIDATION NOV 22 PHASE III DETAILED JAN 29 MAR 25 ESTIMATION iUNITNo. 2 COMPLIES WITH SUPPLEMENT 1 NUREG0737 OUTAGE )

~ AEPSC AND INDIANAAND MICHIGAN ACTIVITY PARAGRAPH 52.A "LICENSEES SHALL SUBMIT PROGRAM PLAN WITHIN TWO MONTHS FROM START OF DCRDR."

~~

NOTE 1 DCRDR REVIEW TEAM ACTIVITY CRHFS ACTIVITIESMAY OCCUR IN PARALLELWITH CROPS. CRHFS

SUMMARY

REPORT DUE JUNE 30, 1984.

Figure 4-2. DCRDR Program Schedule for Phases I and II

SECTION 5 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE II, REVIEW 5-1. INTRODUCTION During the Review Phase of the D. C. Cook DCRDR Program, data will be collected and human factors issues will be reviewed. Thus, the objective of the Review Phase is the collection of data identifying attributes of the D. C.

Cook Units 1 and 2 control rooms which depart from criteria specified in the D. C. Cook Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report (paragraph 4-3).

The Review Phase will generate:

o Task Summary Reports for each major review phase task specifying methods used and findings

~ Component sheets specifying the findings of each task related to each component in the control room

~ Checklist observation forms documenting departures from the human engineering criteria established before and during the review phase 5-2. REVIEW PHASE STAFFING The Review Phase will be conducted by the Design Review Team. Representatives of I&MECo, AEPSC, Westinghouse, and Canyon Research Group will be included on the team. Appropriate disciplines from these organizations will be included on each task team. Design Review Team members include:

~ System designers and analysts

~ Human factors consultants

~ Control board designers 6755B: 1/062883 5-1

~ Instrumentation and control engineers

~ Plant operators

~ Licensing engineers

~ Data management technicians

~ Electrical engineers

~ guality assurance engineers 5-3. METHODOLOGY FOR REVIEW PHASE TASKS The methodology for the Review Phase tasks will consist of executing Task Plans and completing human engineering surveys as reflected in the D. C. Cook Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report.

5-4. Task 1 -- 0 eratin Ex erience Review The operating experience review consists of two related activities. The first is a review of plant performance records for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 (and a review of LERs for other similar plants) to identify areas in which human error has caused problems in the past that may be related to control panel design. The second activity is the Control Room Operating Personnel Survey (CROPS). The Design Review Team will interview a representative sample consisting of at least 50 percent of the licensed control room operators at D.

C. Cook Units 1 and 2. The objective of the CROPS is to identify specific attributes of the D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2. control board design which, in the operators'pinions, have caused or could potentially cause operator error.

The CROPS will be conducted by admini'stration of questionnaires and by conducting individual and group interviews.

6755B: 1/062883 5-2

5-5. Task 2 S stem Function and Task Anal sis The System Function and Task Analysis will establish instrumentation requirements and performance criteria for select normal and emergency conditions. This task will be performed by using plant-specific procedures generated from the Westinghouse Owners'roup Emergency Response Guidelines.

These plant-specific procedures will be submitted to the Design Review Team.

This data will provide input to the Design Review Team for the verification and validation of control room functions (Tasks 5 and 6).

5-6. Task 3 Control Room Inventor The control room inventory will be developed on a computer data base and will include all data required by NUREG 0700 for each component. AEPSC wi 11 develop and maintain the D. C. Cook Control Room Inventory data base. Formats and completeness of the data item list have been reviewed by all review team members and comments have been incorporated to ensure that the inventory data base to support relevant D. C. Cook DCRDR Program tasks can be accepted.

5-7'. Task 4 Control Room Human Factors Surve The bulk of the detailed data regarding specific departures from the Control Room Human Engineering Criteria Report will be gathered in the Control Room Surveys Task. The Control Room Surveys Task will be conducted by completing 14 human engineering surveys as follows:

~ Workspace e Anthropometrics

~ Emergency equipment

~ Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning

~ Illumination 6755B:I/062883 5-3

~ Ambi ent noi se o Maintainabi i ty 1

~ Communications

~ Annunciator

~ Controls

~ Displays

~ Labels and location aids

~ Computer system review

~ Conventions Detailed Task Plans, checklists, special data collection forms, NUREG 0700 criteria references applicable to D. C. Cook, and methodology descriptions for each survey will be included in the CRHEC Report. The Annunciator Survey Task Plan is included in this Program Plan Report in appendix C as an example.

5-8. Works ace Surve -- This survey concentrates on the general layout and arrangement of control room equipment. The workspace survey will also address the adequacy of control room noninstrumentation items such as desks and chairs.

5-9. Anthro ometric Surve -- The anthropometric survey will assess and document the vision and reach envelopes for all D. C. Cook control room equipment. This data will be evaluated for general control and display location adequacy based upon the CRHEC Report anthropometric criteria for the 5th percentile female and 95th percentile male. In addition, the anthropo-metric data will be used to support the verification and validation tasks.

6755B: I/062883 5-4

5-10. Emer enc E ui ment Surve Emergency equipment will be evaluated for usability by the control room operators. Included will be an assessment of emergency equipment storage locations; operator accessability; tactile, visual, and auditory adequacy of breathing apparatus and protective clothing; and other critical features of the control room emergency equipment.

5-11. Heatin Venti latin and Air Conditionin Surve "" The ail flow, temperature regulation, and humidity control within the control room will be evaluated in terms of the CRHEC Report. The primary concern is to identify parameters which may be out of tolerance or unstable to the point of adv'ersely

, affecting the recommended comfort zones for the control room.

5-12. Illumination Surve Ambient illumination will be measured using appropriate instruments for lighting levels at various workstations and control board areas. Presence of glare, if any, on instrumentation will be documented. Illumination will be evaluated for compliance with recommended and required light levels for identified tasks.

5-13. Ambient Noise Surve -- Ambient noise will be measur'ed using appropriate sound measurement equipment. A primary concern will be the peak and average decibel(A) levels and the preferred octave band decibel levels for the ambient noise conditions. The data will be reviewed for potential sound problems which may interfere with operator communication requirements or which may mask auditory signals.

5-14. Maintainabilit Surve -- The maintainability survey will assess human factors suitability of all equipment in the control room. Primary concerns are that the operators can maintain indicator lights, determining if annuncia" tor system bulbs are replaceable, replenishing expendables such as recorder paper and ink, and determining that spare parts and expendables are available and accessable.

V 5-15. Communications Surve -- The control room communication systems will be reviewed and evaluated to determine if they are adequate to support emergency and normal operations. Systems such as the paging system, intercom 6755B:1/062883 5-5

system,-telephone system, sound-powered and portable radio communications equipment, and free/air, unaided voice communications will be included in this review. Auditory signals will also be evaluated for applications, meaning, coding techniques, signal transmission/propagation, and signal characteristics.

5-16. Annunciator S stems Review -- The annunciator system, as a special case of legend light displays and auditory signals, will be evaluated in terms of its general human engineering suitability and also as a critical and central control room system used in the identification of transient and emergency conditions. Data collected will be analyzed for discrepant characteristics which may potentially increase the probability of human error. Also, relevant data will be used to support the verification and validation tasks.

engineering suitability without reference to specific task supportive roles.

The primary criteria will be that contained in the CRHEC Report based on section 6.4 of NUREG 0700.

f general human engineering suitability independently of the specific tasks in which the displays are used. The primary criteria will be that contained in the CRHEC Report based on Section 6.5 of NUREG 0700.

5-19. Labels and Location Aids The control panels and instrumentation will be surveyed for general readability and consistency of terms, abbrevia-tions, and acronyms. Data from this task and the conventions survey will furnish the base line information used to establish a standard dictionary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms used throughout the control room.

5-20. Com uter S stem Review -- The P-250 process computer system used in the control room will be assessed for its functional integration into the operational requirements of the control room. It will also be evaluated for general human factors suitability and for its supportive role in control room operation. The critiera. from the CRHEC Report, based on NUREG 0700, Section 6.7 (process computers), forms the basis for this =task plan.

6755B:I/062883 5-6

5-21. Conventions Surve The purpose of the conventions survey is threefold. Those conventions used at D. C. Cook, whether general stereotypes, industry conventions, or plant-specific conventions, will be identified.

Second, the identified conventions will be evaluated for good human factors characteristics, as defined in the criteria from the CRHEC Report based on section 6 of NUREG 0700. Finally, any inconsistencies in the applications of identified conventions will be documented and their impact assessed. Data from this task and the labeling and location aids task will r be used to develop and document a standard dictionary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms for the D. C. Cook plants.

5-22. Task 5 Verification of Control Room Function As one of the two terminal tasks in the review phase, the presence and suitability of control room instrumentation will be verified. The primary concern will be determining that all required information and control capabilities are in the control room. As a corollary, the presence of nonessential information and control instrumentation will be assessed to ensure that it does not detract from adequate operator performance. Data from the Control Room Inventory and the systems function and task analysis are extensively used in these activities.

5-23. Task 6 -- Validation of Control .Room Functions Through a process of walkthroughs and talkthroughs selected emergency and normal operations will be validated for the availability of required skills and knowledge of the trained operators.

5-24. PRODUCTS OF THE REVIEW PHASE The primary output of the Review Phase is a set of checklist observation (CLO) forms. Each departure from established human factors criteria observed during the Review Phase will be documented ~ Each CLO form will state the problem, affected components, criteria violated, probable error, and other relevant data required for analysis of the problem.

67558:I/062883 5-7

The CLOs wi 1 1 provide the primary input to the Assessment Phase, where each will be categorized according to safety and/or operational impact. In addi-tion, at the completion of the Review Phase, component sheet files wi 11 be complete, and Task Summary Reports for each task will have been prepared.

6755B:1/062883 5-8

SECTION 6 DESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-A, ASSESSMENT 6-1. INTRODUCTION The review process described in section 5 will result in the identification of departures from human engineering criteria defined in the CRHEC Report.

Analysis and interpretation of these departures will be required to establish their potential safety implications. Means of correcting or minimizing the effects of the departures will be identified and documented. A plan of action will be applied to improvements affecting operator performance under emergency and selected normal operating conditions.

The Phase III activities of assessment and implementation are covered in this section and section 7, following. The Assessment Phase of the DCRDR Program wi 11 achieve the following objectives:

~ Analyze and evaluate the observed departures from human engineering criteria identified during the review phase

~ Recommend the means of correcting those departures which could affect safety or plant/operator performance-

~ Define a plan of action which applies the human factor principles to improve control room design and to enhance operator effectiveness and efficiency

~ Apply the assessment process to other projects related to the control room which are concerned with, or may be affected by, the human factors review (Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 2, safety parameters display system, procedures, training) 6755B: I/062883 6-1

6-2. METHODOLOGY The assessment process involves the review and evaluation of all CRHEC Report departures identified by the Design Review Team during Phase II to determine which departures can affect the operator's performance such that the potential for operator eror is increased. This process also involves determining the extent of corrections and justifying any recommendations which do not completely correct the discrepancies.

All departures from the CRHEC Report identified during the Review Phase will be processed according to the assessment methodology presented in figure 6-1.

These departures will be documented on checklist observation forms and will be provided to the Assessment Team for analysis and assessment. Also, some of the operating personnel will be canvassed using the photomosaic to resolve any factors which could contribute to performance problems.

The Assessment Team will review the CLOs to determine the need for reassess-ment by the Design Review Team or their acceptance as HEDs. The disposition of each CLO will be justified and/or documented by the Assessment Team. The Assessment Team will evaluate and categorize each HED according to the metho-dology presented in figure 6-2. This approach accomplishes the assessment objectives of NUREGs 0700 and 0801.

All category I, II, and III HEDs will be analyzed for correction as per figure 6-3. Category IV HEDs, considered optional for correction, will be assessed for their cumulative and interactive effects on all other HEDs. Those cate-gory IV HEDs shown to possess the above effects will be recategorized to the appropriate category II level.

'I The initial step in this process is to identify those HEDs which can be cor-rected by enhancements, training of operators, and/or procedural revisions.

The remaining HEDs will be analyzed to identify and provide design improvement alternatives. A cost/benefit analysis will be performed to determine which corrections are the most feasible and acceptable from a human engineering point of view. As a part of the review, IEMECo/AEPSC will perform a cost/

benefit assessment for implementation of the recommendations.

6-2 6755B: 1/062883

The control room review process will be reapplied as appropriate to ensure the following:

~ That the creation of new HEDs is identified

~ That other corrections are not invalidated

~ Compliance with human engineering guidelines developed during Phase II The HEDs and final recommendations for correction provided by the assessment team will be submitted to the Project Review Team for review and disposition.

Rejected CLOs and/or recommendations will be returned to the Assessment Team for additional assessment.

6755B:I/062883 6-3

D ES I G N R EV I EW TEAM

~ PERFORMS THE REVIEW

~ PREPARES CHECKLIST OBSERVATION FORMS LIST OF DEPARTURES FROM PRELIMINARY CONTROL ROOM HUMAN EN G IN E E R IN G C R ITE R IA R E PORT INTERFACE/

REASSESS CLO ASSESSMENT TEAM

~ REVIEW CLOS

~ DETERMINE SIGNIFICANCE/

IMPACT AS HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDS)

~ INTERFACE WITH DESIGN REVIEW TEAM

~ CATEGORIZE HEDS (REFER TO FIGURE 6-3)

~ FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS

~ DEVELOP IMPLEMENTATIONSCHEDULE R EASSESS/

D I SAP P ROV E HEDS (W/FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS)

PROJECT REVIEW TEAM

~ REVIEW/COMMENT HEDS WITH I

F MAL R E COMME NDAT ON S I

~ INTERFACE WITH ASSESSMENT TEAM

~ AEPSC GENERAL PROCEDURE NO. 25 "ENGINEERING DESIGN CHANGES" Figure 6-1. Assessment Methodology Chart 6755B: 1/062883 6-5

DESIGN REVIEW TEAM CHECKLIST (REASSESSMENT)

OBSERVATIONS FORMS ASSESSMENT TEAM HUMAN ENGINEERING DISC R EPANC I ES EVALUATE FOR SAFETY CONSEQUENCE YES NO HIGH PROBABILITY ASSESS FOR NO YES OF OPERATIONAL SIGN I F CANT I

ERROR/SIGNIFICANT OPERATIONAL DEVIATION IMPACTS NO YES CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 NO S IGNI F I CANT REFER TO REFER TO COST VERSUS FIGURE 6-3 FIGURE 6-3 OPERATOR BENEFIT CATEGORY 1 IDENTIFY COR R ECT IONS REFER TO AND COSTS TO F IX FIGURE 6-3 YES SELECT RECOMMENDED BACKFIT QQ c 0 CATEGORY 4 DOCUMENT ASSESS FOR NEW REFER TO DOCUMENT FIGURE 6-3 o z5e DEPARTURES FROM PRELIMINARY AND PREPARE FOR IMPLEMENTATION P

CRHEC REPORT It Figuzq 6-2. Human Engineering Discrepancy Evaluation Flow Chart

1I 4-t'

) '.

e + P 1

REVIEW PROCESS OBSERVATIONS HED ASSESSMENTS ASSESSMENT CRITERIA CATEGORY ASSESSMENT IMPLEMENTATION FACTOR (RATING)

SAFETY (")

EARLIEST CONSEQUENCES: HEDS (I,II,III)

OPPORTUNITY DOCUMENTED (MANDATORY)

ERRORS INCREASED EARLIEST POTENTIAL OPPORTUNITY FOR ERROR (HIGH PRIORITY)

LOW CONVENIENT PROBABILITY OUTAGE OF ERROR (ACCEPTED)

NOT ASSOCIATED MAY OR MAY NOT WITH BE REQUIRED IV P ROBABI L ITY (NOT OF ERROR MANDATORY)

CAT IV YES ANALYSIS RECOMMENDED FOR CORRECTIONS

(") EXAMPLE: RESULTS IN CORRECTION UNSAFE OPERATION, NO VIOLATIONOF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENT Figure 6-3. HED Category Guidelines 6755B: 1/062883 6-9

SECTION 7 OESCRIPTION OF PHASE III-B, IMPLEMENTATION Approved solutions of HEDs by the Project Review Team will be scheduled for implementation. The category guidelines established in section 6 will be used as a basis for the corrective action schedule. Additional considerations in the development of the implementation schedule will be:

~ Safety consequences of operator errors that could be caused by the discrepancy

~ Integration with other post-TMI programs

~ Plant operation constraints o Operator training/retraining requirements

~ Outage schedules o Equipment procurement schedules The following designations, identifed in NUREG 0801, will be adopted for scheduling purposes:

the NRC. Make changes at the first refueling after submittal of the report or the first outage after receipt of equipment (expedited).

~ Near term. Correct problems on a schedule approved by the NRC. Make changes at the second refueling outage after submittal of the report.

~ Lon term o tional . Corrections of insignificant discrepancies may be implemented at any time.

6755B: 1/062883 7-1

SECTION 8 .

OESCRIPTION OF PHASE IV, REPORTING A Program Summary Report will be prepared in accordance with NUREGs 0700 and 0801 upon completion of the OCROR Program. This report will document the overall review process, describe and identify all of the human engineering discrepancies and findings, and summarize all DCROR activities, methodologies, and proposed control room improvements. This report will also provide an implementation schedule for planned corrective action. The schedule for planned corrective action shall be based on realistic and achievable dates.

The use of intermediate milestones in place of end dates may be used if additional relevant information is not available at the time the Program Summary Report is. submitted to the NRC. Intermediate milestone dates will be determined based upon the date by which necessary additional information will be known, thus permitting an informed determination of end dates. The Program Summary Report will update the Program Planning Report.

The Program Summary Report will be prepared using the recommended format shown in figure 8-1. In addition to this final report, supporting documentation will be available for completeness in the event of an NRC audit.

6755B:I/062883 8-1

II CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW

SUMMARY

REPORT 1.0 METHODOLOGY

1. 1 Detailed Control Room Design Review Program Plan Objectives
1. 1. 1 Detailed Control Room Design Review methodology
1. 1.2 Detailed Control Room Design Review program management
1. 1.3 Proposed schedule of the four phases of activity (chart)
1. 1.4 Integration of other emergency response activities of NUREG 0737, Supplement 1
1. 1.5 Quality assurance program 1.2 Management and Staffing 1.2. 1 Qualification of Detailed Contxol Room Design Review personnel 1.2.2 Organizational structure of DCRDR Review Teams 1.3 Documentation and Document Control.

1.4 Review Phase 1.4.1 Operating experience review 1.4.2 System functions review and task analysis 1.4.3 Control room inventory 1.4.4 Control room human factors survey 1.4.5 Verification of task performance 1.4.6 Validation of control room functions 2.0 REVIEW CONCERNS

2. 1 Control Room Human Factor Survey Concerns
2. 1. 1 Workspace Survey
2. 1.2 Anthropometrics Survey
2. 1.3 Emergency Equipment Survey
2. 1.4 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Condition Survey 2.1.5 Illumination Survey
2. 1.6 Ambient Noise Survey-Figure 8-1. Sample of Program Summary Report Format (Sheet 1) 67558:1/062883 8-3

CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW

SUMMARY

REPORT (cont) 2.1.7 Maintainability Survey 2.1.8 Communication Survey 2.1.9 Annunciator Systems Review 2.1.10 Controls Survey 2.1.11 Displays Survey 2.1.12 Labels and Location Aids

2. 1. 13 Computer System Review 2.1.14 Conventions Survey 2.2 Panel/Work Station Concerns 2.3 System Concerns 2.4 Other Review Concerns 3.0 ASSESSMENT RECOMMENDATION AND IMPLEMENTATION PHASE
3. 1 HED Assessment 3.2 Proposed Implementation 3.3 Scheduled Implementation

4.0 CONCLUSION

Figure 8-1. Sample of Program Summary Report Format (Sheet 2) 6755B:1/062883 8-5

SECTION 9 COORDINATION WITH NUREG 0737, SUPPLEMENT 1, ACTIYITIES The activities to be coordinated with the DCRDR in accordance with NUREG 0737, Supplement 1, include the following requirements for Emergency Response Capabilities:

Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS)

Upgrade of Emergency Operating Prodecures (EOPs)

Application to Emergency Response Facilities - Regulatory Guide 1.97 Emergency Response Facilities (ERFs)

IEMECo will address these activities as referenced in I&MECo's response to NRC Generic Letter 82-33 for D. C. Cook Units 1 and 2; letter PAEP-NRC-0773, dated April 15, 1983. A schedule of performance and integration of these other post TMI activities with the DCRDR is shown in Figure 9-1.

6755B: 1/062883

C)

(Tl D.C. COOK PLANT - DCRDR COORDINATION SCHEDULE 198'985 ER (X7 1983 JF MAM JJASONDJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASOND

$ 7ATv5 HARDWARE AVAILABLE RFm'~ OPERATIONAL SOFTWARE FOR TRAINING WITH OPERATOR INSTALLED TRAINING SPDS COMPLETE INTERMEDIATE REVIEW FINAL PPR TO STATUS

SUMMARY

NRC PHASE REPORT COMPLETE REPORT DCRDR TO NRC EQUIPMENT INTERMEDIATE COMPLETE REPLACEMENTS STATUS REVIEW SPECIFIED REPORT REV. 2 REG. GUIDE 1.97 PRGCEAlRE (jEN. PACk: QQG/hl

,STATUS 0pzmv oq IMPLEMENTED PFFAk'7 ncRC rg~wlN8 EOP KEY TARGET COMMITMENT Figure 9-1. Schedule of Performance

SECTjON 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE The OCROR Program will be performed in accordance with AEPSC Quality Assurance Program for the Oonald C. Cook Nuclear'lant, specifically AEPSC General Procedure 2. 1 and other applicable general procedures as referenced herein and the applicable portions of Westinghouse WCAP-8370 pertaining to document control and auditability.

6755B: 1/062883 10-1

SECTION 11

SUMMARY

This Program Plan Report defines the overall process by which the O. C. Cook Units 1 and 2 Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be performed.

It is an effective and thorough design review which will ensure that the results of this effort meet the intent of all applicable government regulations and guidelines.

Indiana and Michigan Electric Company has committed the resources needed to perform the design review as detailed in this document. Therefore, the acceptability of the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program will be based on the approval'f this Program Plan Report. The Indiana and Michigan Electric Company Corporation reserves the right, however, to make changes and will notify the NRC prior to the execution of any planned departures.

Final acceptance of this document will end the Planning Phase of this program.

6755B: 1/062883

APPENDIX A LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations apply only to this Program Plan Report and do not necessarily apply to efforts associated with plant standard abbreviations.

A/E Architect/Engineer AEPSC American Electric Power Service Corporation BOP Balance of Plant CLO Checklist Observation (form)

CR Control Room CRI Control Room Inventory CROPS Control Room Operating Personnel Survey CRT Cathode Ray Tube DCRDR Detailed Control Room Design Review DRT Design Review Team EOP Emergency Operating Procedures EPRI Electric Power Research Institute ERG Emergency Response Guidelines FSAR Final Safety Analysis Report HE Human Engineering HED Human Engineering Discrepancy HF Human Factors I8(C Instrumentation and Control IKMECo Indiana and Michigan Electric Power Company (licensee)

INPO Institute of Nuclear Power Operators LE Lead Engineer LER Licensee Event Report MCB Main Control Board MWe Megawatt (electric)

MWt Megawatt (thermal)

NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission NSSS Nuclear Steam Supply System OSD Operational Sequences Diagrams PC Plant Coordinator PM Program Manager PPR Preliminary Planning Report 6755B: 1/062883

PRT - Project Review Team PSR - Program Summary Report PWR - Pressurized Water Reactor SFTA - Systems Function and Task Analysis SPDS - Safety Parameter Display System TMI Three Mile Island WOG Westinghouse Owner's Group CRHEC - Control Room Human Engineering Criteria TP - Task Plan CRG - Canyon Research Group CRHFS - Control Room Human Factors Survey 6755B: I/062883 A-2

APPENDIX B RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL 6755B:1/112983 B-l

Robert F. Kr oe er Manager of Quality Assurance Twenty three years experience in electrical engineering, nuclear fuel, and quality assurance involving major power generating and distribution in the U.S.

EDUCATION: B. S. Electrical Engineering Purdue University - 1960 Additional Education:

-Indiana University - Business Management 1960-62

-General Electric Co. Power Systems Engineering Course 1967-1968

-AEP Management Program - University of Michigan - 1980 EXPERIENCE American Electric Power Service Cor oration.

Mana er of ualit Assurance - Responsibilities include:

1978'to formulating and recommending policies and practices with respect Present to the QA and QC programs for Cook Plant; establishing effective QA and QC programs for the Cook Plant; insuring effective implementation of the established QA and QC programs; providing guidance and assistance to AEPSC and Cook Plant management on QA and QC requirements and then implementation; monitoring of compliance with established QA programs through audits, surveillance and reviews; and reporting to Senior management and QA programs effectiveness. Direct the day-to-day operation of the AEPSC QA Department including recommending the hiring, salary adjustments, promotions, transfers, disciplining, and termination of personnel. Continue as Secretary of the CCB.

Elected a member of the AEPSC Nuclear Safety Design Review Committee (Offsite review committee for Cook Plant).

1976 to Staff En ineer, Nuclear En ineerin Division - Responsibilities 1978 included paiticipation in nuclear fuel design reviews, vendor evaluation, and inprocess surveillance and audits of nuclear fuel fabrication. Continued as Secretary of the CCB.

1973 to Staff En ineer, Project Management Division - Responsibilities 1976 included development of transmission and distribution project management systems and techniques, methods of manpower allocations, and methods for cost control. Was assigned the responsibility as Secretary of the AEPSC Change Control Board (CCB) for the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant. 'Was assigned to a 2 person task action group to develop corporate project management and control procedures for an anticipated, new high temperature gas cooled nuclear reactor project. Received additional special assignments on Cook Plant in the areas of control of modification, and tracking of commitments.

6755B: 1/112983 B-3

Robert F. Kroe er (Page 2) 1971 to Administrative Assistant to the AEPSC Vice Chairman, En ineerin 1973 and Construction Responsibilities were numerous and widely diversified involving all facets of electric utility engineering, design, construction and operation. Assigned responsibilities for coordination of numerous special projects,.

studies and problem solving task forces. Prepared responses to outside correspondence for all levels of senior management.

Developed and implemented an AEPSC engineering manpower monitoring programs to continually monitor changes in engineering manpower and technical level of engineering.

1970 to Senior En ineer - Electrical En ineerin Division S ecial 1971 Assi nment to Nuclear Task Force - D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant Electrical Engineering Division gA procedures, site electrical construction gA procedures, electrical equipment specifications, original corporate wide seismic qualification specification, and electrical equipment supplier qualification programs. Conducted preaward audits of and inprocess surveillance on suppliers of safety related electrical equipment. Conducted numerous site audits of electrical construction activities.

1965 to En ineer various rades - Electrical En ineerin Division 1970 Distribution Section NY Office - Primary responsibility was for long range planning of the distribution systems for two of the AEP system operating companies, including improvement plans, load forecasts, system optimization, cost analyses, coordination of plans with transmission planning groups and presentation of plans to corporate management for approval. Other responsibilities included: administration (further development of and implementation of the AEP system wide distribution transformers load monitory program (program to predict on a statistical basis the monthly and annual peak loads on over 400,000 distribution transformers); development and implementation of an AEP system side distribution system trouble, damage and interruption reporting program to provide statistical data on circuit and equipment "reliability" for planning and equipment evaluation purposes; participated in a task force to develop distribution system planning guidelines; conducted numerous special studies on distribution system equipment, construction standards and planning calculation techniques.

67558: 1/112983 8-4

Robert F. Kroe er (Page 3) 1963 to Associate En ineer - Canton Ohio En ineerin Oivision - Primary 1965 responsibiljties were basically the same as those shown for 1965 to 1970. Th'is position was established as part of an effort to develop an AEPSC engineering group in Canton, Ohio. After two years, the decision was made to transfer the distribution planning function,to the AEPSC New York office.

1960 to Indiana 5 Michi an Electric Comoan Assistant Engineer - S stem 1963 En ineerin Office, Oistribution Section - Primary responsibilities were for short range distribution system planning, development of detailed work plans for implementation of distribution system improvements, and special customer related studies.

Additional responsibilities included: evaluation of sheet light equipment, equipment utilization studies and installation standards; continuous evaluation of distribution conductor connects and associated tooling and hardware.

67558:1/112983 8-5

RESUME: Robert C. Carruth TITLE: Head Electrical Generation Section American Electric Power Service Corporation EDUCATION: Bachelor of Engineering 1965 Stevens Institute of Technology Master of Engineering - Electric Power Systems Engineering 1967 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute PRESENT: Manager Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division American Electric Power Service Corporation 1979-1981 Assistant Manager of Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division AEPSC:

Execute a broad range of technical and administrative responsibilities in supervision of,an organization of 40 engineers and supporting technical personnel involved in all aspects of Power Plant Electrical Design Engineering, including power equipment specification and application, auxiliary power system design, application of protective relaying and protective interlocking circuits, design of relay and solid state logic control systems, application of fault diagnostic equipment, performance of equipment and,system failure analysis and the monitoring and upgrading of installed and operating electrical equipment and systems. Specific technical and administrative responsibilities include:

Conducting Job Performance Reviews.

Administrative of the training and orientation program for new technical personnel.

Manpower planning and manpower allocation.

Providing independent technical reviews.

Participating in Nuclear Standards Development.

Participating in Nuclear Safety Design Review Sub-Committee activities.

Conducting special studies in Nuclear and Fossil Plant Design, construction and operation related area.

Research or conduct evaluation of systems or equipment misoperations, reportable occurrences, equipment failures, etc.

Participate in Nuclear Plant Site Audits.

6755B:1/112983 B-7

R. C. Carruth Page 2 Previous Nuclear Ex erience 1972-1979 Senior Engineer, and Project Electrical Engineer for D.C. Cook Nuclear Plant; two 1100 MW Westinghouse PWR's.

Responsible for technical and administrative supervision of an organization of six to ten engineers and engineering support personnel involved in construction, qualification, licensing, pre-operational testing, startup and post operational engineering and design support. Specific technical and administrati've responsibilities included:

Performing or supervising hhe detail design of Class IE as well as balance of plant electrical systems, circuits and components.

Preparation of Equipment qualification test procedures.

Witness acceptance testing.

Supervise the preparation of plant site audit plans.

Write and supervise the preparation and execution of pre-operational test procedures.

Supervise the development and testing of Class IE components.

Provide on site startup technical support and supervision.

Develop an Engineering Procedures Manual.

Establish procedures for engineering quality control.

Institute an Engineering equality Assurance Program.

Assist in the establishment of a Corporate Design Change Control Process.

Perform work planning; scheduling manpower and assignments.

Personnel Performance Reviews.

Supervise and provide technical liaison to a consultant organization contracted to supplement the permanent staff assigned to the Project Electrical organization.

6755B: 1/112983 B-8

R. C. Carruth Page 3 General Industr Ex erience 1977-1979 Senior Engineer and Supervisory Engineer for the electrical design of Racine Hydroelectric Project.

Responsible for conceptual as well as detail engineering of the electrical systems, protectives, plant controls, dispatch automation and supervisory and diagnostic systems for remote unattended operations Specific areas of activity included:

Generation of Electrical One Lines.

Specification purchase and application of major electrical systems and hardware including:

600 V and 6.9kV switchgear.

6.9kV Isolated and Non Seg. Phase bus.

Programmable controllers for control and dispatch functions.

Equipment status and alarm monitoring system.

Remote supervisory and data acquisition system.

Battery charger, inverter and UPS system.

Parameter monitoring and data management system.

Design of'lant controls and protective inter locking circuits and logic.

Development of dispatch algorithims for economic dispatch of the facility.

Application of generator and auxiliary power system protective relaying.

Integration of plant controls and operation with subtransmission system relaying and switching requirements.

Application of station oscillograph and plant systems status diagnostic computer and annunciator systems.

Application of on-site emergency diesel generation, and the design of automatic load shedding, restoration, re-transfer and testing circuitry.

6755B: 1/112983 B-9

R. C. Carruth Page 4 1969-1972 Engineer and Sponsor (Project Electrical) Engineer for. Mitchell Plant - two 800 MW coal fired super-critical units:

Responsible for electrical control and protection, auxiliary power systems protective relaying, related operator training and related startup and commissioning supervision. Specific responsibilities and activities included:

Design of electrical control and power circuits.

Application and setting of protective relays.

Application of switchgear and other switching and protective devices.

Design of relay and digital solid state logic for plant coal handling automation.

Design of relay control logic and interlocking for plant systems.

Preparation of operator reference system descriptions and operating instructions.

Prepare and deliver operator training and orientation lectures on key plant systems.

Write test and commissioning instructions.

Provide on-site technical support to construction and relay checkout personnel.

1968-1972 Engineer and Project Electrical Engineer for the design and installation of a 345 MVAR synchronous condenser installation as part of a 765kV EHV system expansion. Responsibilities included:

Design of all controls and protectives.

Design of auxiliary power system.

Rating major electrical components.

Specification and purchase of control components, switchgear, transfer switches, auxiliary power equipment, motor control centers, transformers.

Review and approval of all vendor supplied systems, including excitation, generator cooling water treatment and demineralizer system equipment, and all starting system equipment including generator starting and running bus switching equipment.

6755B: 1/112983 B-10

R. C. Carruth Page 5 1967"1969 Associate Engineer, Assisting Project Electrical Engineer in various aspects of a strip mine expansion project, automated coal haulage (railroad), overland conveyors, coal processing stations and misc. coal handling systems.

67558:1/112983 8" 11

KARL J. TOTH EDUCATION University of Southern Califormia, M.A., System Management, 1968 University of Omaha, B.S., Military Science, 1962 Central Michigan College of Education, 1950 REGISTRATION Professional Engineer, State of California EXPERIENCE American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1983 - Present NUS Corpodation, 1980 - 1983 U.S. Air Force, 1951 - 1980 Michigan School System, 1950 - 1951 AMERICAN ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE CORPORATION - Assigned to the Nuclear Safety and Licensing Section with responsibility for safety implications of all proposed D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant modifications. Reviews all proposed changes for 10CFR50.59 requirements and D. C. Cook licensing commitments to the NRC.

NUS - As a consulting engineer with the Consequence Assessment Department, is responsible for the analysis of probabilities and consequences of industrial and transportation accidents. Conducted aircraft impact hazard analysis for the San Onofre, Skagit/Hanford, and Hope Creek nuclear power plants and wrote Section 3.5. 1.6 of the preliminary and final safety analysis reports (PSAR and FSAR) for the Hope Creek plant. Performed analysis of probabilities for accidents injuries, and deaths for the environmental impact statement for away-from-reactor fuel receiving and storage stations at Nuclear Fuel Services, West Valley, New York; General Electric, Morris, Illinois, and Allied General Nuclear Services, Barnwell, South Carolina. Conducted risk analyses, including possible accidents scenarios, on military deployment and use of krypton-85 advanced airfield lighting systems. Performed excavatioon planning and time estimates for the Ginna Nuclear Power Plant. Conducted accident and risk analyses of remotely piloted vehicles for the U.S.

Department of Energy. These analyses included possible accident scenarios, failure modes, and probabilities. In addition, performed field surveys, collected data, and managed projects for both offite and onsite hazards analysis for control room habitability for Units 1 and 2 of the Surry, Skagit/Hanford, and Midland Nuclear Power Plants. This work resulted in writing revisions to Section 2.2 of the Midland FSAR, which, included an extensive study and report, and writing Section Z.Z of the Skagit/Hanford PSAR and the Hope Creek FSAR ~ Participated in the IDCOR Atomic Industrial Forum on Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Operator Human Factors Study.

6755B: 1/112983 B-13

KARL J. TOTH Page 2 U.S. AIR FORCE - Served as pilot and in progressive management positions in both the operations and safety functions. At termination of Air Force career, was Chief of Safety for Air Force Systems Command, with responsibility for system safety, reliability, maintainability, and overall product assurance for approximately 90 percent of the hardware and software purchased by the U.S.

Air Force.

From 1974 through 1977, was responsible for reviewing and approving evacuation plans and control center operations for 20 installations in the eastern United States. Has had extensive experience working with and directing postaccidents radiation-monitoring teams, decontamination teams, and accident investigations.

As Chief of Safety and Disaster Control, from 1962 to 1974, conducted evacuation studies at six nuclear installations; one in Japan, two in Europe, and three in the United States. Studies included time estimates, routes, methods, and procedures for dispersing personnel and critical defense equipment. Responsibilities also included establishing and directing emergency control center procedures and operations at each location.

Investigated a catastrophic bomber aircraft crash in Japan which resulted in many unnecessary civilian casualties. These losses were attributed to a lack of knowledge by the local population. As a result, developed, and translated, and distributed emergency procedures checklists for local officials. Also wrote an explanation of the hazards and risks and established simple procedures to be followed in the event of future accidents. These procedures were translated and published in local papers and broadcast periodically on local radio and television. These checklists and news media releases were well received and subsequently translated and successfully used at locations in Europe and in the United States.

MEMBERSHIPS American Defense Preparedness Association American Nuclear Society Certified Hazard Control Manager International Society of Air Safety Investigators National Aerospace Education Association National Society of Professional Engineers System Safety Society 6755B: 1/112983 8-14

ARTHUR S. GRZMES Consultin Mechanical En ineer Thirty five years experience in mechanical engineering activities involving major power generating facilities in the United States and Zsrael.

EDUCATZON: Pzofessional degree in Mechanical Engineering University of Cincinnati, 1948 Additional Education:

Business Administration, Adelphi University 1955 Automatic Control, University of Michigan 1954 EXPERZENCE: American Electric Power Service Cor 1978 to Consulting Mechanical Engineer - Consultant to Present mechanical engineering and other disciplines in areas of automatic control, plant operation and thermal performance. Perform nuclear plant audits. Consult on research projects.

1972-77 Assistant Division Manager - Mechanical Engineering Responsible for mechanical engineering activities in plant modification and operation of a nuclear power plant.

1955-72 Manager, Results Section - Responsible for design and purchase of instrumentation and control systems, steam cycle analysis, and pez formance testing of power generating plants. Plants included coal, oil, nuclear and hydro.

1950-55 Engineer - Responsible for design and purchase of instrumentation and control systems for fossil power plants.

1948-49 A alachian Power Co., Lo an, West Vir inia Results Engineer responsible for maintenance of instruments and controls and for performance testing in coal f ired power plant.

PROFESSZONAL AFFZLZATZON: Fellow, American Society of Mechanical Engineers Chapter 8, Pump Handbook-McGraw-Hill 1976 Operating Experience With The Cardinal Plant Training Simulator - American Nuclear Society 1970 Service Experience With Analog Computers For Utility Power Plants - American Power Conf. 1962

C Measurement of Density and Moisture in a Large Coal Storage Pile - American Power Conf. 1961 Application of an Automatic Digital Data Collecting System To The Philo Supercritical Unit, American Power Conf. 1958 Thermal Performance Of The Philo Supercritical Unit - American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 1958 PATENTS: 4,343,682 Feedwater Heating Means for Nuclear Units During Start-up and Method of Controlling Same.

3,721,898, Apparatus for Detecting Leakage From or Rupture of Pipes and Other Vessels Containing Fluid Under Pressure.

3,211,135 Steam Generator Unit Contxol System

Summary Resume of THOMAS B. SHERIDAN Thomas B. Sheridan attended Purdue University (B.S. 1951) and, after two years in military service (Aeromedical Laboratory, Wright Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio) attended the University of California, Los Angeles (M.S. 1954) and M. I.T. (Sc.D. 1959). His doctoral program was interdepartmental between

'systems engineering and psychology, with one year spent in cross-registration at Harvard University.

For most of his career, Or . Sheridan has remained at M. I. T., where until recently he was Professor of Mechanical Engineering and is now Professor of Engineering and Applied Psychology. He heads the Man-Machine'Systems Laboratory and teaches both graduate and undergraduate subjects in Man-Machine Systems. He is a Faculty Associate of the M. I.T. Science, Technology and Society Program. He helped develop a new interdepartmental graduate degree program in Technology and Policy, and .has taught the core seminars for that program. He has also taught control, design and other engineering subjects.

He has served as visiting faculty member at the University of California, Berkeley, Stanford University, and the Technical University of Delft, Netherlands. N Dr. Sheridan's research has been on mathematical models of human operator and socio"economic systems, on man-computer interaction in piloting aircraft and in supervising undersea and industrial robotic systems, and on computer graphic technology for information searching and group deicision-making. He is author, with W. R. Ferrell, of Man-Machine S stems: Information, Control and Decision Models of Human Performance, M. I.T. Press, 1974, 1981 (published in Russian, 1980) and co-editor of a 1976 Plenum Press book, M~onitorin Behavior and Su ervisor Control.

He is a fellow of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, was formerly editor of the IEEE Transactions on Man-Machine S stems, is past president of the'EEE Systems, Man and Cybernetics Society, served as Chairman of the IEEE Committee on Technology Forecasting and Assessment and was chairman of the 1981 IEEE Workshop on Human Factors in Nuclear Safety. He is also a Fellow of the Human Factors Society, and in 1977 received the'ir Paul M.

Fitts Award for contributions to education. He is Associate Editor of Automatica and on the Editorial Advisory Board of Com uter Aided Desi n.

Dr. Sheridan has served on the Accident Prevention and Injury Control Study Sections of the National Institutes of Health, the NASA Life Sciences Advisory Committee, the NSF Automation Research Council, the NASA Study group on Robotics, the U.S. Congress OTA Task Force on Appropriate Technology, and the NSF Advisory Committee on Applied Physical, Mathematical and Biological Factors and served on the NRC Ad Hoc Committee on Aircrew-Vehicle Interaction and two advisory panels of the NRC Marine Board.

His industrial consulting activities have included: The General Motors Corp.

(auto safety); General Electric Co. (telemanipulator s); C.S. Draper Laboratory 6755B: 1/112983 B-17

Thomas B. Sheridan Page 2 (design of astronaut interface for Apollo guidance system, industrial robots);

Biodynamics, Inc. (biomedical and human factors); Public Broadcast Service (TV audience feedback); National Bureau of Standards (industrial robots); Group Dialog Systems, Inc. (group meeting and decision technology); Northrop Aircarft (pilot workload); Babcock and Wilcox Co. (industrial instrumenta-tions); Lockheed, General Physics, American Electric Power, Consumer's and Webster, the BWR Owners'roup, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Yankee Atomic, and Electric Power Research Institute.(man-machine aspects of nuclear plant safety).

67558:1/112983 8-18

Mana er, Instrumentation and Control Section Seventeen years experience in instrumentation, control and equipment protection activities involving major power generating and distribution facilities in the United States..

EDUCATION: B. S. Electrical Engineering, Illinois Institute of Technology, 1966 Additional Education:

AEP Management Course - University of Michigan, 1979 REGISTRATION: Professional Engineer - California ( 1977)

EXPERiENCE: American Electric Power Service Cor oration 1977 to Manager, Instrumentation & Control Section-Present Responsibilities include supervising the development of the overall plant control philosophy. Review, approve and recommendations of instruments, controls & computer supplied with all major mechanical equipment. Organize the development of software, selection of hardware for power plant process computers. Supervise the arrangement of control rooms, simulators and panels incorporating human factor considerations. Assure documentation of instru-mentation, control and computer strategies via the Engineering Control Procedure (ECP) packages. Carry out the interface between Mechanical and Electrical Engineering for Control Design and Engineering. Provide for profes-sional development and training of Section personnel.

Recommend hiring, salary adjustments, promotion, transfers and release of personnel. Project work includes Montaineer Unit 1 and Rockport Units 1 & 2 1300 mw fossil fired power plants, Cook Nuclear Plant Units 1 & 2 upgrades, the Pressurized Fluidized Bed Combustion Project Studies, and a new series of Fossil Fired Plant studies in-plant monitoring computers for Stack Environmental Data.

1976 to 1977 Assistant Section Head/Instrumentation & Control Section-Responsibilities included supervision, instrument and control work, training, evaluating personnel performance, review and approval of purchase orders, standards and drawings, supervise the arrangement and design of control panels, supervise and design of control systems, coordinate the preparation of boiler & turbine interlock diagrams and analyzing the power plant cycle and their controls.

Project work included a series of 1300 MM Fossil Fired Power Plants, D. C'. Cook Nuclear Plant Unit 1 & 2 and a Mechanical Engineering Division Power Plant Cycle Study.

67558:1/112983 8-19

John C. Jeffrey Page 2 1975 to 1976 Engineer, Instrumentation & Control Section, N.Y. Office-

"Responsibilities included design of control systems, selection of instruments and control devices, preparation of specifications, review of construction drawings, inspection of new facilities, prepare calibrated and operation instructions and make dynamic response studies.

Project work included the Cook Plant Waste Evaporator and Waste Evaporator Bottoms Systems, Request For Change Sheet, Lot and Unit P2 replacement equipment.

1974 to 1975 Engineer, Instrumentation & Control Section at Cook Plant-Responsibilities included supervision of the NERVE organization as outlined below plus assisting the Cook Plant with staff procedures, audits, tests and training.

Indiana & Michi an Electric Comtian 1972 to 1974 Supervising Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Cook Plant - Responsibilities included supervision, engineer, design, construction, maintenance and operation of station & plant facilities, supervise installation &

maintenance and of station and plant equipment, formulate policies and procedures, supervise special studies and reports, assist in planning and engineering new stations, supervise repairing equipment in connection with failure.

Responsible for employment, promotion, transfer, discipline and discharge. Projects included all electrical controls and D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.

1971 to 1972 Senior Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Cook Plant - Responsibilities included performing and directing others in testing, adjusting station and plant equipment, reviewing construction prints to assure that they are consistent with intended function, inspect & coordinate the work of contractors, make recommendations to correct malfunctions, plan and perform special tests, analyze test results, prepare estimates, reports and studies. Projects included all electrical controls at D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.

1970 to 1971 Senior Engineer., General Office, Station Department at New York Office - Responsibilities included participating in the design and engineering of D. C. Cook Nuclear Plant.

Projects included diesel load analysis, safeguard pump control, essential service water, sewage disposal, auxiliary feed water, control air, black"out sequencing, component cooling water the 345/765 station and the 69/4KV emergency power station.

6755B:1/112983 8;20

John C. Jeffrey Page 3 1969 to 1970 Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Michigan Power Company - Responsibilities included Maintenance and Performance Tests of Station and Hydro equipment such as circuit breakers, transformers, relays and protective equipment. I was responsible for inspection of station construction projects and coordinating contractor's work and training. Projects included two 69KV transmission and distribution station and Constatine and 'Mottville Hydro electric plants.

1969 to 1969 Engineer, General Office, Station Department at Big Sandy Plant - Responsibilities included performing tests of Plant Equipment such as circuit breakers, heaters, transformers, pumps, valves, relays, protective equipment and training.

Projects include circulating water, cooling towers, trans-formers, pulverizers, generator, unit circuit breakers and the 765 KV station equipment.

1968 to 1969 Engineer, 'General Office, Station Department at Michigan Power Company - Responsibilities included maintaining and performing tests of station equipment, such as circuit breakers, transformers, relays and protective equipment. I was responsible for inspection of station construction projects and coordinating contractors work, design, economic justification of new station control and training. Projects included inspection, testing, repair and partial redesign of Control at all Michigan Power Transmission Stations. The control design & economic justification, testing, calibration and placing in service of a 69/34KV transmission station School Craft South.

1966 to 1968 Engineer, General Office,. Station Department at Indiana and Michigan Electric Co. - Responsibilities included running special equipment test, performing testing of station equipment such as circuit breakers, transformers, relays and protective equipment, carrier current and supervisory control. I was responsible for inspecton of station construction projects and coordinating contractor's work for training and training equipment, for calibration and timing studies, calibration record system and calibration aids. Projects included testing of solid state relays, testing shock preventative devices, design and construction of a training simulator, development of a calibration record, calibration charts, station calculations, timing coordination studies, installation of 345KV circuit breakers at Tanners Creek Plant. Station removal and installation of 345KV circuit breakers at Breek Plant Station.

6755B: 1/112983 B-21

'\/

A 0

Rexford F. Shoemaker Senior En ineer, Instrumentation & Control Section Twenty-one years experience in instrumentation, control and protective systems activities in fossil fuel power generation stations.

EDUCATION: B. S. Mechanical Engineering West Virginia Institute of Technology, 1961 EXPERIENCE: A palachian Power Com an 1972 to 1983 Plant Performance Superintendent, John E. Amos Plant-Responsibilities included all plant instrumentation, control and protective systems, cycle chemistry and control, environmental controls and thermal performance and testing. Supervise eighty (80) technical and supervisory personnel. Wrote first 1300 MW Integrated Unit Control System line up and calibration procedure. Alternate weekend call-out duties with Operation Department Superintendent, supervise unit start-ups and operations Wrote first 1300 MW unit normal cold start-up procedure.

1970 to 1972 Performance Supervising Engineer " Responsibilities included supervising technicians and engineers in check-out, calibration and start-up activities of Amos plant instrumentation and controls systems on two 800 MW and one 1300 MW coal fired supercritical pressure units.

1969 to 1970 Performance Engineer Senior, on temporary assignment to American Electric Power Service Corporation, Instrumentation 6 Control Section in New York City Responsibilities included helping to assemble calibration books for Amos Units 1 and 2. Revise as required for automatic control Big Sandy Unit 2 Integrated Unit Control System. Develop first 800 MW Integrated Unit Control System calibration and line up drawings. Help with Mitchell Unit One Westinghouse-Hagan factory checkout of Integrated Unit Control System Cabinets.

1968 to 1969 Performance Engineer, Kanawha River Plant-Responsibilities included supervising instrument and control technician crew.

6755B:1/112983 B-23

Rexford F. Shoemaker Page 2 Baile Meter Com an 1966 to 1967 Systems Engineer, Wickliffe, Ohio - Responsibilities included des'ign, specify, document standard control system logic for central station applications. Trouble shoot large electronic control systems on supercritical units and revise as necessary to help develop company standards.

Help design, assemble, check-out and put into service first closed loop analog simulator for factory checkout of large elec'tronic control systems for supercritical units.

1961 to 1966 Field Service Engineer, Cincinnati, Ohio - Responsibilities included service and maintain existing control systems plus checkout and start-up new control systems ranging from small pneumatic on industrial drum boilers and processes to large electronic on central station units.

6755B: 1/112983 8"24

Frank S. VanPelt, Jr.

Professional Engineer - Michigan Section Manager - Construction Project Management III American Electric Power Service Corp.

Bachelor of Science - Mechanical Engineering Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University June, 1982 - Present - American Electric Power Service Corp.

Section Manager for Cook Plant Project Management III Planning and Scheduling RFC work for Cook Plant.

March, 1980 - May, 1982 - American Electric Power Service Corp Section Manager - Planning and Scheduling; Project Controls.

Coordinated Cook Plant FSAR Update; began development of detail logic networks for Coal Fired Power Plant Construction program. Headed one of three teams during Study program for new coal fired power plant.

July, 1979 -'ebruary, 1980 - American Electric Power Service Corp.

Project Control- Engineer - Construction Projects. Began the development of computer program for scheduling the engineering, design and construction of a coal fired power plant.

April, 1978 June, 1979 - American Electric Power Service Corp.

Project Manager assigned to Helium Breeder Associates, San Diego, California.

Assisted in the development of the Management System and program to be used for the Gas Cooled Fast Breeder Reactor Program.

May, 1977 - March, 1978 - I & M Electric Co. - D. C. Cook Plant Lead Start-up Engineer Directed six Start-Up Engineers in the completion and start-up of Unit

'nt Cook Plant. Maintained the Preop schedule and assured timely 2

release of systems for Preop Testing..

August, 1972 - April, 1977 - I & M Electric Co. - D. C. Cook Plant Start-Up Engineer/Assistant Lead Start-up Engineer Coordinated the completion and start-up of assigned systems for both Unit 1 and 2.

Prepared system initial operating procedures, flushing procedures and hydrostatic test procedures.

6755B: 1/112983 B-25

Frank S. VanPelt, Jr.

Page 2 June, 1970 July, 1972 - Central Operating Co. - Philip Sporn Plant Performance Engineer Planned, set-up equipment, took data, calculated and analyzed the results and made recommendations for equipment performance improvements for my assigned units.

67558:1/112983 8-26

James B. Brittan Senior En ineer, ualit Assurance More than twenty years experience in various guality Assurance and Reliability activities including seven years with nuclear power generation facilities.

EDUCATION: B. S. in Marine Engineering, NY State Maritime 1954 Graduate Studies in Nuclear Engineering, UCLA MBA, CW Post,'Div. LIU.

EXPERIENCE: American Electric Power Service Corporation 1977 to Responsible for establishment and implementation of complete supplier qualification program for all companies furnishing equipmeat or services important to nuclear safety to AEP (more than four hundred diverse organizations). Responsible for auditor training and certification program. Responsible for planning, scheduling and implementation of internal guality Assurance audit program. Project gA representative on spent fuel rack modification and Plant security system projects.

1962-1976 Lund Electronics 8 S stem, Inc.

guality Assurance Manager, responsible for quality planning, reliability, quality planning, quality engineerng, quality control and all testing associated with the company's diverse line of electromechanical products.

Directed environmental lab, model shop, electronic lab, and metrology functions. Managed budgets, test program contracts, other planning 8 scheduling functions. Wrote proposals, test plans and reports.

6755B: I/112983 B-27

Loui s P. DeMarco EXPERIENCE: 6/73 - Present Engineering Assistant Electrical Generation Section Electrical Engineering Division RESPONSIBILITIES:

4/79 - Present Responsible for System Engineering functions such as:

Evaluating and implementing all phases of design modifications for two 1100MW nuclear units, including Radiation Monitoring System, Reactor Protection System, Hydrogen Mitigation Distributed Ignition System, Fire Protection Systems, various plant systems and their support.

Provide plant staff with electrical engipeering support.

Investigate and prepare responses in connection with Nuclear Regulatory Commission circulars and bulletins.

Coordinate Plant'Annunciator Response Procedure Review.

Task force member for Onsite Low Level Radiation Waste Storage Facility.

3/76 - 4/79 (}uality Control Engineer responsible for managing and implementing the quality control system for nuclear plant engineering design modifications, including review of all electrical engineering des'ign modifications for technical and procedural completeness.

6/73 - 3/76 Technical Assistant, assisting both fossil and nuclear engineering staff by: performing engineering calculations, data tabulations, equipment specifications, purchase and expediting.

EDUCATION: Polytechnic Institute of New York 110 credits completed toward B.S.E.E.

Staten Island Community College A.S.S. Degree - 1973 Electro-Mechanical Technology 6755B: 1/112983 8-29

ft J

Thaddeus Russell Stephens Citizenshi U.S. (Born - Ni les, Michigan)

Position Title Senior Performance Engineer Present Em lo er Indiana and Michigan Electric Co'mpany Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant Education November 1980: Attended Combustion Engineering's two-week Simulator Training Program and completed the reactor startup examination satisfactorily.

April 1980: University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Successfully completed the two-week Reactor Operator Training Program at Ford Nuclear Reactor/Phoenix Memorial Laboratory.

March 1978: A sixteen-hour course on vibration analysis given by the IRD Company.

(

June - August 1976: American Electric Power's Performance Improvement Program consisted of 240 hours0.00278 days <br />0.0667 hours <br />3.968254e-4 weeks <br />9.132e-5 months <br /> of both classroom lectures on power plant related subjects and performance testing of 1300 megawatt coal fired unit with related equipment and calculations of test data.

March 1975: A forty-hour recorder and controls maintenance course given by the Leeds 8 Northrup Company.

1974: Graduated, Tri-State College, Angola, Indiana, Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering.

Attended a 40-hour Management Training Course given by the Indiana 4 Michigan Electric Company.

6755B: 1/112983 B-31

T. R. Stephens Page 2 Se tember 1979 to Present: Senior Performance Engineer assigned to the Operations Department at the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant. Duties include the review and revision of the Operations Department Procedures and general technical support for the Department.

Au ust 1976 to September 1979: Senior Performance Engineer at Tanners Creek, having the duties to supervise the Performance Engineers who have unit responsibility, to schedule test work and assign and monitor project work.

November 1974 to Au ust 1976: Worked as a Performance Engineer in a 1050 megawatt generating station which has four coal-fi,red units. The station is the Tannery s Creek Station owned by the Indiana 5 Michigan Electric Company, a subsidiary of American Electric Power Company. My duties included testing of major unit equipment, assorted project work, and the maintaining of the unit's control systems.

March 1974 to November 1974: Worked as a first line supervisor of a forge line and welding line in the manufacture of single piece axle housings in the Housing Division of Clark Equipment Company. Left to get work more in line with my professional training.

June 1968 to March 1974: Co-op student with Clark Equipment Company in Buchanan, Michigan.

6755B: 1/112983 B-32

JOHN D. YOUNG - Senior Engineer, Electrical Power Systems/Control Board Design, Westinghouse Electric Corporation Education:

- B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Tri-State College

~E Mr. Young is with Westinghouse Electric Corporation in the Instrumentation and Control Department, Electrical Power Systems and Control Board Design group.

His work experience for the past ten years has been in the area of main cont'rol and panel layout. design. He is the lead engineer for the Control Board Design group.

Mr. Young was the responsible design engineer for the control boards for the following nuclear power plants:

a) Sequoyah Units 1 and 2 b) Watts Bar Units 1 and 2 c) Krsko Unit 1 (Yugoslavia) d) Napot Point Unit 1 (Philippines)

He was also the responsible engineer in the design of a modular operation console which can integrate the requirements of Reg. Guide 1.97 and NUREG 0696 into existing control rooms.

Mr. Young also has over three years experience with the reactor protection and safeguards systems panels. He was instrumental in the design of the safeguards on-line testing sys em.

Mr. Young's experience in the nuclear industry spans fourteen and one-half years with Westinghouse in the Instrumentation and Control field.

6755B: 1/112983 B"33

WAYNE R. YOUNG - Engineer, Electrical Power Systems and Control Board Design Education:

- A.S. in Electronics Technology from the Community College of Allegheny County

- Continuing towards a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Pittsburgh Ex erience:

Mr. Young is with the Westinghouse Electric Corporation in the Instrumentation and Control Department, Electrical Power Systems and Control Board Design Group. His work experience has been in the area of main control board/panel layout and design. His total nuclear experience spans nine years of service with Westinghouse in the instrumentation and control field.

He is the cognizant engineer for the human engineering evaluation for the Louisiana Power and Light Waterford 3 nuclear plant, a program which included the following.

a) Assess the layout and adequacy of the main control board (MCB) required to support operating crew activities through the use of plant-specific Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs).

b) Verify that the EOP sequence of steps and procedural flow are compatible with the MCB layout.

c) Conduct EOP verification walk-throughs in the Waterford 3 control room.

d) =Provide recommendations for resolution of Human Engineering Discrepancies (HEDs).

e) Assist in the development of plant specific, symptom-based, event scenarios for use in the EOP verification.

6755B: 1/062883 B-35

WAYNE R. YOUNG (continued) f) Assist in the preparation of the event recognition report, MCR display maps, task maps, and link analysis documentation.

Mr. Young is also responsible for the main control board equipment qualification program. Duties for equipment qualified to IEE 323"1974 and 344-1975 include:

a) Participation in the preparation of equipment qualification reports.

b) Generation and maintenance of baseline design documents.

c) Generation and maintenance of computerized specifications.

d) Equipment quotations.

e) Equipment procurement.

f) Maintenance of qualification fi ls for audi tabi lity.

Additionally, Mr. Young is the systems engineer for the Nuclear Steam Supply System (NSSS) on the following power plants:

a) Comanche Peak Units ¹1 and ¹2 b) McGuire Units ¹1 and ¹2 c) Catawba Units ¹1 and ¹2 d) Mannshan Units ¹1 and ¹2 e) Korea Unit ¹2 f) Millstone Unit ¹2 g) Virgil C. Summer h) Beaver Valley Unit ¹2 Activities include review and approval of architect/engineer documentation, design of the rod drop disconnect switch box, equipment procurement, schedul-ing, and documentation transmittal.

6755B: 1/062883 ~ B-36

ROBERT J. WARTENBERG - Instruction Coordinator and Instructor, Instrumentation Technology Training Center, Westinghouse Electric Corporation Education:

- Community College of Allegheny Country, 12 credit hours in Education

- Southern Illinois University, 69 credit hours in Education

- Military schools: Electronic Technician "A" School, Basic Nuclear Power School, and Nuclear Power Prototype Ex erience:

Mr. Wartenberg has over 8 years of experience in the naval and commercial nuclear fields, with emphasis on plant operations and training, and supervisory experience in all aspects of course presentation, personnel training, and program administration and development. Mr. Wartenberg assists in human factors evaluations of control room designs and procedure verifica-tions. In October of 1981, he received Senior Reactor Operator certification.

As an instruction coordinator, he is responsible for meeting the overall objectives of all customer simulator courses and the direction of instructional activities of fifteen instructors, with participation directly in student and instructor evaluations and audits.

Previous work experience includes an assignement as an instructor to the reactor controls division, and as a qualified reactor operator and shutdown reactor operator on a naval nuclear prototype. As a training engineer, Mr.

Wartenberg also assisted in the startup of the SNUPPS II simulator.

6755B:1/062883 B-37

G. ALLEN ELLIFF, EDUCATION: Ph.D., Industrial Engineering/Operations Research, Texas ARM University, 1973 M.S., Industrial Engineering/Operations Research, Texas ARM University, B.S., Engineering, 1971'ndustrial Texas ARM University, 1970 AFFILIATIONS: American Institute of Industrial Engineers.

Operations Research Society of America Alpha Pi Mu (Industrial Engineering Honor Society)

Sigma Xi PROFESSIONAL BRIEF:

Dr. Elliff is a Branch Manager in Essex Corporation's Alexandria office. He is currently responsible for management, technical direction, and review of projects for nuclear industry clients of the Industrial Services Department. Dr. Elliff's utility experience includes direct project management responsibility for several nuclear power plant control room design reviews, as well as management oversight and review of related projects for nuclear industry clients. He has 10 years consulting experience with the military (Navy, Air Force, and Office of the Secretary of Defense); other federal agencies (Department of Energy, Department of Transportation); and private sector clients (utilities, motor carriers, railroads, military hardware vendors). His experience includes applied human factors analysis, maintenance management, logistic support analysis, life cycle cost/design to cost analysis, information system validation, business and financial management, market analysis, transportation operations analysis, mathematical modelling, reliability/maintainability analysis, production engineering, statistical quality control, and training course development and presentation. Prior to joining Essex in 1981, Dr. Elliff was associated with Evaluation Research Corporation; Peat, Marwick, Mitchell, R Co.; Logistics Management Institute; and the Texas ARM University graduate faculty.

Dr. Elliff also has three years experience as a full-time graduate faculty member at Texas ARM University teaching industrial engineering and operations research courses and supervising thesis research.

EXPERIENCE:

CANYON RESEARCH GROUP, a Division of Essex Corporation (1981 - Present)

Mana er 0 erations Anal sis Branch Industrial Services De artment - Provide management and technical direction for conduct of Industrial Services Department operations analysis projects. Have primary technical responsibility for all operational task analysis, probabilistic risk assessment, and human reliability analyses for the Industrial Services Department. Serve as senior technical resource for application of industrial engineering and operations research techniques to client situations. Responsible for technical review of client deliverables.

B-39

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

Provide management review of project plan, technical scope, and resource estimates for Industrial Services Department projects. As branch manager, supervise human factors analysts and licensed Senior Reactor Operators (SROs). Assign appropriate personnel to client projects, as needed. Monitor cost and schedule status on all Industrial Services D partment projects to ensure completion of products to client satisfaction.

Project manager for detailed control room design review (DCRDR) for Public Service Electric and Gas Company's Hope Creek Generating Station (HCGS). HCGS'is a near term operating license boiling water reactor. The control room is one of the more advanced nuclear power plant control r'ooms in the United States and employs several CRTs. Also serving as project manager for DCRDR of Donald C. Cook Unit l and 2 control rooms. D.C. Cook plant is an operating plant with several years of operating experience.

Managed detailed human factors control room design review for Texas Utilities Generating Company's Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station (CPSES) Unit l. Evaluated control room for compliance with human engineering principles and applicable regulatory guidelines. Directed Essex human factors analysts and SROs in assessment of proposed client rearrangement of CPSES control boards. Assisted client in design and application of mimics, demarcation, and hierarchical labeling of the CPSES Unit l control boards.

Developed a model for predicting human reliability in nuclear power plant control room operations. For a foreign nuclear utility, developed estimates of expected improvements in operator reliability for suggested backfits to resolve thirty "generic control room design problems.

Provided general management direction for major procedures development and production project for a near term operating license (NTOL) plant. The first phase of the project involved rewriting/reformatting of all emergency, abnormal, and standard operating procedures. As a result of project team performance, Essex was also awarded contract for development and production of approximately 300 nuclear power plant surveillance/test procedures. This phase involved rewrite/reformat, technical review, and editing of procedures; technical direction of all project staff; and coordination of the production of the procedures from initial writing through final word processing. Essex project team was composed of 6 to 8 technical writers, two editors, two nuclear plant operations specialists, and 8 word processors, plus two shift supervisors from client organization.

EVALUATIONRESEARCH CORPORATION (1979-1981)

Vienna, Virginia Princi al En ineer and Branch Mana er S stems En ineerin and Anal sis Grou Provided technical and engineering support to NAVSEA, NAVELEX, NAVAIR, and other Federal government clients. This support included integrated logistics support (ILS) analyses, systems analysis, systems engineering, cost analysis, and application of opera-tions research techniques for ship and system acquisition programs and ILS functional offices.

B-40

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

Participated in development of NAVSEA Reliability and Maintainability Technical Seminar.

Performed a comparative life cycle cost (LCC) analysis of 3ERED and CHT marine sanitation systems for DD 963 class ships. Results were a prime input to NADEC briefing.

As a member of CAPTOR Production Readiness Review (PRR) Team, assessed the capability of prime contractor and first tier subcontractor to effectively manage full-scale production. As a result of the PRR, the contractors were required to make substantive improvements to production control procedures prior to full production release.

Developed multiple regression model to project Navy ship-building quality assurance (QA) manpower requirements based on workload descriptor parameters.

Developed an analytic approach and plan for trade-off and cost impact analysis of alternative aviation intermediate maintenance support strategies for the Aviation Inter-mediate Maintenance Improvement Project Office. Objective of this task was identifica-tion of the complement of intermediate-level maintenance equipment, spare parts, and personnel skills that would most improve mission effectiveness of the deckload of a given aircraft carrier. Analytic approach integrated existing Navy data files and models to the greatest extent practical.

Managed project to assess performance and effectiveness of defense contractor in providing supply and depot repair support on AN/SLQ-32(V). Evaluated timeliness, quality, and cost of depot repair and supply support provided by contractor. Integrated and cross-validated transaction data from numerous contractor internal data sources, including ADP reports, manual log books, and source documents. Assessed operational availability based on analysis of CASREPTS and 0790-2K forms and data.

Determined system stock and maintenance repair parts requirements to support AN/SLQ-32(V). Assisted in conducting FY 1981 provisioning conference. Prepared contract orders to implement results of provisioning conference. Attended program reviews in support of program office.

Provided technical review of Logistic Support Analysis (LSA) Program Plan for Army Stand-off Target Acquisition System (SOTAS) under contract to Motorola.

Senior Anal st and Pro'ect Mana er Plannin and Sciences Grou - Managed and directed numerous projects for U.S. Department of Energy clients. Senior technical analyst for quantitative analysis tasks for the Planning and Sciences Group. Directed independent validations of various DOE and industry information systems and models.

Managed a project to validate the DOE Crude Oil Transfer Pricing System (ERA-51).

Project included assessment of user requirements, respondent reporting and measurement practices, and DOE data processing procedures. Qualitative and quantitative analyses for data consistency and validity were performed, both within ERA-51 and between ERA-51 and related DOE reporting systems.

8-41

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

Provided technical and management direction for quantitative data analyses for four data systems providing information on major industrial combustors to support enforce-,

ment of the Power Plant and Industrial Fuel Use Act. Systems analyzed included the DOE Boiler Manufacturer's Report (ERA-97), DOE 1975 Major Fuel Burning Installation Coal Conversion Report (FEA-C-602-S-O), DOE 1980 Manufacturing Industries Energy Con-sumption Study and Survey of Large Combustors (EIA-063), and EPA National Emissions Data System (NEDS).

Developed scenarios for assessment of refinery industry capability to respond to various supply and demand scenarios. Analysis required familiarity with two refinery models: Bonner and Moore Refinery and Petrochemical Modeling System (RPMS) and Turner, Mason, Solomon (TMS) refinery model. RPMS and TMS models were linked to account for refinery processing capabilities, transportation network, and petroleum inventory management considerations..

Developed product prices and cost, quality, and quantity characteristics of crude slates for several refineries using DOE data in quick-reaction support for the Office of Special Counsel (OSC). Data was input to RPMS, which was used in support of OSC audit and compliance analysis.

~c" PEAT> MARWICKy MITCHELLR CO (1975 - 1979)

Washington, D.C.

jI Senior Consultant and Pro'ect Mana er - Managed the'evelopment and implementa-tion of a life cycle cost budgetary projection model for the HARPOON Project Office.

Determined and documented logistics resources for support of a given procurement schedule; developed and validated predictive cost estimating relationships; identified appropriation and budget sponsors for each end item and logistic resource category; and developed time-phased funding requirements by appropriation to support a particular acquisition scenario.

As a member of a management audit team, evaluated the analytic capability of the F-16 System Project Office organization. Areas evaluated included life cycle cost/design to cost (LCC/DTC) estimation and tracking capability, configuration management, ILS planning and coordination, and assessment of the extent to which a common data base of cost and performance parameters was maintained for use in performing the various analytic tasks.

Defined and developed an integrated project task management information system (MIS) for the Shipboard Intermediate Range Combat System Project Office. Surveyed information requirements; conducted an inventory and asse'ssment of information sources; defined information flows; investigated information processing and display alternatives; and developed an MIS to provide key project personnel with current and projected cost/schedule status, variance analyses, financial flexibility analyses, and assessment of the probable impact of potential management decisions.

8-42

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

Developed and presented seminars for commercial clients on life cycle cost/design to cost, Department of Defense (DOD) acquisition policies, and DOD marketing. Served as corporate representative 'to the Weapon System Life Support (WSLS) group under NSIA Logistics Management Committee (LOMAC).

Managed a project for the Federal Railroad Administration to perform systems engineering for intermodal freight systems. Identified, described, and analyzed the full range of improved and innovative components, subsystems, and systems. Assessed proposed innovations and improved technologies for potential to improve"profitability and return on investment for rail-based intermodal freight systems; Principal Investigator for a project to develop an improved passenger car mainte-nance and utilization program for the National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK). Specific responsibilities included assessment of the effectiveness of the current AMTRAK passenger car maintenance process, identification of trade-offs between passenger car maintenance and passenger car utilization, and development of recommendations for improving both the quality of AMTRAK maintenance and utilization of its passenger car fleet.

Managed a study for the Federal Railroad Administration to assess alternative organizational structures for yards and terminals for the United States rail industry.

Analyzed management control systems, measures of effectiveness, and the effect of organizational alternatives for yards and terminals on the infrastructure of the rail industry.

Managed projects for private railroads involving market, operations, and traffic analysis, and development of business strategies. For a major motor carrier, performed an analysis of terminal and line-haul operations to improve carrier profitability and operational ef ficiency.

LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE (1970 - 1975)

Washington, D.C.

Senior Research Associate - For PMS 306, under joint sponsorship with the Assistant Secretary of Defense Installations and Lo'gistics), analyzed and evaluated the ability of the Navy's intermediate-level maintenance activities to support the surface Fleet in the mid-1980's. Responsibility included assessment of the adequacy of the Navy's mainte-nance data collection system (MDCS) in documenting maintenance delivered to the Fleet, trade-off analyses to determine the most effective utilization of Navy resources in supporting the surface Fleet, and development of specific recommendations for improvement.

Developed a management information system and the associated data base to assist planners in the Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Installations and Logistics) in making policy decisions regarding avionics standardization. The system .was capable of producing annual projections of the demand for avionics systems in terms of functional requirement and/or associated hardware by TMS of aircraft, at the equipment level, for aircraft scheduled for major modification or acquisition during the 1975-1985 timeframe.

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

The data base could be readily updated on an annual basis, thereby enabling the system to continue providing 10 year projections.

Developed a cost element structure (CES) for life cycle cost (LCC) analysis of tracked vehicles as input to an LMI task addressing the feasibility of a standardized LCC CES for various types of DOD systems.

TEXAS ARM UNIVERSITY (1972 - '1970)

College Station, Texas Assistant Professor of Industrial En ineerin - Taught graduate courses and supervised thesis research in operations research, production engineering, manufacturing processes, production management, engineering cost estimating, production and inventory control, and quality assurance to graduate students in reliability and maintainability engineering programs sponsored by the Army Material Command (now DARCOM).

Dissertation topic addressed economic design of a continuous sampling quality assurance plan, which has resulted in a publication and presentations.

PUBLICATIONS AND TECHNICAL PRESENTATIONS

'ranco, 3., Elliff, G. A., and Tulis, E. A. Memorandum Re ort - Develo ment of Product Prices for RPMS Static Refiner Model, 3une 2, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Sciences, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.

Elliff, G. A., and Franco, 3. A licabilit of DOE Models in Short-Term Contin enc

~plannin, March 27, f981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Of fice of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S.

Department of Energy.

Elliff, G. A. Memorandum Re ort - Assi nrnent of Costs to Crude Oil Feedstocks for Establishin Static Refiner Base Cases March 19, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.

Elliff, G. A., and Tulis, E. A. Memorandum Re ort - Anal sis of the "Avera e Da "

Conce t for Establishin Crude and Product Slates for Sohio Base Cases, February 9, 1981. Prepared for Office of Technology and Computer Science, Office of Special Counsel, Economic Regulatory Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.

Elliff, G. A., and Tulis, E. A. Preliminar Anal sis of the DOE Transfer Pricin S stem, February 1, 1981. Prepared for the Office of Energy Information Validation, Energy Information Administration, U.S. Department of Energy.

Leilich, R. H., Elliff, G. A., et al. S stems En ineerin for Intermodal Frei ht S stems(3 volumes). Prepared for the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, March 1978.

B-44

G. ALLEN ELLIFF (continued)

Yager, R., Elliff, G. A., and Bauer, R. Stud to Develo an Intercit Passen er Car Maintenance and Utilization Pro ram, April 1977. Prepared for the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. DOT, and National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK).

Fisher, W., Elliff, G. A., and White, 3. M.. DOD Demand for Selected Avionic Assemblies-Phase I. Interim Report on LMI Task 75-9, November 1975.

Shepherd, F., Elliff, G;A., and Wroblewski, P. Surface Shi Maintenance, LMI Report 70-21, AD A008233, 3anuary 1975.

Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W. "A Note of Calculation of the Average Fraction Inspected for a Continuous Sampling Plan." International 3ournal of Production Research, 1975.

Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W. "Least Cost Continuous Sampling Plans." Presented at ORSA/TIMS 3oint National Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, November 1975.

Elliff, G. A., and Foster, 3. W. "Economic Design of a Multilevel Continuous Sampling Plan." Presented at AOA Symposium on Logistics, Fort Lee, Virginia, February 1970.

Elliff, G. A. "An Economic Basis with Inspector Accuracy Considerations for Design of a Multi-level Continuous Sampling Plan," unpublished doctoral dissertation, Texas ARM University, 1973.

Elliff, G. A. "Cost Optimization of a Trickling Filtration Sewage Treatment Facility Using Pattern Search with Summation of Gradients," unpublished masters'hesis, Texas ARM University, 1971.

SECURITY CLEARANCE:

SECRET, granted by DISCO (1970).

B-45

JOHN F FARBRY, JR.

EDUCATION: Bachelor of Architecture, Washington University, 1965.

M.A. Experimental Psychology, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1973 Ph.D. Experimental Psychology, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1978; Major Area: Human Memory and Cognition AFFILIATIONS: American Psychological Association (Member)

Division 21: Society of Engineering Psychologists Human Factors Society (Member)

Technical Interest Group: Computer Systems Potomac Chapter of the Human Factors Society (Member)

PROFESSIONAL BRIEF:

Dr. Farbry's activity in psychology has been concerned with basic research in human performance, teaching, and the application of psychological knowledge to complex systems in industrial settings. His research activity involves the investigation of stress effects interacting with individual differences.and the analysis of human memory and learning. In the first area, stress effects were examined with regard to coping responses in a VA hospital environment. Also, the effects of stress on problem-solving behavior were studied in a laboratory setting. The second area includes the study of qualitative changes in memory over an extended period of time and the observation of error behavior in rote learning. The undergraduate courses taught include experimental method, physiological psychology, introductory psychology and the psychology of language. During his three years at Essex, his work has been primarily concerned with the analysis and evaluation of the operator-machine interface in nuclear power plant control rooms. This work has been directed primarily to the evaluation of conventional PWR and BWR main control rooms in the U.S. and a BWR radwaste control room in Japan. He has conducted design studies of control panel component arrangement in both cases. The two most recent projects have focused on the evaluation of CRT display systems in advanced control rooms for BWR and PWR facilities in Japan.

EXPERIENCE:

ESSEX CORPORATION (1980 - Present) room of Chubu Electric Power Company. This work included the updating and reorgani-zation of CRT specifications; analysis of population stereotype data from client operations personnel and application of the results to CRT evaluation. Conducted review of functional allocation between control room operator vs. CRT,system and an information availability analysis. Evaluation, of CRT display system including features of CRT format organization, color/symbol schemes, alarm system, CRT information access and labeling.

Research Scientist. Developed general guidelines and 'criteria to support design of main control room in a nuclear power plant. The guidelines were directed to the B-47

3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R. (Continued) arrangement and grouping of components and component systems on the main control panel, the determination of the profile and floor plan configuration of the control panel and the planning of the control room facility.

Research Scientist. Developed population stereotype questionnaire for control panel elements with results applied to stereotype specification for an advanced control room (ACR) of a pressurized 'water reactor unit for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries. Also evaluated CRT pages for ACR and studied operator movement among CRTs. Developed voice-computer communication guidelines to support interactive computer systems.

Pro'ect En ineer. Evaluation of proposed and existing control panels for radwaste control room of boiling water reactor plant for 3apan Atomic Power Company. Short-and long-term recommendations were made regarding the arrangement of panel components, proposed component types and annunciator system. The recommendations included a design proposal for the component arrangement of two radwaste control subpanels.

Research Associate. Performed human factors evaluation and a design study for main control panel arrangement of new pressurized water reactor power plant for Carolina Power and Light. Also participated in on-site evaluation of individual components and panel arrangement for main control panel of existing boiling water reactor plant and prepared label backfit supplement.

H ELLMUTH, OBATA, AND KASSABAUM, INC. (1978 - 1980)

Saint Louis, Missouri Architectural Draftsman/Research. Commercial structures: preparation of con-struction documents, statistical research on firms distribution of manpower across different building types. Client contact, coordination with structural and mechanical engineers, building code analysis.

CHINN AND ASSOCIATES (1977 - 1978)

Columbia, Missouri Architectural Draftsman. Commercial and residential structures. Coordination with structural and mechanical engineers, preparation of construction documents such as site plans, floor plans, elevations, construction details and perspectives.

STEPHENS COLLEGE (1976 - 1977)

Columbia, Missouri Instructor. Department of Psychology. Full responsibility for six courses in Basic Psychology and courses in Psychobiology and the Psychology of Language. Also, student advising and staff seminar participation.

B-48

3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R. (Continued)

MID-MISSOURI MENTAL HEALTH CENTER, (1970 - 1976)

Columbia, Missouri Research Assistant - Coordinated medical, research, and technical staff for psychological research on stress in hospital patients receiving a difficult examination (endoscopy). Also recording of polygraph data before and during examination, pre- and post-patient interviews, data reduction/preliminary analysis, library research, and assis-tance with the preparation of a variety of journal articles.

CHINN, DARROUGH, AND COMPANY (1973 - 1970)

Columbia, Missouri Architectural Draftsman. Commercial and residential structures: preparation of construction documents, coordination with structural and mechanical engineers.

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI (1973)

Columbia, Missouri Teachin Assistant. Department of Home Economics. Architectural Design II:

Taught design, process, planning, and development of drafting skills. Delineation course:

Emphasis on color media applied to interior perspective drawing.

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI (1969 - 1973)

Columbia, Missouri "Teachin Assistant. Department of Psychology. General Experimental Psychology (Laboratory Instructor; General Psychology (Course Coordinator, Discussion Leader); and Research Methods, The Senses, Applied Psychology (Assistant).

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI (1969 - 1971)

Columbia, Missouri Research Assistant. Department of Psychology. Design of graphic stimuli (face assistance with the writing of journal articles.

HELLMUTH, OBATA, AND KASSABAUM, INC. * (1966 - 1968)

Saint Louis, Missouri Architectural Draftsman. Commercial structures: preparation of construction documents.

A.L. AYDELOTT AND ASSOCIATES (1965)

Memphis, Tennessee Architectural Draftsman. Commercial structures: preparation of construction documents.

B-49

3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R. (Continued)

TECHNICAL REPORTS:

Summar Re ort: A Human En ineerin Review of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press. (with D. Eike)

Human En ineerin S ecifications for an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press. (with R. Kane, S. Fleger, and T. O'Donoghue)

A Functional Allocation Review of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press, (with T. Harding).

A Human En ineerin Evaluation of an Advanced Control Room CRT Dis la S stem for the Chubu Electric Power Com an . Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, in press. (with S. Fleger, R. Kane, T. Harding, and D. Pilsitz).

Res onse Sterot es of 3a anese Control Room 0 erators to Elements of CRT Dis la

~Sstems. Technical Report for Chubu Electric Power Company, Inc. in Nagoya, 3apan, October, 1982.

A Human En ineerin Evaluation of CRT Formats CRTs and Ke boards for the Mitsubishi Heav Industries Advanced Control Room. Technical Report for Mitsubisi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly 1982. with R. Kane, S. Fleger, T. Harding and F. Piccione)

Extracontractual Studies on: Stress Method for Desi n Criteria Evaluation and PCC Confi uration Stud . Technical Report for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly, 1 2. with R. Kane, D. Metcalf, R. Benel, S. Fleger)

Res onse stereo es of 3a anese nuclear ower lant control room o erators. Study for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, December 1981. (with R. Kane and S. Fleger)

S stem-S ecific S ecifications Basic Console Evaluation and Human En ineerin Librar Biblio ra h for Advanced Control Room. Technical Report for Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, 3apan, 3uly 1982. with R. Kane, H. Manning, S. Fleger, T. O'Donoghue, N. Tulloh, and L. Grealis)

Human factors evaluation re ort on the Tsuru a Number One New Radwaste Control Room. Final report prepared for the 3apan Atomic Power Company, September 1981. (with A. Strong)

Label backfit su lement BSEP 1 and BSEP 2. Prepared for Carolina Power and Light, September 1981.

B-50

3OHN E. FARBRY, 3R. (Continued)

Human factors evaluation re ort for the Brunswick Unit 1 and Unit 2 Control Room.

Final Report prepared!for Carolina Power and Light, September 1981. (with W.

Talley, D. Beith, E. Talley, and T. 3ustice)

Human factors desi n evaluation re ort for the Shearon Harris Unit 1 control room. Final report prepared for Carolina Power and Light, September"'1981. (with W. Talley,

3. Haher, T. Amerson, D. Beith, and T. 3ustice) 3OURNAL ARTICLES:

Control-display integration on large, multi-system control panels. Proceedin s of the Human Factors Societ 25th Annual Meetin . Rochester, New York 1981. (with T. Harding and K. Mallory Evaluative persistence: Salt from the evaporative forgetting process. Dissertation Abstracts International, 1979, 39 (No. 8), 0068 B.

Greater repetition of errors under performance compared to observation in multiple-choice human learning. Perce tual and Motor Skills, 1973, 37, 909-950., (with M.H. Marx and D. Witter)

Psychological preparation for endoscopy. Gastrointestinal Endosco, 1977, 20, 9-13.

(with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B. Horwitz)

, Preparation for a stressful medical procedure: Effect of amount of stimulus preexposure and coping style. 3ournal of Consultin and Clinical Psvcholo, 1978, 06, 099-507.

(with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B. Horwitz Long-term persistence of response-repetition tendencies based on performance or obser-vation. Bulletin of the Ps chonomic Societ, 1978, 8, 65-67. (with D.W. Witter and M.H. Marx)

PRESENTATIONS:

Evaluative persistence: A long term memory for first impressions. Paper presented at the convention of the American Psychological Association, Montreal, September 1980.

Videotape preparation for a stressful medical procedure: Effects of number of exposures.

Paper presented at the meeting of the Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy, New York City, December 1976. (with R.H. Shipley, 3.H. Butt, and B.

Horwitz) 8-51

A Sw.

CI n

EDUCATION University of Hartford, B.S., Mechanical Engineering, 1965 Union College, graduate courses 1966-1969 Northeastern University, graduate courses 1969-1970 General Electric Advanced Course in Engineering EXPERIENCE American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1983-Present NUS CORPORATIONS 1978-1983 American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1971-1978 Stone a Webster Engineering Company, 1969-1971 Knolls Atomic Power Laboratory, 1965-1969 American Electric Power Service Corporation - Manager, Nuclear Safety and Licensing. Management and direction of section personnel in carrying out assigned responsibilities and activities which includes maintenance of NRC related documentation, review coordination, and resolution of all matters pertaining to nuclear safety affecting AEPSC.

Provide knowledge, expertise, and analytical capability in nuclear safety related matters necessary to support plant operations and licensing efforts. I also serve as Secretary, NSDRC, and as Corporate Cognizant Engi'neer for Nuclear Safety.

NUS - Have been responsible for a variety of safety analysis and licensing activities in support of domestic and foreign utilities. Typical activities have included: Service for eight months as a member of the On-Site Safety Review Group, Salem Generating Stationg technical specification coordinator for a large domestic utilityy project manager for NUS support activities on the FSAR update of the Donald C. Cook Nuclear Planty project manager for the Big Rock Point Plant Spent Fuel rack Addition Consolidated Environmental Impact Evaluation and Safety Analysis Reports and technical advisor to the Japanese Survey Group on new siting concepts.

Until October 1982 was Manager, Nuclear Waste Management Department. Duties included project management and technical contribution to fulfill NUS contractual responsibilities to the Basalt Waste Isolation Program and the Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation. Various safety and licensing activities performed under these contracts included development of licensing coordination plans, performance of operational and long term radiological safety and risk analyses for nuclear waste repositories, development of a preliminary safety analysis report for a nuclear waste repository in a domed salt formation, development of guidelines for a quality assurance program, and performance of cost benefit analyses. Also served as a member of an ONWI-sponsored task force on geotechnical and anthropomorphic problems associated with siting a nuclear waste repository in a domed salt formation.

JhNES 0 FEZNSTEIH PAGB 2 American Blectric pcnrer Service Corporation Lead Engineer Safety Analysis and subsequently Hanager, Nuclear Safety an Licensing. Duties included support of licensing, design/

construction, and operation of the Donald C. Cook Nuclear t the first Nestinghouse PNR with an ice condenser containment to be licensed for operation. Princ pa 1 ibility was to assure that all safety systems were designed and analyzed in a manner acceptable to th e United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Involved in many first-of-a-kind analyses, systems design, and technical spec ifi ti ca on development in the areas of heat transf er, fluid dynamics, thermal hydraulicst post LOCA h y dro g en generation, ice sublimation, radiological dose analyses, etc. Responsible for technical and administrative coordinat'ion of major projects such as plant modifications required to meet NRC concerns on high energy line breaks outside containment, ECCS systems design, and environmental q ualif ication of safety related equipment. Had lead technical responsib onsibility for American Electxic Power for meetings with the NRC and for presentations to the Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards.

Nas respons ible fox the technical input and coordination of safety reviews of design changes, the Final Safety a y R t nd amendments t and oral and written correspondence with the NRC. Supervisory responsibility for developme commitment lists, Nestinghouse owners group activities, fire t ti rogram N-lists, technical specif ications, security plan, emergency plan, internal QA procedur, es p lant health physics support, nuclear safety and licensing aspects f f 1 eloads probabilistic risk assessment studies> etc.

Was Secretary of Nuclear Safety Design Review Committee, member of Edison Electric Institute ad-hoc committee to comment on NASH-1400'ompany representative to joint utility - AEC - vendor task force on watex reactor safety researc h (later taken over by EPRI), member of joint TVA-DUKE-AEP ice condenser task force, and Chair man of Helium Breeder Associates Committee to review safety and licensing problems with gas cooled fast reactors.

Stone S Webster - Nas responsible for developing analysis methods for containment design and post-LOCA hydrogen generation analysis. Many assumptions from this work were b ntly adapted by the NRC in their published Regulatory Guide 1.7 ~ Also performed prelim inar y evaluations to determine whether px'obabilistic techniques could be used for nuclear power plant design.

Kn ll Atomic Power Lab Performed thermal hydraulic analysis of nuclear reactors, des'ned tests a nd experiments, and delivered training lectures to Naval personnel.

gA P

JAMES Go PEZNSTEZN PAGE 3 EDUCATIONAL HONORS University of Hartford Regent's Award for being top student in Mechanical Engineering, 1964 and 1965 American Society of Mechanical Engineers Greater Hartford Chapter Annual Award 1965 Kappa Mu - Honorary Engineering Fraternity PUBLICATIONS "Post DBA Containment Hydrogen Methods for Calculating and Controlling Hydrogen Accumulation'co-author) presented at g ANS Topical Meeting on Power Reactor System and Componentst Williamsburg< Virginia, 1970.

"Survey Methods for Assessment of Radiological Release from Geological Repositories" (lead author)g presented at ANS Annual Meeting Atlanta, Georgia, June Barriers, State Variables, and Processes 1979.'Procedures, Important to Near Field Analysis" -(lead author)y presented at ANS Annual Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, June 1980.

"Evaluation of Consequences to Risk of Time Fan Cooling Units are Out of Service at Salem Generating Station,"

prepared for PSE&Gg November 1981.

"Evaluation of Analytical Problems Associated with Changeover to Hot Leg Recirculation Following a Hypothetical Loss of Coolant Accident at Salem Generating Station,"

prepared for PSE&G, October 1981.

"Evaluation of Safety Concerns Associated with Loss of Coolant Accident Without Automatic Actuation of Containment Sprays," prepared for PSE&G, September 1981.

"Evaluation of Ef feet of Design Basis Accidents on Proposed Changes to Auxiliary Feedwater System at Salem Nuclear Power Generating Station," prepared for PSE&G, October 1981.

"Evaluation of Heat Balance Code Used at Salem Generating Station," prepared for PSE&G, December 1981.

"Evaluation of Inadvertent Human Intrusion into a Salt Dome Repository by Solution Mining" (co-author) draft report prepared for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, September 1980 ~

"Criticality Analysis for a Brine Filled Cavity in a Spent Fuel Nuclear Waste Repository Located in a Domed Salt Formation" (co-author), NUS-TM-326, January 1980.

JAMES Qo FEZNSTEIN PAGE 4 "Questionnaire for Performing Safety Evaluations for Changes to Structures, Systems, and Components at the Salem Nuclear Plant," prepared for PSEaG, July 1981.

'Donald C. Cook Huclear Plant, Unit Ho. 1, Results of the December 1974 Initial Weighing Program'repared for American Electric Pcnrer, March 1975 "Long Term Evaluation of the Ice Condenser System: Results of the January 1976 and April 1976 Ice Weighing Programs" (lead author) July 1976.

"Long Term Evaluation of the Ice Condenser System! Results of the January 1977 Ice Weighing Program" (lead author), May 1977

'Survey of New Types of Siting Research for Nuclear Power Plants" (lead author) NUS-4068, April 1982.

"Big Rock Point Plant: Spent Fuel Rack Addition Consolidated Environmental Impact Evaluation and Saf ety Analysis," (co-author), April 1982.

"Suggested Quality Assurance Requirements for a Mined Geologic Repository" (co-author), NUS-TM-338, May 1981.

"Safety Analysis Report Annotated Outline for a Nuclear Waste Repository in a Deep Geologic Formation, " (co-author)

NUS-TM-360, April 1981.

"Preliminary Information Report for a Conceptual Reference Repository in a Deep Geological Formation," (co-author) draft report prepared for office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, January 1980.

"Method for Developing the Q-list for a Geologic Repository" (co-author), NUS-TM-343, April 1981.

"A Preliminary Assessment of the PNL Strontium Heat Source Development Program to Determine its Adequacy for Licensing Purposes in FY 1981," (co-author) draft report prepared for Battelle Northwest, August 1979.

"Annotated Bibliography for a Cost Benefit Study of Several Aspects of a Nuclear Waste Repository" NUS-3528, July 1980.

"Cost Benefit Study of Several Aspects of a Geologic Nuclear Waste Repository" prepared for Basalt Waste Isolation Program, NUS-3569, April 1980.

JAMES Go FKINSTEIN PAGE 5 "Quality Assurance Classification Requirements for Structures, Systems, Components, and Activities Related to a Mined Geologic Repository for Permanent Disposal 'of High Level Nuclear Waste" (co-author) prepared as a draft for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, March 1980.

"Applicable Requirements, Supporting Sequences, and Preliminary Strategy for the Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation Licensing Coordination Plan (co-author), NUS-3267, October 1980.

NWTS Licensing Plan for High Level Waste Repositories in Geologic Formations (co-author), prepared as a draft for Office of Nuclear Waste Isolation, September 1978.

"Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Final Safety Analysis Report - Update" (pro)ect manager and lead contributor), June 1982.

"Donald C. Cook Nuclear Plant, Units 1 and 2, Final Saf ety Analysis Report and Amendments" (co-author) .

APPENDIX C ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY TASK PLAN C-1 6755B: 1/062883

181 TP-3.1 1 May 1983 D-C. COOK NUCLEAR PLANT DCRDR PROGRAM HLMANFACTORS TASK PLAN FOR THE ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM REVIEW Canyon Research Group The Essex Building 333 North Fairfax Street Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (7O3) S48-4SOO PREPARED BY:

Signature Date DCRDR Design Review Team Human Factors Consultant APPROVED BY:

Signature Date)

DCRDR Project Review Team PERFORMED BY:

Signature Date)

DCRDR Design Review Team Human Factors Consultant

D.C. COOK NUCLEAR PLANT TP-3.1 DCRDR PROGRAM 1 May 1983 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM REVIEW RECORD OF REVISIONS Rev. Date Descri tion

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM 1 May 1983 TABLE OF CONTENTS Pacae 1.0 OB JECTIVES 2.0 REVIEW TEAM SELECTION AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3.0'RITERIA 4.0 PROCEDURES 4.1 General Instructions 4.2 Data Collection 4.3 Analysis 5.0 EQUIPMENT/FACILITYREQUIREMENTS 6.0 INPUTS AND DATA FORMS 7.0 OUTPUTS AND RESULTS 8.0 FIGURES AND TABLES

'"9.0 PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS APPENDICES A. CRITERIA B. DATA FORMS C. CRITERIA MATRIX D. TASK PLAN CRITIQUE

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM 1 May 1983 1.0 OBJECTIVES

a. To assess to what degree the annunciator system conforms to the generic criteria in NUREG-0700.
b. To identify and document any features in the annunciator system design that do not conform to the criteria in NUREG-0700.
c. To identify and document any plant-specific design conventions and other plant-specific human factors criteria not defined in NUREG-0700.

2.0 REVIEW TEAM SELECTION ANO RESPONSIBILITIES

a. A human factors specialist to conduct the data collection and analysis and to prepare the task report.
b. A client nuclear operations specialist to supply plant systems information concerning alarm parameters and alarm response procedures.
c. A client plant IhC engineer to assist in identifying relevant plant systems information.

3.0 CRITERIA The criteria are from NUREG-0700; paragraphs 6.3.1.1; 6.3.1.2a through d(2);

6.3.1.3a through d; 6.3.1.4a and b; 6.3.1.5a through b(3); 6.3.2.la through f; 6.3.3.1a through b(2); 6.3.2.2a and b; 6.3.3.1a through c(3); 6.3.3.2a through f(2); 6.3.3.3a through f; 6.3.3.4a through d; 6.3.3.5a through d(6); 6.3.4.1a through d(2); 6.3.4.2a through c; 6.3.4.3a and b; 6.5.1.6a through c(2) and e(1) through 3(3);and 6.6.6.2a, b, and c (see Appendix A).

4.0 PROCEDURES 4.1 General Instructions 4.1.1 Preparation and Conduct of Procedures

a. Prior to conduct of this task, ensure that all required data forms, plant documentation, engineering drawings, equipment, and materials are available. Ensure that permission has been'btained for all required access to the control room or other plant areas.

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 May 1983

b. Record all exceptions, deviations, or changes" to these procedures in Section 9.0 of this Task Plan. Number each entry sequentially, starting with 1. Include an explanation (technical justification) as to why the exception, deviation, or change was made.

4.1.2 Task Plan Critique Upon completion of .this task, fill out the Task Plan Critique contained 'in Appendix D. Submit the completed critique to you'r supervisor or project manager.

4.2 Data Collection

a. Data are collected using various methods and procedures consistihg of measurements, observations, interviews and questionnaires, and document reviews.

Appendix C illustrates the distribution of the criteria for the various methods.

b. Measurements and observations should be made for all items contained on the Measurements data forms and Observations checklists contained in Appendix B.
c. The operator questionnaire (Appendix B) should be administered to at least 50

,percent of the licensed reactor operators for the plant. Administration may be conducted

.singly or in a group, but should be proctored or monitored.
d. The results of the System Function and Task Analysis tasks should be reviewed

-for annunciator-relevant data in reference to 6.3.3.1; 6.3.1.4a; 6.3.3b and d(2); 6.3.3s4a and c; 6.3.4 3a; and 6.6.6.2a(l), (2), and (3).

e. In addition to the review results from d, above, plant documentation should be reviewed to verify the items listed in the Document Review Checklist in Appendix B. The required plant documents include:
1. Annunciator Response Procedures
2. Administrative Procedures relevant to annunciators.

4D ~Anal sls

a. All deviations from the criteria shall be recorded on Human Engineering Discrepancy (HED) reports (Appendix B). Recorded information shall include the instru-ment or instruments involved (e.g., auditory alarm horns, specific light tiles, etc.), a description of the problem including the 0700 paragraph number of the criteria, and a recommended solution.

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 May 1983

b. Data collection method(s) shall also be recorded on the HED form (see Appendix B). Where data from two or more sources are contradictory, resolution of the conflict through data review and client interview shall be made.
c. Use the analysis aids from Appendix B for all data reduction and analysis.

Upon completion of all analyses, ensure that the criteria in Appendix A are properly annotated (as specified in the analysis aids).

d. Submit the completed task plan to your immediate supervisor for review.

Upon project management approval, initiate Task Report 3.1.

5.0 EQUIPMENT AND FACILITYREQUIREMENTS a4 Access to the control room.

b. Sound level meter.

co Protractor and tape measure.

d. Flash comparator.

6.0 INPUTS AND DATA FORMS a1 Annunciator Response Procedures

b. Annunciator Administrative Procedures co Completed Task Reports for:
1. System Function and Task Analysis
2. Labels and Location Aids
3. Maintainability
d. Criteria List (Appendix A)
e. The following from Appendix B:
l. Measurements Data Forms
2. Questionnaire
3. Observations Checklist
4. Documentation Review Checklist
5. Analysis Aids
6. HED Report Forms
f. Criteria Matrix (Appendix C)
g. Task Plan Critique Form (Appendix D)

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 May 1983 7.0 OUTPUTS AND RESULTS

a. Comple ted HEDs
b. Completed Task Report.

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATORSYSTEM 1 May 1983 8.0 FIGURES AND TABLES None.

181 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 May 1983 9.D PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS The following exceptions, deviations, and changes were made to these procedures during conduct of the task (include a statement of justification on each item):

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX A CR ITER IA

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 6.3.1.1 GENERAL SYSTEM DESIGN N/A YES COMMENTS Annunciator warning systems are the primary control room interface to immediately alert the operator to out of.tolerance changes in plant con.

dition. Annunciator warning systems consist of three major subsystems: (a) an auditory alert subsystem, (b) a visual alarm subsystem, and (c) an operator response subsystem (see Exhibit 6,3-1).

Together, these three subsystems should be designed to provide a preferred operational sequence for annunciator warnings as indicated in Exhibit 6.3 2.

8.3,12 ALARM PARAMETER SELECTION

a. SET POINTS-The limits or set points for initiating the annunciator warning system should be established to meet the following goals:

(1) Alarms should not occur so frequently as to be considered a nuisance by the operators.

(2) However, set points should be established to give operators adequate time to re-spond to the warning condition before a serious problem develops.

b. GENERAL ALARMS (1) Alarms that require the control room operator to direct an auxiliary operator to a given plant location for specific information should be avoided.

(2) If general alarms must be used, they should only be used for conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator action and subsequent control room operator action, C. MULTICHANNELOR SHARED ALARMS (1) Annunciators with inputs from more than one plant parameter mt point should be avoided. Multi.input alarms that summarize single-input annunciators

.elsewhere in the control room are an exception, (2) Where multi-input annunciators must be used, an alarm printout capability should be provided. The specifics of the alarm should be printed on an alarm typer with sufficient speed and buffer storage to capture all alarm data.

ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nlay 1983 N/A YES HO CONMENTS 6,3,1.2 ALARM PAR'AMETER SELECTION (Cont'd)

c. MULTICHANNELOR SHARED ALARMS (Cont'd)

(3) A ref lash capability should be provided to allow subsequent alarms to activate the auditory alert mechanism and ref lash the visual tile even though the first alarm may not have been cleared.

d. MULTI.UNIT ALARMS-(1) Alarms for any shared plant systems should be duplicated in all control rooms.

(2) When an item of shared equipment is being operated from one control room, a status display or signal should be pro.

vided in all other control rooms which could potentially control this equipment.

6,3.1.3 F IRST OUT ANNUNCIATORS

a. REACTOR SYSTEM (1) A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system.

(2) The first out panel should consist of separate annunciator tiles for each of the automatic reactor trip functions.

{3) In the event of a reactor trip, the tile associated. with the event should illuminate, and no other.

b, TURBINE.GENERATOR SYSTEM-A separate first out panel, similar in function to the reactor system panel, is recommended.

c. POSITION-First out panels should be located directly above the main control work station for the system.
d. APPLICATION-First out annunciators should conform to the general auditory, visual, and operator response guidelines of this section.

A-2

ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 H/A YES 'OMMENTS 6,3.1.4 PRIOR IT IZATION

0. LEVELS OF PRIORITY (1) Prioritization should be accomplished using a relatively small (24) number of priority levels.

(2) Prioritization should be based on a continuum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions, e.g., likelihood of reactor trip, release of radiation. Exhibit 6.3-3 provides an example of prioritization based on three levels of prioritization.

b, PRIORITY CODING (1) Some method for coding the visual signals for the various priority levels should be employed. Acceptable methods for priority coding include color, position, shape, or symbolic coding.

(2) Auditory signal coding for priority level is also appropriate. See Guideline 6 2.2.3 for recommended coding techniques.

6.3.1.5 CLEARED ALARMS

a. AUDITORY SIGNAL-Cleared alarms should have a dedicated, distinctive audible signal which should be of finite duration
b. VISUAL SIGNAL-The individual tile should have one of the following:

(1) A special flash rate (twice or one. half the normal flash rate is preferred, to allow discrimination), or (2) Reduced brightness, or (3) A special color, consistent with the overall control room colorcoding scheme, pro-duced by a diffe ently colored bulb behind the tile.

ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 I May 1983 N/A YES NO CONTENTS 6.3.2.1 SIGNAL DETECTION at INTENSITY-The signal should be such that operators can reliably discern the signal above the ambient control room noise. A nominal value of 10 dB(A) above average ambient noise is generally adequate, b, CONTROL Signal intensity, if, adjustable, should be controlled by administrative procedure.

C. LIMITS The signal should capture the operator's attention but should not cause irritation or a startled reaction.

d. DETECTION-Each auditory signal should be adjusted to result in approximately equal detection levels at normal operator work stations in the primary operating area.

e, RESET The annunciator auditory alert mechanism should automatically reset when it has been silenced.

f;. IDENTIFICATION-The operator should be able to identify the work station or the system where the auditory alert signaf originated.

Separate auditory signals at each work station within the primary operating area are recommended.

6.3.2.2 AUDITORY CODING

a. LOCALIZATION (1) Auditory coding techniques should be used when the operator work station associated with the alarm is not in the primary operating area.

(2) Coded signals from a single audio source shoufd not be used to identify individual work stations within the primary oper-ating area.

b. PRIORITI2ATION-Coding may be used to indicate alarm priority. (,".ee Guideline 6.3.1.4.)

A-4

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 6.3.3.1 VISUAL ANNUNCIATOR PANELS YES COMMENTS LOCATION-Visual alarm panels should be located above the related controls and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action in response'to the alarm. (See Exhibit 6.34.)

b. LABELING ~

(1) Each panel should be identified by a label above the panel.

(2) Panel identification label height should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at feast 15 minutes when viewed from a centra( position within the primary operating area.

6.3.3.2 VISUAL ALARM RECOG AND IDENT

a. FLASHING The specific tile(s) on an annun-ciator panel should use flashing illumination to indicate an afarrp condition.
b. FLASH RATE Flash rates should be from three tc five flashes per second with approxi-mately equal on and off times.
c. FLASHER FAILURE fn case of flasher failure of an alarmed tile, the tile light should illuminate and burn steadily.
d. CONTRAST DE TECTAB IL ITY-There should be high enough contrast between alarming and steady. on tiles, and between illuminated and non-illuminated tiles, so that operators in a normally illuminated control room have no problem discriminating alarming, steadywn, and steadywff visual tiles.
e. "DARK" ANNUNCIATOR PANELS A "dark" annunciator panel concept should be used. This means that under normal operating conditions no annunciators would be illumi-nated; atl of the visual tiles of the annunciator panels would be "dark."

EXTENDED DURATION ILLUMINATION-tf an annunciator tile must be "ON" for an extended period during normal operations (e.g., during equipment repair or replacement),

it should be:

(1) Distinctively coded for positive recog-nition during this period, and (2) Controlled by administrative procedures.

A-5

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 8,3 ,3.3 ARRANGEMENT OF VISUALALARM TILES MATRIX ORGANIZATIONVisual alarms should be organized as a matrix of visual alarm tiles within each annunciator panel.

b. FUNCTIONAL GROUPING-Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function or system within each annunciator panel. For example, area radiation alarms should be grouped on one panel, not spread throughout the control room.

C. LABELING OF AXES (1) The vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panels should be labeled with alphanumerics for ready coordinate designation of a particular visual tile.

(2) Coordinate designation is preferred on the left and top sides of the annunciator panel.

(3) Letter height for coordinate designation should be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes as viewed from a central, position within the primary operating area.

Cl 0 ~ , PATTERN RECOGNITION (1) The number of alarm tiles and the matrix density should be kept low (a maximum of 50 tiles per matrix is mggested).

(2) Tiles within an annunciator panel matrix should be grouped by subsystem, function, or other logical organization.

e, OUTNF SERVICE ALARMS-Cues for prompt recognition of an out of.service annunciator should be designed into the system.

BLANK TILES-Blank or unused annunciator tiles should not be illuminated (except during annunciator testing).

8.3.3.4 VISUAL TILE LEGENDS

~. UNAMBIGUOUS Annunciator visual tile legends should be specific and unambiguous.

Wording should be in concise, short messages.

b. SINGULARITYAlarms which refer the operator to another, more detailed annunciator panel located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.

A-6

ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 6.3,3.4 VISUAL TILE LEGENDS (Cont'd)

c. SPECIFICITY Tile legends should address specific conditions; for example, do not use one alarm for HIGH-LOW, TEMPFRATURE-PRESSUR E.
d. ABBREVIATIONS-Abbreviations and acro-nyms should be consistent with those used elsewhere in the control room.

6.3.3.5 VISUAL TILE READABILITY

a. DISTANCE-The operator should be able to read all the annunciator tiles from the position at the work station where the annunciator acknowledge control is located.

(1) Letter height should subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes, or .004 x viewing distance. The preferred visual angle is 20 minutes, or .006 x viewing dlstanceo (2) Letter height should be identical for all tiles, based on the maximum viewing distance. Separate calculations should be made for stand.up and sitdown work stations.

b. TYPE STYLE-The size and style of lettering should meet the following:

(1) Type styles should be simple.

(2) Type styles should be consistent on all visual tiles.

(3) Only upper-case type should be used on visual tiles,

c. LEGEND CONTRAST-Legends should pro-vide high contrast with the tile background.

(1) Legends should be engraved.

(2) Legends should be dark lettering on a light background.

d. LETTER DIMENSIONS AND SPACING (1) Stroke. width.to-cnaracter-height ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8.

(2) Letter width.to-height ratio should be between 1:1 and 3:5.

(3) Numeral width to.height ratio should be 3:5.

A-7

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 6.3.3.5 VISUAL TILE READABILITY(Cont'd)

d. LETTER DIMENSIONS AND SPACING N/A YES NO COMMENTS (Cont'd)

(4) Minimum space between characters should be one stroke width.

(5) Minimum space between words should be the width of one character.

(6) Minimum space between lines should be one-half the character height.

6.3.4 .1 CONTROLS (See Exhibit 6.3 5.)

a ~ SILENCE (1) Each set of operator response controls should include a silence control.

(2) It should 'be possible to silence an auditory alert signal from any set of annunciator response controls in the

>>>> primary operating area.

b.:; ACKNOWLEDGE (1) A control should be provided to terminate the flashing of a visual tile and have it continue at steady illumination until the alarm is cleared.

(2) Acknowledgement should be possible only at the work station where the alarm originated.

C. RESET (1) If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be pro.

vided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared.

(2) The reset control should silence any audible signal indicating clearance and should extinguish tile illumination.

(3) The reset control should be effective only at the work station for the annunciator panel where the alarm initiated.

d. TEST (1) A control to test the auditory signal and flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel should be provided.

(2) Periodic testing of annunciators should be required and controlled by administrative procedure.

A-8

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983

.6.3.4.2 CONTROL SET D ESIGN K/A YES KO COMMENTS

a. POSITIONING OF REPETITIVE GROUPS-Repetitive groups of annunciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations. This is to facilitate "blind" reaching.
b. CONTROL CODING-Annunciator response controls should be coded for easy recognition, using techniques such as:

(1) Color coding; (2) color shading the group of annunciator

'controls; (3) demarcating the group of annunciator controls; or (4) shape coding, particularly the silence control. (See Exhibit 6.3.5, Example 2.)

C. NONDEFEATABLE CONTROLS Annunci ~

ator control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control. For example, some pushbuttons used for annunciator silencing and acknowledgement can be held down by inserting a coin in the ring around the-pushbutton. This undesirable design feature should be eliminated.

6.3.4.3 ANNUNCIATOR RESPONSE PROCEDURES

a. AVAILABILITY Annunciator response pro.

cedures should be available in the control room.

INDEXING-Annunciator response procedures should be indexed by panel identification and annunciator tile coordinates.

6.5.1.6 COLOR CODING

a. REDUNDANCY-In all applications of color coding, color should provide redundant information. That is, the pertinent information should be available from some other cue in addition to color,
b. ~ NUMBER OF COLORS (1) The number of colors used for coding should be kept to the minimum needed for providng sufficient information.

(2) The number of colors used for coding should not exceed 11.

A-9

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 N/A YES NO COMMENTS 8.5,1.6 COLOR CODING (Cont'd)

c. MEANING OF COLORS (I) The meaning attached to a particular color should be narrowly defined.

(2) Red, green, and amber (yellow) should be reserved for the following uses:

Red: unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance.

Green: safe, no operator action required, or an indication that a parameter is within tolerance.

Amber (yellow): hazard (potentially un-safe), caution, attention required, or an indication that a marginal value or parameter exists.

d. CONSISTENCY OF MEANING (1) The meaning assigned to particular colors should be consistent across all applications within the control room.

(2) The meaning of a particular color should remain the same whether applied to panel surfaces or projected in signal lights or on CR,Ts.

6.6.6.2 D EM AR CAT ION USE-Lines of demarcation can be used to:

(1) Enclose functionally related displays.

{2) Enclose functionally related controls.

(3) Group related controls and displays.

b. CONTRAST-Lines of demarcation should be visually distinctive from the panel background.

C. PERMANENCE-Lines of demarcation should be permanently attached.

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 AUDITORY ALERT SUBSYSTEM VISUAL ALARM SUBSYSTEM r OPERATOR RESPONSE SUBSYSTEM

~ ~

51i

--.""" 1 b Exhibit 6.3 l. Annunciator warning ayatern.,

ANNUNC1ATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 Cdenassesn ssceetn l

~A&ant Asonsaarc

~ $

LHHtc Na Ssaaedede I

y Vscssd AnssssKsecor f )

t ~~g~~~~4 Tilt Accsrecson sorest(e ysnsd dorm tee sn nsssssnasew eorm

~ idscary weal arsosnaceN INUnssnnnl end ncensssa cc ~ race nons a ooassseer MCS Non(san nndss raednanc cnwcson "AC@HOWLS OQ S" Sl LS NCS" Control Aeowsta Control Ileonsnce (Only ec IICS Loeecnn Nw (Any MCS Late(seel A srssss sit salas e asset I Ayenny SsoKS Ceeae. nK Islaossne ceases. (ssst Tik eenanson AKece lternasnc Invnssnatad s

I s 0sedsaesc end Aernedsacsan ol esotnnn ecessc essa+sear(ll Necssrnad to Normo I

p ~~~~q Vsosd Annssncsacar erson I Tile Aetwtw~w Sssn~~~~~e Mean I

~

(Jsswssa Asses(dry Sslnel Soecsel elcerssne den al vssssn lor Cleared ANnss Tria co lndscece "Owed ANnss Carnnd N~

"nsssr-(Osey ce MCS Lacenon Nw Anssssncsetor ecnn)

No Mole Assceese ar VsssMa A4nn TS Sl IAt Seals Soearln AenssKntar LSOSNO Cancln Sec Loaetsonl QQ ~ SessosneK Actsan IKlioeMAccessory ANrc sianes end lsleanee AN vsosn Tiles g+g ~ oaeeccssr Acean

~ Aecd scecea sn Ndend Ansnnsesecor eorm(sl ssdessn ~

Exhibit 6.3.2. Annunciator system preferred operational sequence.

A-12

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 PIRST PRIORITY ALARMS SECOND PRIORITY ALARMS

~ Plant shut down lraector trip, turbine trip) ~ Technical ~ificetion violations which if not corrected

~ Radiation release will require plant Shutdown

~ Plant conditions which, lf not corrected immediately, ~ Plant conditions which. If not corrected, mey Saad to will result in automatic plant shutdown or radi ~ tion plant shut down or radiation releases ralaae. or will requite manual plant shutdown.

Tk(RO PRIORITY ALARMS

~ plant conditions reoresantina problems ie 9'yst' daeredationI which effect plant ooarability but which should not lead to plant shutdovm, radiation release. or violation of technical xsecifications Exhibit 6.3 3. Three level annUnciator prioritization example.

VISUAL ecctnas'rsa corrteot aasiss ALARMS W <<& <<<<

8' sita <<i~isa' a I

st~ Grwtsaior s I

Sita<<otHtsai ~ 'st~ OINISa Ol << I I RELATED DISPLAYS aur ~

>ac'rto li arts au<<rs i rtto li arts~

RE LATED CDNTRQLS gi R Hl El CI I

Exhibit 6.M. Vistral alarms located above thc related controls and displays.

(From Seminara et ai., 1979).

A-13

ANNUNClATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 19B3 E'xample 1 SILENCE ACKNOWLEDGE Example 2

ANNUNCIATOR CONTROLS::::::
SILENCE .::. ACK RESET TEST RESET TEST Exhibit 6.3 5. Annunciator response controls.

Color Serial General ISCC NBS /rtunsett renotetron ol color.

Or <<eleetrOn color centroid name ISCC4<<SS Centroid number name number labor aviation) Color 1 white 253 White 2.5PB 9.5/0.2 2 black 257 black N Odr 3 yellow 82 v.Y 3.3Y 8.0/14.3 4 purOle 218 ~ .P 5.5P 4.3/9,2 5 orenee 48 v.O 4,1YR 5.5/15 0 6 light blue 180 v.l.d 2.7P8 7.9I6,0 7 red 11 v.R 5,OR 3.9/15 4 8 bull 90 ey.Y 4.4Y 7.2/3.8 9 Orev 265 med Gy 3.3GY 5.4IO 1 10 creen 139 v.G 3.2G 4.9/11.1 11 purplish pink 247 <<,pPk 5 BRP 6.8/9.0 12 blue 178 <<,8 2.9PB 4.1/104 13 yellawieh pink 26 <<,yPk S.4R 7.0/9.5 14 violet 207 <<.V 0.2P 3.7/10.1 15 or ance yellow 56 v.OY 8.6YR 7.3/15.2

'l6 purplish red 255 <<.oR 7.3RP 4.4/11,4 17 are<<nish yellow 97 v.aY 9.1Y 8.2/12.0 18 reddish brown 40 a.rBr 0,3YR 3.1 /9.9 19 yellow creen 115 v.YG 6.4GY 6.8/1 1.2 20 yellOwith brOwn 75 deco yBr B,BYR 3.l/5.0 21 reddish or<<nile v.rO 94R S.4/14,5 22 Olive areen 126 d,OIG B.0GY 2.2/3.6 Exhibit 6.5 7. Twenty two colors o( maximum contrast (tram Kelly, 1965).

A-14

TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX B DATA FORMS

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 8 DATA FORMS TABLE OF CONTENTS

~Pa e Bl - MEASUREMENT, DATA FORMS 81.1-1 Bl.l Linear Measurements 81.1-1 81.2 Sound Measurements 81.2-1 81.3 Light Measurements 81.3-1 82 - OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE 82-1 83 - OBSERVATION CHECKLIST 83-1 84 - DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST 84-1 85 - ANALYSIS AIDS 85 '-1 85.1 Linear Measurements Analysis 85.1-1

85. 2 Sound Mea sur ements Anal ys i s 85.2-1 85.3 Light Measurements Analysis 85. 3-1 86 - OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSIS 86-1 87 - OBSERVATION CHECKLIST ANALYSIS 87-1 88 - DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST ANALYSIS 88-1 89 - SAMPLE HED REPORT FORM 89-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX Bl.l MEASUREMENTS DATA

1. LINEAR MEASUREMENTS (LABELING) 1.1 Annunciator Light Box (ALB) Summary Labels - 6.3.3.1b(2).
a. If there are no summary labels, check here:
b. If there are summary labels, measure and record in Table l.lb the following information:

ITEM NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION

1) Character height
2) Character width and/or numeral width
3) Character strokewidth
4) Character spacing
5) Word spacing
6) Line spacing TABLE 1 ~ lb ITEM ALB- ALB- ALB- ALB- ALB- ALB- ALB-2.

3.

4.

6 ~

1.2 Tile Labeling - 6.3.3.5a(l) and a(2), and 6.3.5.5d(1) through d(6).

a, Measure and record in Table 1.2a the character height(s) used in the tiles. If more than one size character is used, record the height for all of the represented heights. Also measure and record the farthest left and farthest right tile from its associated acknowledge station for each of the represented character heights (start at the left most acknowledge station and number the stations going clockwise around the MCB).

~ I'J ~ J 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX Bl.l MEASUREMENTS DATA 1.2 (Cont.)

TABLE 1.2a STA 1 STA 2 STA 3 STA 4 STA 5 CHAR HT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT

b. For each acknowledge station in the table above, measure and record in Table 1.2b the height from the floor for the farthest left and farthest right tile from this same table.

TABLE 1.2b TILE HEIGHT FROM FLOOR CHAR HT STA 1 STA 2 STA 3 STA 4 STA 5 Bl.l-2

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 19B3 APPENDIX B1.1 MEASUREMENTS DATA

c. Measure and record the following for each of the different character heights from a, above:

TABLE 1.2c CHAR/NUM STROKE CHAR WORD LINE HT (ref) WIDTH WIDTH SPACING SPACING SPACING 1.3 Data Reduction and Analysis.

For data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref. B5.1).

B1.1-3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPENDIX B1.2 MEASUREMENTS DATA

'P-3.1 1 Hay 1983

2. SOUND MEASUREMENTS (AUDIBLE SIGNALS) 2.1 Annunciator Audible Alarms - 6.3.2.1a.

Measure the sound level in dB(A) for each annunciator audible alarm at each of the following operator positions:

TABLE 2 MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS ALARM TURB ELEC RAD MON OP'S LOCATION POS 1 POS 2 CONT GEN DIST CONSOLE DESK 2.

3.

4, 5.

2.2 Data Reduction and Analysis.

For data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref. B5.2).

B1 ~ 2-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B1.3 MEASUREMENTS DATA

3. LIGHT MEASUREMENTS (TILE FLASH CHARACTERISTICS) - 6.3.5b(l) and 6.3.3.2b 3.1 Using the Flash Comparator, measure the flash rate of tiles in alarm and in clear, Record the rates.

Alarm Flash Rate:

Cleared Flash Rate:

3.2 Using the Flash Comparator, measure the on-off ratio for the alarm flash rate and cleared flash rate.

On-Off Ratio (Alarm):

On-Off Ratio (Cleared):

B3.1-1

ANNONCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENOIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE INSTRUCTIONS

1. The following are questions concerning the general layout, functional organization, and operational considerations in your control room. Host of the questions will require a YES or NO answer, with some additional information.

0

2. When you have comments or suggestions, use the space provided below each question. If.you need additional room, use the backs of the sheets.
3. If you do not understand a question, please ask the monitor for clarification.
4. Please answer all of the questions as completely as possible.
5. Take as much time as you need to complete the questionnaire.
6. All of your answers, and your biographical information, will be kept in the strictest confidence and will be used to aid in the of the detailed control room design review. 'erformance PLEASE BEGIN 82-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERYIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

'BIOGRAPHICAL DATA:

Name: Age:

Sex: Height: Weight:

Current Position/Title:

1. Do you have a current reacto~ operator's license'? YES NO
2. Amount of licensed experience at this plant:
3. Total amount licensed experience:
4. Related experience and amount (example: operator-trainee, Hodge NPP Unit 1, 1 yr.):
5. 'ducation:

a . Highest level attained:

be Specialized Schools or courses (list):

6. Military experience:

B2-2

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

l. Do you have a first out annunciator panel where only the tile assoc-iated with the reactor trip event illuminates and all 'subsequent alarms on that panel are "locked out"? YES NO
2. Do you 'know of any automatic reactor trip functions that do not have a separate annunciator tile on the first out panel (either missing or shared with other functions)? YES NO
3. Are the annunciator panels in the control room identified by a label a bov e each panel? YES NO
4. From your primary operating area, can you read all annunciator panel labels with a minimum of effort? YES NO
5. Is the annunciator system priority coded by color, position, shape, or symbolic coding of the tiles? YES NO
6. Does your annunciator system use color coding? YES NO
7. Are there more than eleven colors used for coding the panels? YES NO B2-3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE B. Is there a standard meaning attached to the colors used for coding the panels? YES NO

9. Is the color red ever used for a condition other than unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or as an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance? YES NO
10. Is the color green ever used for a condition other than safe, no operator action required, or as an indication that a parameter is within tolerance? YES NO 1'l.. Is the color amber (yellow) ever used for a condition other than hazard (potentially unsafe), caution, attention requir ed, or as an indication that a marginal value or parameter exists? YES NO
12. Do you know of any unnecessary color coding on the annunciator panels? YES NO
13. Do you know of any colors that are not used consistently across all applications within the control room, from panel-to-panel or in signal lights and on CRTs? YES NO B2-4

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

14. Are auditory signals priority coded by pulse, frequency change (warbling), intensity, or different frequencies for different signals? YES NO
15. If you have separate alarm horns, can you easily identify the work station or system where the auditory signal originated? YES NO
16. Do you have different alarm horns for work areas not at the main control board? YES NO
17. If the auditory alarm signal has only one source, is the sound coded to direct you to different work areas? YES NO II
18. Do any of the alarm horns startle or irr itate you? YES NO
19. If you have different alarm horns, do any of them sound too loud or too soft in comparison to the others at your normal work station? YES NO
20. Do you have a silence control with each set of response controls in your primary operating ar ea'? YES NO B2-5

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE

21. Is a control provided which terminates a flashing visual tile, but allows a steady illumination until the alarm'is cleared' YES NO
22. Can you acknowledge an alarm from more than one response control ar ea? YES NO
23. If cleared alarms do not reset automatically, do you have a control to reset them you'rsel f? YES NO
24. Does the reset control silence the auditory signal as well as extin-guish the illumination? YES NO
25. Does the reset control operate from more than one response control area? YES NO
26. Can you defeat any of the annunciator controls, such as locking out the audible alarm or locking down the acknowledge control? YES NO
27. Can you test the auditory and flashing illumination signals of all tils for each panel? YES NO B2-6

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEM/QUESTIONNAIRE

28. Is there an administrative procedure that controls the periodic testing of all annunciators? YES NO
29. Are all tiles dark on annunciator panels when no alarm is indicated? YES NO
30. Can you easily tell if a tile is normally on for an extended dura-tion during normal operating conditions? YES NO
31. Are you immediately aware if an annunciator tile is out of service? YES NO
32. Can you immediately determine when the flasher of an alarm tile fails? YES NO
33. Do you know of any alarms that occur so frequently that you consider them a nuisance? YES NO B2-7

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 82 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

34. Do you know of any alarms that do not give you ample time to respond to a warning condition? YES NO
35. When responding to an alarm tile, can you readily locate the controls and displays required for corrective or diagnostic action? YES NO
36. Do you have access to annunciator response procedures in the control room? YES NO
37. Do you know of any alarms which require you to obtain additional infor-mation from a source outside of the control room area? YES NO
38. Are there too many alarms which require additional information from panels outside your operating area? YES NO 82-8

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

39. If alarms are used that require information outside the control room, do they allow you ample time to respond' YES NO
40. Are alarms provided for shared equipment in all control rooms? YES NO 4l. Is there a status display or signal provided for shared equipment in all control rooms which indicates that the equipment is currently being operated? YES NO
42. Do you have any tiles with dual messages such as HIGH-LOW? YES NO
43. Does the multi-input alarm have a ref lash capability that ref lashes the visual tile after an auditory alert even if the first alarm has not been cleared? YES NO B2-9

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 Nay 19B3 APPENDIX B2 OPERATOR INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

44. Do multi-input annunciators provide you with an alarm printout? YES NO
45. Does the multi-input alarm typer have sufficient speed to print the alarm data fast enough for your needs? YES NO
46. Does the alarm typer ever skip or loose information, or garble (mix up) the printing? YES NO B2-10

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERYATIONS CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS

l. Using the attached checklist, make all the noted observations.
2. Record all necessary information in the comments column to justify an N/A check and to detail a NO check.
3. Insure that all comments for NO checks include component, instrument, panel, equipment, etc. identification and location information.
4. Initiate HED reports on all NO checks per the directions contained in the checklist analysis aids.

83-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS.

1. A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor system - 6.3.1.3a(1).
2. A separate first out panel is recommended for the turbine-generator system that is func-tionally similar to the reactor system panel - 6.3.1.3b.
3. First out panels should be

,located above their main work

,. stations - 6.3.1.3c.

.,4. All first out panels should conform to the general auditory and visual items in the rest of this checklist - 6.3.1.3d.

5. A small number (2-4) of levels of priority coding are used-6.3.1.4a(l).
6. Priority coding of color, posi-tion, shape, or symbol is used for .

visual signals - 6.3.1.4b(1).

B3-2

ANNUNC IATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 "1 Nay l983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

7. Auditory signal priority coding may be used - 6.3.1.4b(2).
8. If more than one, each audi-tory signal should sound at approxi-mately equal loudness at normal work.tations in the primary opera-ting area - 6.3.2.ld.
9. An auditory signal should capture the operator's attention but should not irritate or cause a startled reaction - 6.3.2.1c.
10. Separate auditory signals at each work station within the pri-mary operating area are recom-mended - 6D.2.1f.

ll. The operator should be able to identify the work station or area where the auditory alert origi-nated - 6.3.2.lf.

12. The auditory signal should automatically reset when silenced - 6.3.2.le.

B3"3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

13. When an alarm clears (or is cleared) there should be a dedi-cated, distinct audible signal with a finite duration - 6.3.1.5a.
14. Auditory alert signal(s), if adjustable, should be controlled by administrative procedure-6.3.2.1b.
15. The specific title(s) in an ALB

'should visually flash to indicate an alarm condition - 6.3.3.2a.

16. In case of flasher failure, an alarming tile should illuminate and burn steadily - 6.3.3.2c.
17. Contrast between tiles should present no problem discriminating between alarming, steady-on, and steady-off conditions - 63.3.2d.

B3-4

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIZ B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES COMMENTS

18. Under normal (nonalarmed) conditions no annunciator tiles should be illuminated - 6.3.3.2e.
19. If a tile must be on for an extended period during normal operations it should be distinc-tively coded for positive recog-nition during this period (see also 6.3.3.2f(2), item 2c on the Document Review. Checklist)-

6.3.3.2f(1).

20. Cleared tiles should have either a special flash rate, a reduced brightness, or a special color - 6.3.1.5b(l) through b(3).
21. All tiles associated with a given acknowledge control should be readable when operating that control - 6.3.3.5a.
22. Character style on all tiles should be simple - 6 3.3.5b(l).
23. Character style should be consistent on all tiles - 6 3.3.5b(2).

B3-5

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983

,'PPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

24. Character style should be uppercase on all tiles - 6.3.3.5b(3).
25. Tile legends should have high contrast with the tile background-6.3.3.5c.
26. Tile legends should be engraved - 6.3.3.5c(1).
27. Tile legends should be dark and opaque on a light and trans-lucent background - 6.3.3.5c(2).
28. Tile legends should be specific, unambiguous, concise, and short - 6.3.3.4a.
29. Tile legends should address specific conditions, HIGH TEMP, or LOW PRESS, not HIGH-LOW TEMP-PRESS - 6.3 3.4c.

B3-6

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B3-OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

30. Abbreviations and acronyms in legends should be consistent with those in other labeling in the con-trol room - 6.3.3.4d.
31. Tiles should be organized as a matrix within each ALB - 6.3.3.3a.
32. The vertical and horizontal axes of the ALBs should be alpha-numerically labeled for tile desig-nation coordinates - 6.3.3.3c(l).
33. Coordinate designators are preferred at the left and top sides of the ALBs - 6. 3. 3. 3c(2) .
34. Character height for the coordinate labels should be the same height as those used in tile legends - 6 3.3.3c(3).
35. The number of tiles in an ALB should be kept low, with a maxi-mum of 50 tiles per ALB suggested - 6 3.3.3d(1).

B3-7

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 83.

OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

36. Cues for prompt recognition of an out-of-service annunciator should be designed into the system - 6.33.3e.
37. Blank or unused tiles should not be illuminated except during annunciator testing - 6.3.3.3f.

,38. Demarcation lines may be used to enclose functionally

'elated titles - 6.6.6.2a(l).

,.39. Demarcation lines may be used to group tiles with their related controls and/or displays-6.6.6.2a(l) through a(3).

40. If used, demarcation lines should be visually distinctive from the panel background - 6.6.6.2b.
41. If used, demarcation lines should be permanently attached-6.6.6.2c.

83-8

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

42. ALBs should be located above the controls and displays required for corrective or diagnostic action when they alarm - 6.3.3.la.
43. Each ALB should be identified by a label directly above it-6.3.3. lb(1).
44. Each set of annunciator controls should include a silence control - 6.3.4.1a(1).
45. An acknowledge control should be provided that terminates the flashing and causes the tile to continuously illuminate until it has cleared - 6.3.4.lb(1).
46. If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be provided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared - 6.3.4.1c(1).

B3-9

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B3 OBSERVATIONS CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

47. A control to test the auditory alarm and the flashing illumination of all tiles in a panel (i.e., in one or more ALBs) should be provided-6.>.4.1d(1).
48. Repetitive groups of annun-ciator controls should have the same arrangement and relative location at different work stations - 6.3.4.2a.
49. Annunciator controls should be

'coded differently than other panel controls either by color, demarca-

'tion, or shape - 6.3.4.2b(1) through b(4).

50. Shape coding is preferred for the silence control - 6.3.4.2b(4).
51. Annunciator control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control operation such as inserting a coin into a control guard ring <<6.3.4.2c.
52. Annunciator response proce-dures should be available in the control room - 6.3.4.3a.

B3-10

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B4 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST INSTRUCTIONS Collect the following documents and review them for the information contained in the attached checklist:

l. Administrative Procedures concerning annunciators
2. Annunciator Response Procedures
3. Results from the following task reports:
a. Convention Survey
b. System Function Task Analysis
c. Labeling Survey
4. Insure that all comments for NO checks include component, instrument, panel, equipment, etc. identification and location information.
5. Initiate HED reports on all NO checks per the directions contained in the checkl i st analysi s aids.

B4-I

TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B4 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

l. ANNUNCIATOR RESPONSE PROCEDURES
a. Response procedures should be indexed by panel I.D. and tile coordinates - 6.>.4.3b
b. There should be no alarms that require the operator to direct an auxiliary operator outside the con-trol room to obtain more specific information - 6.3.1.2b(1).
c. Annunciators with inputs from

~.more than one plant parameter set

-point should be avoided (multi-input alarms that summarize

.. single-input alarms elsewhere in the control room are an excep-tion) - 63.1.2c(l)

2. PLANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
a. Periodic testing of annunci-ators should be required and con-trolled by administrative pro-cedures - 66.4.ld(2).
b. If audible alarm intensity is operator-adjustable, it should be controlled by administrative procedures - 6.3.2.1b.

B4-2

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 84 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS PLANT ADMIN PROCESS (cont)

c. When annunciator tiles must be on for an extended period during normal operations, it should be controlled by administrative pro-cedures (see also 6.3.3.2f(1), item 19 on the Observations Check-list) - 6.5.3.2f(2).

CONVENTIONS TASK REPORT

a. Color meanings should not be the only means for identifying

~ pertinent information, that is, all color coding used should be redundant information - 6.5.1.6a.

b. The number of colors used for coding should be kept to the mini-mum needed to provide sufficient information and should not exceed 11 - 6.5.1.6b(1) and b(2).
c. Color meanings should be narrowly defined - 6.5.1.6c(1).,
d. Red should mean unsafe, danger, immediate operator action required, or an indication that a critical parameter is out of toler-ance - 6.5.1.6c(2).

It is important to note that in one sense, a strict interpretation of 84-3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B4 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS CONVENTIONS TR (Cont) this statement would mean that a standard, and broadly applied convention in the nuclear industry was incorrect. However, keep in mind that flowing electricity (closed breakers), flowing water or steam (running pumps and and an active reactor can open'alves),

be considered inherently less safe than a shut off or shut down condi" ion.

e. Green should mean safe, shut off, shut down, no operator action required, or an indication that a

'parameter is within tolerance-6.5.1.6c(2).

f. Amber or yellow should mean a hazard, potentially unsafe, caution, attention required, or an indication that a marginal value or

. parameter exists - 6.5.1.6c(2).

g. Meanings assigned to a partic-ular color should be consistent across all control room appli-cations regardless of whether it is ori a panel surface, in indicator lights or in CRTs - 6.5.1.6d(l) and (2).
h. Abbreviations and acronyms should be consistent across control room applications - 6.3.>.4d.

B4 "4

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 APPENOIX B4 DOCUHENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST N/A YES NO COMMENTS

4. SFTA TASK REPORT a, The annunciator warning sys-tem should be designed as the pri-mary alerting interface with the operator for out-of-tolerance con-ditions. It should consist of three major subsystems: auditory alert, visual alarm, and operator response. These three subsystems shouid function to provide a pre-fered operational sequence for annunciator warnings - 6.3.1.1.
b. Visual alarm tiles should be grouped by function, system, sub-system, or other logical organi-zation within ALBs - 6.3.3.3b and d',2).
c. Prioritization of annunciators should be based on a continum of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions such as, the likelihood of a reactor trip or the likelihood of a release of radiation-6.3.1.4a(2).
d. Tile legends should address specific conditions rather than a range of conditions and/or param-eters. As an example, separate tiles should be used to indicate temperature-low, temperature-high, pressure-low, and pressure-high, rather than a single tile with the legend HIGH-LOW TEMP-PRESS - 6.3.3 4c.

B4-5

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 85.1 MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS 1

1. LINEAR MEASUREMENTS (LABELING) 1.1 ALB Summary Labels - 6.3.3.l.b(2)
a. 'If there are no summary labels, check N/A for criterion 6.3.3.l.b(2) in Appendix A.
b. If there are summary labels, calculate the visual angels for each label for the operator positions listed in Table l.lb Table l.lb MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS REAC TURB ELEC RAD MON OP'S IDENT POS 1 POS 2 CONT GEN DIST CONSOLE DESK 2,

3.

5.

7.

Calculations (use extra sheets, as needed):

B5.1-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 85.l MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS

c. If all visual angles in Table 1.1b are 15 minutes of arc or greater, check YES for criterion 6.3.3.1b(2) in Appendix A.
d. If there are visual angles in Table l.lb less than 15 minues of arc, record on an HED report form the position(s) and label(s) where this is so. Include the code number TP-3.1B5.1.1 in data collection description. For criterion 6.3.3.1b'(2) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number, TP-3.1B5.1.1 in the COMMENTS column 1.2 Tile Labels - 6.3.3.5a(1) and d(1) through d(6).
a. Calculate the visual angles for each character height at its farthest left and farthest right location for each workstation in Table 1.2a, below.

TABLE 1.2a ALB NO/ STA 1 STA 2 STA 3 STA 4 STA 5 CHAR HT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT Calculations (use extra sheets, as r equired):

85.1-2

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B5.1 MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS

b. If all visual angles in Table 1.2a are 15 minutes of arc or greater, check YES for criterion 6.3.3.5a(l) in Appendix A.
c. If any visual angles in Table 1.2a ar e less than 15 minutes of arc, record on an HED report form the position(s) and tile legend(s) where this is so. Include the code number TP-3.1B5,1.2 in the data collection description. For criterion 6.3 '.5a(1) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number, TP-3.1B5.1.2, in the COMMENTS column.
d. Compare the character dimensions and legend measurements for each character height recorded with criteria 6.3.3.5d(1) through d(6).
e. If all char acter heights and legends meet the criteria, check the YES column for these criteria in Appendix A.
f. If any character dimensions or legend measurements fail to meet the criteria, record on an HED report form the tile coordinates, character height implicated, and a descri'ption of the failure. Include the code number TP-3 .1B5.1.2 i n 'the data collection descri ption .. For criteria 6.3.3.5d(1) through d(6) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number TP-3.1B5.1 2, in the

~

COMMENTS column.

B 5.1-3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B5.2 MEASUREMENTS ANALYSIS

2. SOUND MEASUREMENTS (AUDIBLE SIGNALS) 2.1 Annunciator Audible Alarms - 6.3.2.la .

a . Obtain the average. ambient noise level in db(A) from the Ambient Noise Survey Task Report (TR-1.6) and'record below:

Average noise level: db(A)

b. Based upon the below adjustment factors, reduce each measured annunciator alarm level and record in Table 2.1b.

ABSOLUTE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SUBTRACT THIS AMOUNT FROM MEASURED LEVEL (Lm) AND MEASURED LEVEL (Lm) AND AVERAGE NOISE LEVEL Ln AND RECORD IN TABLE 2.lb 2.2 5 1.7 6 1.3 7 1.0 8 .8 9 .6 10 .4 ll .3 12 .3 13 .2 14 .2 15 .1 TABLE 2.1b MCB SAFETY SYSTEMS ALARM TURB ELEC RAD MON OP'S LOCATION POS 1 POS 2 CONT GEN DIST CONSOLE DESK 2.

3.

4.

5.

85.2-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX B5.2 MEASuREMENT ANALYSIS

c. Compare all adjusted dB(A) levels in Table 2.1b to the average noise level.
d. If all adjusted audible alarm levels are at least 10 dB(A) above the average noise level check the YES column for criterion 6.3.2.1a in Appendix AD
e. If any adjusted alarm levels are less than 10 dB(A) above the average noise level, record each occurance on an HED report form.

Include"the code number TP3.lB5.2.1 in the data collection descri ption. For criterion 6.3.2.1a in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED report number and the code number, TP3.1B5.2.1 in the COMMENTS column.

B5.2-2

AxeuxCIATOR SYSTD1 TP-3.1 1 May 1983 APPENDIX 85.3 MEASUREMENT ANALYSIS

3. LIGHT MEASUREMENTS (TILE FLASH CHARACTERISTICS) 3.1 Alarmed Flash Characteristics - 6.3.3.2b.

a . From the recorded data, determine if the alarmed flash rate is between 3 to 5 flashes per second and that the on-off ratio is approximately 1:1.

b. If both parameters meet the criteria, check the YES column for criterion 6.3.3.2b in Appendix A.
c. If either parameter fails to meet the criteria, record the discrepancy on an HED report form . Include the code number TP-3.185.3.1 in the data collection description. For criterion 6,3.3.2b in'Appendix A check the NO column and record the HED number and the code number, TP-3.185.3.1, in the COMMENTS column.

3.2 Cleared Flash Rate - 6.3.1.5b(1).

a. From the recorded data, determine if the cleared flash rate is approximately double or Q the alarmed flash rate.
b. If the cleared flash rate passes the criterion, check the YES column for criteria 6.3.1.5b(l) in Appendix A.
c. If the cleared flash rate fails to meet the criterion, record the discrepancy on an HED report form. Include the code number TP-3.185.3.2 in the data collection discription. For criterion 6.3.1.5b(1) in Appendix A, check the NO column and record the HED number and the code number, TP-3.185.3.2, in the COMMENTS column.

85.3-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX B6 OPERATOR INTERYIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSIS

l. GENERAL
a. Review all questionnaires for completeness of biographical information and question responses.
b. Delete incomplete and unusable questionnaires from the data base. If required by contract, re-schedule these question-naires for correction/completeness.
c. When the data base assembly is complete perform the anaylsis, below.

(

2. BIOGRAPHICAL DATA
a. Assemble biographical data and determine ranges and distribu-tions for all relevant dimensions.
b. Using appropriate statistics, determine the distribution (or i ts a pprox ima ti on) for thi s da ta .
3. RESPONSE DATA a . Summarize all responses and determine percent frequency response for each negative answer.
b. For each negative answer, initiate Preliminar'y HEDs (PHEDs) for discrepancy" review. Record frequency'data, response question number and data collection code number on each PHED. Code numbers are developed as follows: (See List 3b for criteria}

Example; TP-3.1B6.10 Task Plan Number question Number Appendix

c. Submit all PHEDs to your immediate supervisor.
d. Subsequent verification, validation and disposition of all PHEDs will be conducted per TP-10.1 (HED Review Procedure).

B6-1

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 86 INTERVIEW/QUESTIONNAIRE

'PERATOR ANALYSIS LIST 3b 1, 6.3.1.3a(3) 20. 6.3.4.1a(1) &(2) 40. 6.3. 1. 2d(l )

2. 6.3.1.3a{2) 21. 6.3.4.1b(1) 41. 6.3.1. 2d (2) 3 ~ 6.3.3.1b(1) 22. 6.3.4.1b(2) 42. 6.3.3.4c 4, 6.3.3.1b(2) 23. 6.3.4.1c(l) 43. 6.3.1.2c(3)
5. 6.3.1.4b(1) ,
24. 6.3.4.1c(2) 44. 6.3.1.2c(2)
6. 6.5.1.6b(l) 25. 6.3.4.1c(3) 45. 6.3.1.2c(2)
7. 6.5.1,6b(2) 26. 6.3.4.2c 46. 6.3.1.2c(2)
8. 6.5,1.6c(l) 27. 6.3.4.1d(1) 9 ~ 6.5.1.6c(2) 28. 6.3.4.ld(2)
10. 6.5.1.6G(2) 24. 6.3.3.2e
11. 6.5.1.6G(2) 30. 6.3.3.2f
12. 6.5.1.6b(1) 31. 6.3.3.3e
13. 6.5.1.6d(1)&(2) 32. 6.3.3.2c
14. 6.3.1.4b(2)& 33. 6.3 '.2a{1) 6.3.2.2b 34. 6.3.1.2a(2)
15. 6. 3. 2.1f 35. 6,3.3.la
16. 6.3.2.2a(1) 36. 6.3.4.3a
17. 6.3.2.2a(2) 37. 6.3.1.2b(1)
18. 6.3.*2.lc 38. 6.3.3.4b
19. 6.3.2.1d 39. 6.3.1.2b(2) 86-2

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 B7 'PPENDIX OBSERVATION CHECKLIST ANALYSIS

1. For each. checklist item checked NO, initiate an HED report. Enter the HED report number in the COMMENTS column of the checklist for that item. Include all necessary information on the HED report concerning identification of the discrepancy and the criteria (checklist item) not met.

2.'nter the following code number in the data collection description:

T P-3.1B3.n Checklist Item Number

3. Find the appropriate criterion or criteria in Appendix A from the reference number in the checklist item. Check the NO column and enter the HED number and the data collection code number in the COMMENTS column for that criterion or criteria.

87-1

Id ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX 88 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW CHECKLIST ANALYSIS

1. For each checklist item checked NO, initiate an HED report. Enter the HED report number in the COMMENTS column of the checklist for that item., Include all necessary information on the HED report concerning identification of the discrepancy and the criteria

.(checklist item) not met.

2. Enter the following code number in the data collection description:

T P-3.184.n Checklist Item Number

3. Find the appropriate criterion or criteria in Appendix A from the reference number in the checklist item. Check the NO column and enter the HED number and the data collection code number in the COMMENTS column for that criterion or criteria.

88-1

APPENDIX B9 HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY (HED) REPORT PLANT/UN!T OR16IHATOR:

VALIDATED SY:

~ ) HED TITLE:

b) ITEHS IHVOLVED:

C ) PROBLEH DESCRIPTIOH:

d) DATA COLLECTIOH DESCRIPTION CODE HUHBER:

e) SPECIFIC HUHAk ERROR(S):

B9-I

APPENDIX 89 HED REPORT (CONTINUED)

HED HO.:

TlANT/VNIT f) SUGGESTED SACKFlT; g) REVlEH AHD DlSPOS1T10H:

89-2

0 TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 Hay 1983 APPENDIX C CR ITER IA MATRIX

ANNONCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 I May 1983 CRITERIA

'ATRIX Criteria Distributed Across Data Collection Methods.

Notes:

1. The following codes apply to the matrix columns:

M - Measurement (instruments and/or measuring devices required) 0 - Observations (observation notes taken)

I - Interview/guestionnaire (generally a structured interview unless otherwise specified) 0 - Document Review (documentation review to include engineering drawings, CMDs, etc.)

A - Auditory Criteria V - Visual Criteria C - Controls Criteria (physical characteristics)

P - Physical Arrangement/Location Criteria F - Functional Criteria (usually requires some operational data for verification)

2. Data sources listed are suggested. Alternatives should be used when those listed are not available or are not adequate.

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 Hay 1983 CRITERIA MATRIX CRITERIA DATA COLLECTION NUREG--0700 Crit METHODS SUGGESTED DATA SOURCES REMARKS hB-'.3.1.1 X SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) 6.3.1.2a(1) X Ops a(2) X Ops b(1) X X Ops, Ann Resp Procs b(2) X Ops c(1) X Ann Resp Procs c(2) X Ops c(3) X Ops d(1) X Ops d(2) X Ops 6.3.1.3a(1) PF Pnl a(2) PF Ops a(3) PF Ops b PF Pnl c PF X Pnl d PF N/A All see text para. 4.2a 6.3.1.4a(1) PF Pnl a(2) PF Pnl, SFTA Rpt al so in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b(1) F X X Pnl b(2) F X X Pnl 6.3.1.5a X Pnl b(1) X X Pnl.

b(2) X Pnl b(3) X Pnl 6.3.2.1a CR X CR, Admin Procs X X CR, Ops X X CR, Ops X CR X X CR, Ops 6.3.2.2a(1) PF Ops a(2) F Ops b F Ops 6.3.3.1a Pnl b{1) Pnl b(2) CR c(1) N/A in TP-1 8 -(Maint)

~

c(2) N/A in TP-1.8 (Maint) c(3) N/A in TP-1.8 (Maint)

C-2

ANNuNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 I May 19B3 CRITERIA MATRIX CRITERIA DATA COLLECTION NUREG--0700 Crit METHODS 'UGGESTED DATA SOURCES REMARKS 6.3.3.28 F X Pnl b F X Pnl, Comp Spec c F X X Pnl, Ops d P X Pnl e PF X X Pnl, Ops f(>) PF X X Pnl, Ops f(2) PF X Admin Procs 6.3.3.3a P Pnl b PF SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 {SFTA) c(I) P Pnl c(2) P Pnl c(3) P Pnl also in TP-6.1 (Labels) d(I) P Pnl d(2) '

PF X SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 (SFTA)

F X Ops f F X Pnl 6.3.3.4a P X X Pnl, 5 FTA also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b PF X Ops c PF X X X Pnl, Ops, SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) d P X X Pnl, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv)

'(I) 6.3.3.5a a(2)

X X Pnl Pnl X Pnl b(I) X Pnl b(2) X Pnl b(3) X Pnl c X Pnl c(I ) X Pnl c(2) X Pnl d{I) X Pnl d(2) X Pnl d(3) X Pnl d(4) X Pnl d(5) X Pnl d(6) X Pnl 6.3.4.1a(1) P X X Pnl, Ops a(2) PF X Ops b(I) F X Pnl, Ops b(2) F X Ops c(I ) F X X Pnl, Ops c(2) F X Ops c(3) F X Ops C-3

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM TP-3.1 1 May 1983 CRITERIA MATRIX CRITERIA DATA COLLECTION NUREG--0700 Crit METHODS SUGGESTED DATA SOURCES REMARKS 6.3.4.1d(1) F X X Pnl, Ops d(2) F X Ops, Admin Procs 6.3.4.2a X Pnl b(1) X Pnl, Conv Rpt also in TP-8 .1 (Conv) b(2) X Pnl, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) b(3) X Pnl, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) b(4) X Pnl, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) c X X Pnl, Ops 6.3.4.3a X X X CR, Ops, SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b X Ann Resp Procs 6.5.1.6a X Conv Rpt b(1) X X Ops, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) b(2) X X Ops, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) c(1) X X Ops, Conv Rpt al so in TP-8.1 (Conv) c(2) X X Ops, Conv Rpt al so in TP-8.1 (Conv) d(1) X X Ops, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) d(2) X X Ops, Conv Rpt also in TP-8.1 (Conv) 6.6.6.2a F Pnl, Ops, SFTA Rpt also in TP-9.1 (SFTA) b VC Pnl also in TP-6.1 (Labels) c P Pnl also in TP-6,1 (Labels)

TP-3.1 ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 1 Hay 1983

~ ~

APPENDIX D TASK PLAN CRITIQUE

~ \

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEN TP-3.1 1 Nay 1983 APPENDIX D TASK PLAN CRITIQUE INSTRUCTIONS 1 . Attac h a copy o f Sec ti on,4,0.

2. Fill in the required information and answer all questions.
3. Explain all NO answers in detail.
4. When complete, turn in to your immediate supervisor.
1. Name of Respondent:
2. Name of Plant:
3. Date of Survey:
4. Were all of the criteria correct and appropr iate for this task (do not explain criteria that were N/A because System/CR did not have that design feature)? YES NO
5. Did the task plan instructions present the easiest and best methodology for performing the assessment? YES NO
6. Were the data collection forms adequate? YES NO